Você está na página 1de 223

CONTENTS

Page No.
Regulations 1

Syllabi

M.E. Applied Electronics 29

M.E. Communication Systems 54

M.E. Computer Science and Engineering 72

M.E. Engineering Design 92

M.E. Power Electronics and Drives 114

M.E. Software Engineering 138

M.E. Structural Engineering 160

M.E. VLSI Design 182

M.Tech. Biotechnology 191

0
Regulations 2007

1
RULES AND REGULATIONS
M. E. / M. Tech. Programmes
(for the batches of candidates admitted in 2007-2008 and onwards)

1. Conditions for Admission

(i) Candidates for admission to the M.E. / M.Tech. degree programme will be required to satisfy the
conditions of admission thereto prescribed by the Anna University, Coimbatore and Government of Tamil
Nadu.

(ii) Part–time candidates should satisfy conditions regarding experience, sponsorship, place of work, etc., that
may be prescribed by Anna University from time to time, in addition to satisfying requirements as in
Clause 1(i).

2. Duration of the Programme

(i) Minimum Duration: The programme will lead to the Degree of Master of Engineering (M.E.)/ Master of
Technology (M.Tech.) of the Anna University and extend over a period of two years. The two academic
years will be divided into four semesters with two semesters per year.

(ii) Maximum Duration: The candidate shall complete all the passing requirements of the M.E. / M.Tech.
degree programmes within a maximum period of 4 years / 8 semesters in case of full-time programme and
6 years / 12 semesters in case of part-time programme, these periods being reckoned from the
commencement of the semester to which the candidate was first admitted.

3. Branches of Study

The following are the branches of study of M.E. / M.Tech. Programmes


M.E.
Branch I Applied Electronics
Branch II Communication Systems
Branch III Computer Science and Engineering
Branch IV Engineering Design
Branch V Power Electronics and Drives
Branch VI Software Engineering
Branch VII Structural Engineering
Branch VIII VLSI Design
M.Tech.
Branch I Biotechnology

4. Structure of Programmes

(i) Curriculum: The curriculum for each programme includes courses of study and detailed syllabi. The
courses of study include theory courses (including electives), seminar, practicals, Industrial training / Mini-
project, Project Work (Phase I) and Project Work (Phase II) as prescribed by the respective boards of
studies from time to time.

Full-time Programme: Every full-time candidate shall undergo the courses of his/her programme given in
clause 10 in various semesters as shown below:

Semester 1: 6 Theory courses and two Practicals

2
Semester 2: 6 Theory courses, one Practical and a Technical Seminar
Semester 3: 3 Theory courses, Industrial Training and Project Work (Phase I)
Semester 4: Project work (Phase II).

Part-time Programme: Every part-time candidate shall undergo the courses of his/her programme in
various semesters as shown below:

Semester 1: 3 Theory courses and one Practical


Semester 2: 3 Theory courses and one Practical Semester
3: 3 Theory courses, Technical Seminar and one Practical Semester 4: 3 Theory
courses and Mini Project
Semester 5: 3 Theory courses and Project Work (Phase I) Semester
6: Project Work (Phase II)

(ii) Theory Courses: Every candidate shall undergo nine core theory courses of his/her degree programme as
given in clause 10 and six elective theory courses. The candidate shall opt electives from the list of
electives relating to his/her degree programme as given in clause 10 in consultation with the Head of the
Department. However, a candidate may be permitted to take a maximum of two electives from the list of
courses of other ME / M Tech degree programmes with specific permission from the Head of the
Department offering the programme.

(iii) Project Work: Every candidate shall undertake the Project Work (Phase I) during the third semester (fifth
semester for part-time programme) and the Project Work (Phase II) during the fourth semester (Sixth
semester for part-time programme). The Project Work (Phase II) shall be a continuation work of the Project
Work (Phase I). The Project Work shall be undertaken in an industrial / research organisation or in the
college in consultation with the faculty guide and the Head of the Department. In case of Project Work at
industrial / research organization, the same shall be jointly supervised by a faculty guide and an expert
from the organization.

(iv) Industrial Training / Mini-Project: Every full-time candidate shall undergo an industrial training or mini
project under the supervision of a faculty guide for a minimum period of two weeks prior to the
commencement of the third semester.

(v) Credit Assignment: Each course is normally assigned a certain number of credits with 1 credit per lecture
hour per week, 1 credit for 1 or 2 hours of practical per week (2 credits for 3 hours of practical), 1 credit
for 3 hours of seminar per week, 2 credits for the Industrial Training / Mini-project, 6 credits for the
Project Phase I and 12 credits for the Project Phase II. The exact numbers of credits assigned to the
different courses of various programmes are decided by the respective boards of studies.

(vi) Minimum Credits: For the award of the degree, the candidate shall earn a certain minimum number of
total credits as prescribed by the respective board of studies as given below:

M.E./M. Tech. Programmes Total Credits


M.E. Applied Electronics 88
M.E. Communication Systems 88
M.E. Computer Science and Engineering 88
M.E. Engineering Design 88
M.E. Power Electronics and Drives 88
M.E. Software Engineering 88
M.E. Structural Engineering 88
M.E. VLSI Design 88
M.Tech. Biotechnology 88

3
4
5. Requirements for Completion of Study of a Semester

(i) Candidate will be deemed to have completed the study of any semester only if he /she has kept not less
than 50% of attendance in each subject and atleast 75% of attendance on an average in all subjects in that
semester put together. However, a candidate who has secured attendance ≥ 65% but less than 75% in the
current semester due to medical reasons (hospitalization / accident / specific illness) or due to participation
in College / University / State / National / International level sports events with prior permission from the
Principal may be exempted from this attendance requirement.

(ii) his/her progress has been satisfactory, and

(iii) his/her conduct has been satisfactory

6. Assessment and Passing Requirements

(i) Assessment: The assessment will comprise continuous assessment and final examination, carrying marks
as specified in the scheme (clause 10). Continuous assessment will be made as per the guidelines framed
by the College from time to time. All assessments will be done on absolute marks basis. However, for the
purpose of reporting the performance of a candidate, letter grades and grade points will be awarded as per
clause 6(v).

(ii) Final Examinations: Final examinations will normally be conducted during November / December and
during April / May of each year. Supplementary examinations may be conducted at such times as may be
decided by the College.
A candidate will be permitted to appear for the final examination of a semester only if he/she has
completed the study of that semester satisfying the requirements given in clause 5 and registers
simultaneously for the examinations of the highest semester eligible and all the courses which he/she be in
arrears of.
A candidate, who is not permitted to appear at the final examination of a semester, is not permitted to
proceed to the next semester. A candidate who is not permitted to appear at the final examination of any
semester has to register for and redo the courses of that semester at the next available opportunity.

(iii) Rejoining the Programme: A candidate who has not completed the study of any semester as per clause 5
or who is allowed to rejoin the programme after a period of discontinuance or who on his/her own request
is permitted to repeat the study of any semester, may join the semester which he/she is eligible or permitted
to join, only at the time of its normal commencement for a regular batch of candidates and after obtaining
the approval from the Anna University if required. No candidate will however be enrolled in more than
one semester at any point of time. In the case of repeaters, the earlier continuous assessment in the
repeated courses will be disregarded.

(iv) Industrial Training, Mini-project and Project Work:


Every candidate shall submit reports on Industrial training / Mini-project, Project Work (Phase I) and
Project Work (Phase II) on dates announced by the college / department through the faculty guide to the
Head of the Department. If a candidate fails to submit the reports of any of these courses not later than the
specified date, he/she is deemed to have failed in it. Every candidate shall present seminars in each of the
relevant semesters about the Industrial training / Mini-project, Project Work (Phase I) and Project Work
(Phase II). The seminars shall be presented before a review committee constituted by the Head of the
Department. The Industrial training / Mini-project, Project Work (Phase I) and Project Work (Phase II) will
be evaluated based on the seminars, reports and viva-voce examinations. In case of the industrial training
for the full-time candidates, evaluation will be carried out in the third semester and the results of the same
will be included along with the other courses of that semester.

In case of Project Work (Phase II), the viva-voce examination will be carried out by a team consisting of an
internal examiner, usually the supervisor, and an external examiner, appointed by the Principal. Due
weightage will be given to the publications arising out of the Project Work, during the evaluation of the
Project Work (Phase II).

5
A candidate is permitted to register for the Project Work (Phase II), only after passing the Project Work
(Phase I).

A candidate who fails in Industrial training / Mini-project, Project Work (Phase I) or Project Work (Phase
II) shall register for redoing the same at the beginning of a subsequent semester.

(v) Letter grade and grade point: The letter grade and the grade point are awarded based on percentage of
total marks secured by a candidate in an individual course as detailed below:

Range of Percentage of Letter Grade Point


Total Marks grade (g)
90 to 100 S 10
80 to 89 A 9
70 to 79 B 8
60 to 69 C 7
55 to 59 D 6
50 to 54 E 5
0 to 49 or less than 50% in
F 0
final examination
Incomplete I 0
Withdrawal W 0

“F” denotes failure in the course.


“I” denotes incomplete as per clause 5 and hence prevented from writing final examination.
“W” denotes withdrawal from the examination.

After completion of the programme earning the minimum number of credits, the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) from the semester in which the candidate has joined first to the final semester is calculated
using the formula:

CGPA =
 g *Ci i

C i

where g i : Grade point secured corresponding to the course


Ci : Credits allotted to the course.

(vi) Passing a Course: A candidate who secures grade point 5 or more in any course of study will be declared
to have passed that course, provided a minimum of 50% is secured in the final examination of that course
of study.

A candidate, who is absent for the final examination or withdraws from final examination or secures a
letter grade F (Grade point 0) in any course carrying continuous assessment and final examination marks,
will retain the already earned continuous assessment marks for two subsequent appearances in the
examination of that course and thereafter he/she will be solely assessed by the final examination carrying
the entire marks of that course.

A candidate, who scores a letter grade F (Grade point 0) in any course carrying only continuous assessment
marks, will be solely examined by a final examination carrying the entire marks of that course, the
continuous assessment marks obtained earlier being disregarded.

6
A candidate who is absent in the final semester examination of a course after registering for the same will
be considered to have appeared and failed in that examination and awarded grade F.

7. Qualifying for the Award of the Degree

A candidate will be declared to have qualified for the award of the M.E. / M.Tech. degree provided:

(i) he/she has successfully completed the course requirements and has passed all the prescribed courses of
study of the respective programme listed in clause 10 within the duration specified in clause 2.

(ii) No disciplinary action is pending against the candidate.

8. Classification of Degree

(i) First Class with Distinction: A candidate who qualifies for the award of degree (vide clause 7) having
passed all the courses of all the semesters at the first opportunity within four consecutive semesters (six
consecutive semesters for part-time) after the commencement of his / her study and securing a CGPA of 8.0
and above shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction. For this purpose the withdrawal
from examination (vide clause 9) will not be construed as an opportunity for appearance in the
examination.

(ii) First Class: A candidate who qualifies for the award of degree (vide clause 7) having passed all the
courses of all the semesters within a maximum period of four semesters for full-time and six consecutive
semesters for part-time after commencement of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 6.50 and above shall
be declared to have passed in First Class.

(iii) Second Class: All other candidates who qualify for the award of degree (vide clause 7) shall be declared
to have passed in Second Class.

9. Withdrawal from Examination

(i) A candidate may, for valid reasons, be granted permission to withdraw from appearing for the examination
in any course or courses of only one semester examination during the entire duration of the degree
programme. Also, only one application for withdrawal is permitted for that semester examination in which
withdrawal is sought.

(ii) Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is otherwise eligible to write the examination
and if it is made prior to the commencement of the semester examinations and also recommended by the
Head of the Department and the Principal.

(iii) Withdrawal shall not be construed as an opportunity for appearance in the examination for the eligibility of
a candidate for First Class with Distinction.

9. (a) Class Adviser


i. To help the students in planning their courses of study and for general advice on the academic programme,
the Head of the Department of the students will attach a certain number of students to a teacher of the
Department who shall function as Tutor for those students throughout their period of study.
ii. Such Tutor shall advise the students and monitor the courses undergone by the students; check the
attendance and progress of the students attached to him/her and counsels them periodically.
If necessary, the faculty adviser may also discuss with or inform the parents about the progress of the
students through the Head of the Department concerned

7
9 (b) CLASS COMMITTEE
(i) A Class Committee consists of teachers of the concerned class, student representatives and a
chairperson who is not teaching the class. It is like the ‘Quality Circle’ (more commonly used in
industries) with the overall goal of improving the teaching-learning process. The functions of the
class committee include

 Solving problems experienced by students in the class room and in the laboratories

 Clarifying the regulations of the programme and the details of rules therein

 Informing the student representatives the academic schedule including the dates of assessments
and the syllabus coverage for each assessment
 Informing the student representatives the details of regulations regarding the weightage used for
each assessment. In the case of practical courses (laboratory / project work / seminar etc.) the
breakup of marks for each experiment/ exercise/ module of work, should be clearly discussed in
the class committee meeting and informed to the students.

 Analyzing the performance of the students of the class after each test and finding the ways and
means of solving problems, if any

 Identifying the weak students, if any and requesting the teachers concerned to provide some
additional help or guidance or coaching to such weak students.

(ii) The class committee for a class under a particular specialization normally constituted by the Head of
the Department. However, if the students of different specializations are mixed in a class, the class
committee is to be constituted by the Head of the Institution.

(iii) The class committee shall be constituted on the first working day of any semester or earlier.

(iv) At least 2 student representatives (usually 1 boy and 1 girl) shall be included in the class committee.

(v) The chairperson of the class committee may invite the Faculty adviser(s) and the Head of the
department to the meeting of the class committee

(vi) The Head of the Institution may participate in any class committee of the institution.

(vii) The chairperson is required to prepare the minutes of every meeting, submit the same to the Head of
the Institution within two days of the meeting and arrange to circulate among the concerned students
and teachers. If there are some points in the minutes requiring action by the management, the same
shall be brought to the notice of the management by the head of the institution.

(viii) The first meeting of the class committee shall be held within one week from the date of
commencement of the semester in order to inform the students about the nature and weightage of
assessments within the framework of the Regulations. Two or three subsequent meetings may be
held at suitable intervals. During these meetings the student members, representing the entire class,
shall meaningfully interact and express the opinions and suggestions of the class students to
improve the effectiveness of the teaching-learning process.

9 (c) COURSE COMMITTEE


Each common theory course offered to more than one group of students shall have a “Course Committee”
comprising all the teachers teaching the common course with one of them nominated as Course Coordinator.
The nomination of the course Coordinator shall be made by the Head of the Department / Head of the
Institution depending upon whether all the teachers teaching the common course belong to a single

8
department or to several departments. The ‘Course committee’ shall meet as often as possible and ensure
uniform evaluation of the tests and arrive at a common scheme of evaluation for the tests. Wherever it is
feasible, the course committee may also prepare a common question paper for the test(s).

10. Scheme of Assessment and course of study

Sessional Scheme of Evaluation

(a) The Sessional Scheme of Evaluation followed for I Semester of the 2007 Batch during the Academic year
2007–2008 is as given below.
THEORY
Internal Assessment: 50 Marks Final Examination: 50 Marks
Assignment 05
Test 1 10
Test 2 10
Test 3 15 (A Model Test covering the entire syllabus)
____
40 (to be converted to 50)
____

Note: No passing minimum in Internal Assessment

PRACTICAL
(100% Internal Assessment)

Preparation 10
Conduct of Experiment 15
Observation & Analysis of Results 25
Record 30
A Model Test & Viva-voce 20
____
100
____

(b) The Sessional Scheme of Evaluation followed for the II Semester of the 2007 Batch during the Academic
Year 2007–2008 is as given below.
THEORY
Internal Assessment: 50 Marks Final Examination: 50 Marks
Assignment / Seminar 10
Test 1 10
Test 2 10
Test 3 20 (A Model Test covering the entire syllabus)
____
50
____

9
PRACTICAL
(100% Internal Assessment)

Preparation 10
Conduct of Experiment 15
Observation & Analysis of Results 25
Record 20
A Model Test & Viva-voce 30
____
100
____

(c) Sessional scheme of evaluation to be followed from the III Semester of 2007–2008 Batch and from I Semester
of the 2008–2009 Batch onwards is as given below.

THEORY
Internal Assessment: 50 Marks Final Examination: 50 Marks
Assignment / Tutorial 05
Test 1 10
Test 2 10
Test 3 15 (A Model Test covering the entire syllabus)
Innovative Presentation 10
____
50
____

Note: Innovative Presentation includes Seminar / Quiz / Group Discussion / Case Study / Soft Skill
Development / Mini Project / Review of State-of-the-art.

PRACTICAL
(100% Internal Assessment)
Preparation 10
Conduct of Experiment 15
Observation & Analysis of Results 25
Record 20
A Model Test & Viva-voce 30
____
100
____

Scheme of Assessment for Theory Courses carrying only Continuous Assessment and no Final
Examination to be followed from the III Semester of 2007 Batch and from I Semester of the 2008 and
subsequent Batches is given below.

10
THEORY: Total 100 Marks

Internal Assessment: 50 Marks


Assignment/Tutorial 10
Test 1 15
Test 2 15
Innovative Presentation 10
____
50
____

At the end of the semester a model test covering the entire syllabus has to be conducted and assessed for 50
marks by the Course Teacher.

PROJECT WORK
Review: 50 Marks Report & Viva-Voce: 50 Marks
Review of Mini-Project / Project includes two presentations to be made by individual student or a group of
students carrying out the project work and assessment be made on the presentation. Marks per presentation =
25

TECHNICAL SEMINAR : 100 Marks


Three Seminars (3 X 25) : 75 Marks
Report : 25 Marks

INDUSTRIAL TRAINING : 100 Marks


2 Weeks Visit : 30 Marks
Report : 30 Marks
Viva-Voce : 40 Marks

The Question Paper pattern (for Theory Examination) to be followed for UG & PG Courses is given below:
Max. Marks: 100
Time: 3 Hours
PART A

Short Answer Questions: 10 (10 X 2 Marks) 20


(Two Questions from each unit)
PART B

Long Answer Questions: 5 (5 X 16 Marks) 80


(Either Or Type, One from each unit)
____
Total 100

11
____
M.E. Applied Electronics

First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07AE01* Applied Mathematics for Electronics Engineers 4 0 0 4
$
07AE02 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 4 0 0 4
#
07AE03 Advanced Digital System Design 4 0 0 4
07AE04* VLSI Design Techniques 4 0 0 4
07AE05* Advanced Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 4 0 0 4
$
07AE06 Digital Image Processing 4 0 0 4
07AE11 Electronics Design Laboratory I 0 0 3 2
07AE12 Electronic Design Laboratory II 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


#
07AE07 Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits 4 0 0 4
07AE08 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing 4 0 0 4
07AE09 Digital Control Engineering 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07AE13 Object Computing Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07AE14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

* Common with ME CO & VLSI; $ Common with ME CO; # Common with ME VLSI

Third Semester

12
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07AE15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07AE16 Project Phase – I including seminar 0 0 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

Fourth Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
07AE17 Project Phase – II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives
07AE21# Neural Network architectures and Applications
07AE22 Robotics
07AE23$ Communication Network Security
07AE24$ Internetworking Multimedia
07AE25# Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility in System Design
07AE26* Embedded Systems
07AE27$ Wireless Security
07AE28$ Wireless LAN
07AE29$ High Performance Communication Networks
07AE30# Analog VLSI Design
07AE31# Low Power VLSI Design
07AE32# VLSI Signal Processing
07AE33# DSP Integrated Circuits
07AE34# ASIC Design
07AE35# Computer Aided Design of VLSI Circuits
07AE36# Genetic Algorithm and their Applications
07AE37 RF system Design
07AE38 Soft Computing
07AE39$ Multimedia Compression Techniques
07AE40# Reliability Engineering

* Common with ME CO & VLSI; $ Common with ME CO; # Common with ME VLSI

13
M.E. Communication System

First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07CO01* Applied Mathematics for Electronics Engineers 4 0 0 4
07CO02 Advanced Radiation Systems 4 0 0 4
07CO03 Modern Digital Communication Techniques 4 0 0 4
07CO04 # Advanced Digital Signal Processing 4 0 0 4
07CO05 Optical Communication Networks 4 0 0 4
07CO06 Global Positioning Systems 4 0 0 4
07CO11 Communication System Laboratory I 0 0 3 2
07CO12 Communication System Laboratory II 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07CO07 Mobile Communication Networks 4 0 0 4
07CO08 Microwave Integrated Circuits 4 0 0 4
07CO09 Satellite Communication 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07CO13 Advanced Communication System Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07CO14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

* Common to ME AE & VLSI; # Common to ME AE

Third Semester

14
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07CO15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07CO16 Project Phase –I including seminar 0 0 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

Fourth Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
07CO17 Project Phase -II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07CO21 RF Systems and Measurements


07CO22 Digital Beam forming
07CO23 Digital Communication Receivers
07CO24# DSP Processor architecture and Programming
07CO25 Wavelets and Multi-resolution Processing
07CO26# Speech and Audio Signal Processing.
07CO27 Network Routing Algorithms
07CO28$ Multimedia Compression Techniques
07CO29$ Communication Network Security
07CO30 High Speed Switching Architecture
07CO31 Mobile Computing
07CO32 Adhoc Networks
07CO33$ Wireless LAN
07CO34 Optical Signal Processing
07CO35$ Digital Image Processing
07CO36$ Internetworking Multimedia
07CO37 Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility in System Design
07CO38$ High Performance Communication Networks
07CO39* Embedded Systems
07CO40$ Wireless Security
07CO41* Advanced Microprocessors and Micro Controllers
07CO42* VLSI Design Techniques

* Common to ME AE & VLSI; # Common to ME VLSI; $ Common to ME AE

15
M.E. Computer Science & Engineering

First Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
07ZC01 Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science 4 0 0 4
07ZC02 Data Structures and Algorithms 4 0 0 4
07ZC03 Software Engineering Methodologies 4 0 0 4
07ZC04 Computer Architecture 4 0 0 4
07ZC05 Operating Systems 4 0 0 4
07ZC06 Principles of Compiler Design 4 0 0 4
07ZC11 Data Structures and Algorithms Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ZC12 Operating Systems and Compiler Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Second Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
07ZC07 Advanced Database Technology 4 0 0 4
07ZC08 Network Engineering and Management 4 0 0 4
07ZC09 Object Oriented System Design 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07ZC13 Database Technology Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ZC14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

16
Third Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07ZC15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07ZC16 Project Phase - I 0 0 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C

07ZC17 Project Phase – II 0 0 24 12


Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07ZC21 Theory of Computation


07ZC22 Web Technology
07ZC23 Soft Computing
07ZC24 Mobile Computing
07ZC25 Distributed Computing
07ZC26 Multimedia Systems
07ZC27 XML and Web Services
07ZC28 Grid Computing
07ZC29 Network Security
07ZC30 Digital Imaging
07ZC31 Software Quality Assurance
07ZC32 Ad hoc Networks
07ZC33 Data Warehousing and Data Mining
07ZC34 Agent Based Intelligent Systems

17
M.E. Engineering Design

First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ED01 Applied Mathematics for Engineering Design 3 2 0 4
07ED02 Concepts of Engineering Design 4 0 0 4
07ED03 Advanced Finite Element Analysis 3 2 0 4
07ED04 Engineering System Dynamics 3 2 0 4
07ED05 Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems 3 2 0 4
07ED06 Industrial Robotics and Expert Systems 4 0 0 4
07ED11 CAD Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ED12 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total 20 8 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ED07 Design of Material Handling Equipments 3 2 0 4
07ED08 Design Optimization of Mechanical Systems 3 2 0 4
07ED09 Advanced Mechanisms Design and Simulation 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
07ED13 Analysis and Simulation Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ED14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 18 12 6 28

Third Semester

18
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
07ED15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07ED16 Project Phase - I 0 0 12 6
Total 9 6 12 20

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ED17 Project Phase – II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07ED21 Composite Materials and Mechanics


07ED22 Advanced Tool Design
07ED23 Design of Pressure Vessel and Piping
07ED24 Design of Heat Exchangers
07ED25 Productivity Management and Re-Engineering
07ED26 Mechatronics in Manufacturing Systems
07ED27 Integrated Manufacturing System
07ED28 Advanced Strength of Materials
07ED29 Rapid Prototyping and Tooling
07ED30 Design for Manufacture and Assembly
07ED31 Tribology in Design
07ED32 Mechanical Vibrations
07ED33 Industrial Safety Engineering
07ED34 Mechanics of Fracture
07ED35 Reliability Engineering and Total Productive Maintenance

19
M.E. Power Electronics and Drives

First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07PE01 Applied Mathematics 3 2 0 4
07PE02 Modern Power Semiconductor Devices 4 0 0 4
07PE03 Design and Analysis of Converters 3 2 0 4
07PE04 Design and Analysis of Inverters 3 2 0 4
Modeling and FEM Analysis of Electrical
07PE05 3 2 0 4
Machines
07PE06 Special Machines and their Controllers 4 0 0 4
07PE11 Power Electronics Laboratory – I 0 0 3 2
07PE12 Power Electronics Simulation Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total 20 8 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07PE07 DC Drives and their Applications 3 2 0 4
07PE08 AC Drives and their Applications 3 2 0 4
07PE09 Design of Intelligent Controllers 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07PE13 Power Electronics Laboratory – II 0 0 3 2
07PE14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 22 4 6 28

20
Third Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07PE15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07PE16 Project Phase - I 0 0 12 6
Total 9 6 12 20

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07PE17 Project Phase - II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07PE21 Embedded Control of Electric Drives


07PE22 Virtual Instrumentation Systems
07PE23 Digital Signal Processors for Modern Industrial Drives
07PE24 Computer Network Engineering
07PE25 Linear and Non-linear System Theory
07PE26 FACTS Controllers
07PE27 Power Electronics Applications to Power System
07PE28 Advanced Control for Power Electronic Drives
07PE29 Power Quality Problems and Solutions
07PE30 Electrical Energy Conservation and Management
07PE31 Relative Data Base Management Systems (RDBMS)
07PE32 Advanced Digital Signal Processing
07PE33 VLSI Design
07PE34 Operating Systems Design
07PE35 Real Time Operating Systems (RTOS)
07PE36 Object Oriented Programming (OOPS)
07PE37 Digital Image Processing
07PE38 Power Electronics in Wind and Solar Power Conversion

M.E. Software Engineering

21
First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07SE01 Applied Probability and Operations Research 4 0 0 4
07SE02 Software Engineering Methodologies 4 0 0 4
07SE03 Software Documentation 4 0 0 4
07SE04 Computer Networks Engineering and Management 4 0 0 4
07SE05 Object Oriented Systems 4 0 0 4
07SE06 Internet Programming and Tools 4 0 0 4
07SE11 Practical Computer Networks Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07SE12 Internet Programming Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07SE07 Software Implementation and Testing 4 0 0 4
07SE08 Software Architecture and Design 4 0 0 4
07SE09 Information Security 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07SE13 Software Testing Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07SE14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Third Semester

22
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07SE15 Industrial Training - - - 2
07SE16 Project Phase - I 0 0 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07SE17 Project Phase - II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07SE21 Software Quality Management


07SE22 Software Metrics
07SE23 Software Agents
07SE24 Agent Based Intelligent Systems
07SE25 Computer Communication
07SE26 Advanced Network Concepts
07SE27 Adhoc Networks
07SE28 Database Technology
07SE29 Data Mining and Data Warehousing
07SE30 Real Time Systems
07SE31 Pattern Recognition
07SE32 Soft Computing
07SE33 Multimedia Systems
07SE34 C# and .Net
07SE35 Enterprise Resource Planning
07SE36 Component based System Design
07SE37 Distributed Operating Systems

M.E. Structural Engineering

23
First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ST01 Advanced Concrete Technology 4 0 0 4
07ST02 Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design 3 2 0 4
07ST03 Advanced Structural Analysis 3 2 0 4
07ST04 Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity 3 2 0 4
07ST05 Finite Element Methods in Engineering 3 2 0 4
07ST06 Design of Sub-Structures 3 2 0 4
07ST11 Advanced Concrete Technology Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ST12 Computer Aided Design Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total 19 10 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ST07 Experimental Stress Analysis and Techniques 4 0 0 4
07ST08 Design of Industrial Structures 3 2 0 4
07ST09 Structural Dynamics 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
07ST13 Structural Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07ST14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 19 10 6 28

Third Semester

24
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
Elective 3 2 0 4
07ST15 Practical Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07ST16 Project Phase - I 0 0 12 20
Total 10 4 12 20

Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07ST17 Practical Project Phase - II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07ST21 Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures


07ST22 Structural Optimization
07ST23 Theory of Plates
07ST24 Design of Shell Structures
07ST25 Steel – Concrete Composite Structures
07ST26 Tall Structures- Behavior and Design
07ST27 Repair and Rehabilitation of Structures
07ST28 Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures
07ST29 Design of Bridges
07ST30 Advanced Design of Steel Structures
07ST31 Stability of Structures
07ST32 Offshore Structures
07ST33 Prefabricated Structures
07ST34 Space Structures

M.E. VLSI Design

25
First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07VL01* Applied Mathematics for Electronics Engineers 4 0 0 4
#
07VL02 Digital Signal Processing Integrated Circuits 4 0 0 4
07VL03# Advanced Digital System Design 4 0 0 4
07VL04* VLSI Design Techniques 4 0 0 4
07VL05 Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing 4 0 0 4
07VL06 Solid State Device Modeling and Simulation 4 0 0 4
07VL11 VLSI Design Laboratory I 0 0 3 2
07VL12 VLSI Design Laboratory II 0 0 3 2
Total 24 0 6 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


#
07VL07 Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits 4 0 0 4
#
07VL08 Computer Aided Design of VLSI Circuits 4 0 0 4
#
07VL09 ASIC Design 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07VL13 Advanced VLSI Design Laboratory 0 0 3 2
07VL14 Technical Seminar 0 0 3 2
Total 12 0 6 28

#
* Common with M.E.-AE & CO; Common with M.E.-AE

Third Semester

26
Code No. Course L T P C
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
Elective 4 0 0 4
07VL15 Industrial Training -- -- -- 2
07VL16 Project Phase –I including seminar 0 0 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

Fourth Semester
Code No. Course L T P C
07VL17 Project Phase-II 0 0 24 12
Total 0 0 24 12

List of Electives

07VL21 CMOS VLSI Design


07VL22# Analog VLSI Design
07VL23 Testing of VLSI Circuits
07VL24# Low Power VLSI Design
07VL25 Design of Semiconductor Memories
07VL26 VLSI Technology
07VL27* Embedded Systems
07VL28 Physical Design of VLSI Circuits
07VL29# VLSI Signal Processing
07VL30# Genetic Algorithms and their Applications
07VL31* Advanced Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
07VL32# Reliability Engineering
07VL33# Electromagnetic Interference and Compatibility in System Design
07VL34+ Speech and Audio Signal Processing
07VL35+ DSP Processor Architecture and programming
07VL36# Neural Networks, Architectures and Applications

# +
* Common with M.E.-AE & CO; Common with M.E.-AE; Common with M.E.- CO

27
M.Tech. Biotechnology

First Semester

Code No. Course L T P C


07BT01 Protein and Enzyme Engineering 4 0 0 4
07BT02 Bioprocess Technology 3 0 0 4
07BT03 Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering 3 0 0 4
07BT04 Research Methodology 4 0 0 4
07BT05 Molecular Biotechnology 3 0 0 4
07BT06 Nanobiotechnology 3 0 0 4
07BT07 Molecular Biology and Genetic Engineering Lab - - 4 2
07BT08 Bioprocess Technology Lab - - 6 2
Total 20 0 10 28

Second Semester

Code No. Course L T P C

07BT09 Bioseparation Technology 4 0 0 4


07BT10 Computational Biology 3 0 2 4
07BT11 Biopharmaceutical Technology 3 0 0 4
Elective I 3 0 0 4
Elective II 3 0 0 4
Elective III 3 0 0 4
07BT12 Bioseparation Lab - - 6 2
07BT13 Technical Seminar - - 2 2
Total 19 0 10 28

Third Semester

Code No. Course L T P C

Elective IV 3 0 0 4
Elective V 3 0 0 4
Elective VI 3 0 0 4
07BT14 Industrial Training 3 0 0 2
07BT15 Project Phase I - - 12 6
Total 12 0 12 20

28
Fourth Semester

Code No. Course L T P C

07BT16 Project Phase II - - 24 12


Total - - 24 12

List of Electives

07BT51 Bio-Business
07BT52 Biodiversity and Bioprospecting
07BT53 Metabolic Engineering
07BT54 Computational Fluid Dynamics
07BT55 Medicinal Chemistry
07BT56 Microbial Biotechnology
07BT57 Immunotechniques
07BT58 Biostatistics
07BT59 Proteomics and Genomics
07BT60 Bioprocess Economics and Plant Design
07BT61 Tissue Engineering
07BT62 Biofertilizers and Biopesticides
07BT63 Transfer of Technology, IPR and Biosafety Issues
07BT64 Principles of Biomedical Engineering
07BT65 Bioprocess Modeling and Simulation
07BT66 Food Biotechnology
07BT67 Cancer Biology
07BT68 Molecular Modeling and Drug Design
07BT69 Animal Biotechnology
07BT70 Plant Biotechnology

29
Syllabi of
M.E. Applied Electronics

30
07AE01/07CO01/07VL01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS
4004
Unit I
Linear Algebraic Equation and Eigen Value Problems
System of equations- Solution by Gauss Elimination, Gauss-Jordan and LU decomposition method- Jacobi, Gauss-
Seidal iteration method- Eigen values of a matrix by Jacobi and Power method. 10 Hours

Unit II
Wave Equation
Solution of initial and boundary value problems- Characteristics- D’Alembert’s Solution - Significance of
characteristic curves - Laplace transform solutions for displacement in a long string - a long string under its weight - a
bar with prescribed force on one end- free vibrations of a string. 10 Hours

Unit III
Special Functions
Bessel’s equation - Bessel Functions- Legendre’s equation - Legendre polynomials -Rodrigue’s formula - Recurrence
relations- generating functions and orthogonal property for Bessel functions - Legendre polynomials.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Random Variables
One dimensional Random Variable - Moments and MGF – Binomial, Poisson, Geometrical, Normal Distributions-
Two dimensional Random Variables – Marginal and Conditional Distributions – Covariance and Correlation
Coefficient - Functions of Two dimensional random variable. 10 Hours

Unit V
Queueing Theory
Single and Multiple server Markovian queueing models - Steady state system size probabilities – Little’s formula -
Priority queues - M/G/1 queueing system – P.K. formula. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sankara Rao.K. “Introduction to Partial Differential Equation”, PHI, 1995.
2. Taha. H.A., “Operations Research- An Introduction,” 6th Edition, PHI, 1997.

References:
1. Jain M.K. Iyengar, S.R.K. & Jain R.K., “International Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation”,
New Age International (P) Ltd, Publlishers 2003.
2. Kanpur J.N. & Saxena. H.C. “Mathematical Statistics”, S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2003.
3. Greweal B.S. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 2005.

07AE02/07CO04 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Discrete Random Signal Processing
Discrete Random Processes- Ensemble averages, stationary processes, Autocorrelation and Auto covariance
matrices. Parseval's Theorem – Wiener - Khintchine Relation- Power Spectral Density-Periodogram Spectral
Factorization - Filtering random processes. Low Pass Filtering of White Noise - Parameter estimation: Bias and
consistency. 10 Hours

Unit II
Spectrum Estimation
Estimation of spectra from finite duration signals - Non-Parametric Methods-Correlation Method - Periodogram
Estimator - Performance Analysis of Estimators -Unbiased, Consistent Estimators- Modified periodogram - Bartlett
and Welch methods - Blackman –Tukey method. Parametric Methods - AR, MA, ARMA model based spectral
estimation - Parameter Estimation -Yule-Walker equations - solutions using Durbin’s algorithm.
10 Hours

31
Unit III
Linear Estimation and Prediction : Linear prediction - Forward and backward predictions - Solutions of the
Normal equations- Levinson - Durbin algorithms - Least mean squared error criterion -Wiener filter for filtering and
prediction - FIR Wiener filter and Wiener IIR filters - Discrete Kalman filter. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Adaptive Filters
FIR adaptive filters - adaptive filter based on steepest descent method – Widrow - Hoff LMS adaptive algorithm -
Normalized LMS. Adaptive channel equalization - Adaptive echo cancellation - Adaptive noise cancellation-
Adaptive recursive filters (IIR) - RLS adaptive filters-Exponentially weighted RLS-sliding window RLS.
10 Hours
Unit V
Multirate Digital Signal Processing
Mathematical description of change of sampling rate - Interpolation and Decimation - Decimation by an integer
factor - Interpolation by an integer factor - Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor - Filter implementation for
sampling rate conversion - direct form FIR structures - Polyphase filter structures - time-variant structures -
Multistage implementation of multirate system - Application to sub band coding - Wavelet transform and filter bank
implementation of wavelet expansion of signals. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Monson Hayes.H., “Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
Singapore, 2002.
2. John Proakis.G., Dimitris Manolakis.G., “Digital Signal Processing” Pearson Education, 2002.

References:
1. John Proakis.G.., “Algorithms for Statistical Signal Processing”, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Dimitris GManolakis.G, “Statistical and Adaptive Signal Processing”, McGraw Hill, Newyork, 2000.
3. Rafael Gonzalez .C., Richard Woods E., “Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, Pearson Education,
Inc., 2004.( For Wavelet Transform Topic)

07AE03/07VL03 ADVANCED DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN


4004
Unit I
Sequential Circuit Design
Analysis of Clocked Synchronous Sequential Networks (CSSN)-Modeling of CSSN – State Table Assignment and
Reduction – Design of CSSN – Design of Iterative Circuits – ASM Chart – ASM Realization. 10 Hours

Unit II
Asynchronous Sequential Circuit Design
Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuit (ASC) – Flow Table Reduction – Races in ASC – State Assignment
Problem and Transition Table – Design of ASC – Static and Dynamic Hazards – Essential Hazards – Data
Synchronizers – Designing Vending Machine Controller – Mixed Operating Mode Asynchronous Circuits.
10 Hours
Unit III
Fault Diagnosis and Testability Algorithms
Fault Table Method – Path Sensitization Method – Boolean Difference Method – Kohavi Algorithm – Tolerance
Techniques – The Compact Algorithm – Practical PLA’s – Fault in PLA – Test Generation – Masking Cycle – DFT
Schemes – Built-In Self Test. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Synchronous Design Using Programmable Devices
EPROM to Realize a Sequential Circuit – Programmable Logic Devices – Designing a Synchronous Sequential
Circuit using a GAL – EPROM – Realization of State Machine using PLD – FPGA – Xilinx FPGA – Xilinx 2000 -
Xilinx 3000. 10 Hours

32
Unit V
System Design Using VHDL
VHDL Description of Combinational Circuits – Arrays – VHDL Operators – Compilation and Simulation of VHDL
Code – Modeling using VHDL: Flip Flops – Registers – Counters – Sequential Machine : VHDL Code for Serial
Adder, Binary Multiplier, Binary Divider – Complete Sequential Systems : Design of a Simple Microprocessor.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Charles Roth Jr .H., “Digital System Design using VHDL” Thomson Learning, 1998.
2. John Yarbrough. M “Digital Logic applications and Design” Thomson Learning, 2001.

References:
1. Donald Givone .G “Digital principles and Design” Tata McGraw Hill 2002.
2. Nripendra Biswas N “Logic Design Theory” Prentice Hall of India, 2001
3. Stephen Brown and Zvonk Vranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design” Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
4. Mark Zwolinski, “ Digital System Design with VHDL” Pearson Education,2004

07AE04/ 07CO42/ 07VL04 VLSI DESIGN TECHNIQUES


4004
Unit I
MOS Transistor Theory and Process Technology
NMOS and PMOS transistors -Threshold voltage - Body effect - Design equations - Second order effects - MOS
models and small signal AC characteristics - Basic CMOS technology. 10 Hours

Unit II
Inverters and Logic Gates
NMOS and CMOS Inverters - Stick diagram - Inverter ratio - DC and transient characteristics - Switching times -
Super buffers - Driving large capacitance loads - CMOS logic structures - Transmission gates - Static CMOS design -
Dynamic CMOS design. 10 Hours

Unit III
Circuit Characterization and Performance Estimation
Resistance estimation - Capacitance estimation - Inductance - Switching characteristics - Transistor sizing - Power
dissipation and design margining - Charge sharing - Scaling. 10 Hours

Unit IV
VLSI System Components Circuits and System Level Physical Design
Multiplexers - Decoders - Comparators - Priority encoders - Shift registers - Arithmetic circuits - Ripple carry adders -
Carry look ahead adders - High-speed adders – Multipliers - Physical design - Delay modeling - Cross talk - Floor
planning - Power distribution - Clock distribution - Basics of CMOS testing. 10 Hours

Unit V
VERILOG Hardware Description Language
Overview of digital design with Verilog HDL - Hierarchical modelling concepts - Modules and Port definitions - Gate
level modelling - Data flow modeling - Behavioral modeling - Task & functions - Test Bench.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Neil H.E. Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Pearson Education Asia, 2 nd
edition, 2000.
2. John P.Uyemura “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2002.

33
References:
1. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL”, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2004.
2. Eugene D.Fabricius, “Introduction to VLSI Design”, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1990.
3. Bhasker J, “A Verilog HDL Primer”, B.S.Publications, 2nd Edition, 2001.
4. Pucknell, “Basic VLSI Design”, Prentice Hall of India Publication, 1995.
5. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design System on chip”, Pearson Education.2002.

07AE05/ 07CO41/ 07VL31 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS


4004
Unit I
Microprocessor Architecture
Instruction set – Data formats – Instruction formats – Addressing modes – Memory hierarchy – register file – Cache
– Virtual memory and paging – Segmentation – Pipelining – The instruction pipeline – pipeline hazards –
Instruction level parallelism – reduced instruction set – Computer principles – RISC versus CISC – RISC properties
– RISC evaluation – On-chip register files versus cache evaluation . 10 Hours

Unit II
High Performance CISC Architecture – Pentium
The software model – functional description – CPU pin descriptions – RISC concepts – bus operations – Super
scalar architecture – pipe lining – Branch prediction – The instruction and caches – Floating point unit –protected
mode operation – Segmentation – paging – Protection – multitasking – Exception and interrupts – Input /Output –
Virtual 8086 model – Interrupt processing -Instruction types – Addressing modes – Processor flags – Instruction set
-programming the Pentium processor. 10 Hours

Unit III
High Performance RISC Architecture: ARM
The ARM architecture – ARM assembly language program – ARM organization and implementation – The ARM
instruction set - The thumb instruction set – ARM CPU cores. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Motorola 68HC11 Micro Controllers
Instructions and addressing modes – operating modes – Hardware reset – Interrupt system – Parallel I/O ports –
Flags – Real time clock – Programmable timer – pulse accumulator – serial communication interface – A/D
converter – hardware expansion – Assembly language Programming. 10 Hours

Unit V
PIC Micro Controller
CPU architecture – Instruction set - Interrupts – Timers – I/O port expansion –I 2C bus for peripheral chip access –
A/D converter – UART 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
References:
1. Daniel Tabak , “Advanced Microprocessors”, McGraw Hill.Inc., 1995
2. James Antonakos L., “The Pentium Microprocessor”, Pearson Education, 1997.
3. Steve Furber, “ARM System –On –Chip architecture”, Addison Wesley, 2000.
4. John Peatman .B., “Design with PIC Microcontroller, Prentice hall, 1997.
5. Gene Miller .H., “Micro Computer Engineering,”, Pearson Education, 2003.
6. James.Antonakos L., “An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessors”, Pearson Education, 1999.
7. Barry Breg .B., “The Intel Microprocessors Architecture, Programming and Interfacing”, Prentice Hall of
India, 2002.

34
07AE06/ 07CO35 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
4004
Unit I
Digital Image Fundamentals
Elements of digital image processing systems - Elements of visual perception - psycho visual model – brightness –
contrast – hue – saturation - mach band effect –Image sensing and aquitition- Image sampling and Quantization –
Basic relationships between pixels- Two-dimensional mathematical preliminaries. 10 Hours

Unit II
Image Transforms
1D DFT - 2D transforms – DFT – Discrete Cosine Transform - Discrete Sine Transform – Walsh – Hadamard – Slant
– Haar- KLT – SVD - Wavelet Transform. 10 Hours

Unit III
Image Enhancement and Restoration
Basic Gray Level Transformations - Histogram Processing - Smoothing and Sharpening Spatial Filters- Smoothing
and Sharpening Frequency Domain Filters - Homomorphic filtering- Image degradation/ restoration process model –
Noise models- Restoration in the presence of noise only Spatial Filtering- Inverse filtering –Wiener filtering -
Geometric transformations. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Image Segmentation and Recognition
Edge detection - edge linking – Basic global and adaptive thresholding - Image segmentation by region growing -
region splitting and merging - Image Recognition – Patterns and pattern classes - Matching by minimum distance
classifier - Back Propagation Neural Network - Neural Network applications in image processing 10 Hours

Unit V
Image Compression
Need for data compression – Image Compression models- Huffman - Run Length Encoding - Arithmetic coding -
Vector Quantization - Block Truncation Coding - Transform Coding –Wavelet coding-Image Compression Standards –
Introduction to fractal image compression. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook
Rafael Gonzalez C., Richard.Woods E, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson Education, Inc., 2nd Edition,
2004.
References:
1. David Salomon : “Data Compression – The Complete Reference”, Springer Verlag New York Inc., 2nd
Edition, 2001
2. Rafael Gonzalez C., Richard Woods E, Steven Eddins, “Digital Image Processing using MATLAB”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2004.
3. William Pratt K., “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley, NewYork, 2002.
4. Milman Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine” Vision’, Brooks /
Cole, Vikas Publishing House, 2nd Edition. 1999.
5. Anil Jain K., “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2002

07AE11 Electronics Design Laboratory I


0032
1. System design using PIC Microcontroller.
2. Implementation of Adaptive Filters, periodogram and multistage multirate system in DSP Processor
3. Simulation of QMF using Simulation Packages
4. Modeling of Sequential Digital system using VHDL.
5. Modeling of Sequential Digital system using Verilog.
6. Design and Implementation of ALU using FPGA.
7. Simulation of NMOS and CMOS circuits using SPICE.

35
8. System design using 16- bit Microprocessor.
07AE12 Electronic Design Laboratory II
0032
1. System design using PLL
2. System design using CPLD
3. Alarm clock using embedded micro controller
4. Model train controller using embedded micro controller
5. Elevator controller using embedded micro controller
6. Simulation of Non adaptive Digital Control System using Simulation Software Packages
7. Simulation of Adaptive Digital Control System using Simulation Software Packages

SEMESTER II

07AE07/ 07VL07 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


4004
Unit I
Models for Integrated Circuit Active Devices
Depletion region of a PN junction – Large signal behavior of bipolar transistor- Small signal model of bipolar
transistor- Large signal behavior of MOSFET- Small signal model of MOS transistor- Short channel effects in MOS
transistors – Weak inversion in MOS transistors- Substrate current flow in MOS transistors.
10 Hours

Unit II
Circuit Configuration for Linear IC
Current Sources - Analysis of Difference Amplifiers with Active Load Using BJT and FET - Supply and Temperature
Independent Biasing Techniques - Voltage References: Output Stages: Emitter Follower - Source Follower and Push
Pull Output Stages.
10 Hours

Unit III
Operational Amplifiers
Analysis of operational amplifiers circuit - Slew rate model and high frequency analysis - Frequency response of
integrated circuits - Single stage and multistage amplifiers - Operational amplifier noise 10 Hours

Unit IV
Analog Multiplier and PLL
Analysis of four quadrant and variable transconductance multiplier - voltage controlled oscillator - Closed loop
analysis of PLL - Monolithic PLL design in integrated circuits - Sources of noise- Noise models of Integrated-circuit
Components – Circuit Noise Calculations – Equivalent Input Noise Generators – Noise Bandwidth – Noise Figure and
Noise Temperature.
10 Hours

Unit V
Analog Design with MOS Technology
MOS Current Mirrors – Simple, Cascode, Wilson and Widlar current source – CMOS Class AB output stages – Two
stage MOS Operational Amplifiers, with Cascode, MOS Telescopic-Cascode Operational Amplifier – MOS Folded
Cascode and MOS Active Cascode Operational Amplifier
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Gray, Meyer, Lewis, Hurst, “Analysis and design of Analog IC’s”, Fourth Edition, Willey International,
2002.
2. Behzad Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, McGraw Hill, 2001

36
References:
1. Phillip Allen E. Douglas Holberg R. “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, Second Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2003.
2. Nandita Dasgupata, Amitava Dasgupta, “Semiconductor Devices, Modelling and Technology”, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2004.
3. Grebene, “Bipolar and MOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, John Wiley & sons, Inc., 2003.

07AE08 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Principles of Parallel Processing
Multiprocessors and Multicomputers - Multivector and SIMD Computers - PRAM and VLSI Models - Conditions of
Parallelism - Program Partitioning and scheduling - Program flow mechanisms - Parallel processing applications -
Speed up performance law. 10 Hours

Unit II
Processor and Memory Organization
Advanced processor technology - Superscalar and vector processors - Memory hierarchy technology- Virtual memory
technology - Cache memory organization - Shared memory organization. 10 Hours

Unit III
Pipeline and Parallel Architecture
Linear pipeline processors - Non linear pipeline processors - Instruction pipeline design - Arithmetic design -
Superscalar and super pipeline design - Multiprocessor system interconnects - Message passing mechanisms.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Vector, Multithread and Dataflow Architecture
Vector processing principle - Multifactor Multiprocessors - Compound Vector processing - Principles of
multithreading -Fine grain multicomputers - Scalable and multithread architectures - Dataflow and hybrid
architectures. 10 Hours

Unit V
Software and Parallel Processing
Parallel programming models - Parallel languages and compilers - Parallel programming environments -
Synchronization and Multiprocessing modes - Message passing program development - Mapping programs onto
Multicomputers- Multiprocessor UNIX design goals - MACH/OS kernel architecture - OSF/1 architecture and
applications. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Kai Hwang, “Advanced Computer Architecture”, TataMc Graw Hill, 2001.

References:
1. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, McMillan Publishing Company, 1990.
2. Quinn M.J., “Designing Efficient Algorithms for Parallel Computer”, McGraw Hill International, 1994.

07AE09 DIGITAL CONTROL ENGINEERING


4004
Unit I
Review of Frequency and Time Response- Analysis and Specifications Of Control Systems - Need For Controllers-
Continues Time Compensations, Continues Time PI, PD, PID Controllers - Digital PID Controllers.
10 Hours
Unit II
Signal Processing In Digital Control
Sampling - Time And Frequency Domain Description – Aliasing-Hold Operation - Mathematical Model of Sample and
Hold - Zero and First Order Hold - Factors Limiting the Choice Of Sampling Rate - Reconstruction.

37
10 Hours
Unit III
Modelling and Analysis of Sampled Data Control System
Difference Equation Description - Z-Transform Method Of Description - Pulse Transfer Function - Time And
Frequency Response of Discrete Time Control Systems - Stability Of Digital Control Systems - Jury's Stability Test -
State Variable Concepts- First Companion- Second Companion- Jordan Canonical Models – Discrete State Variable
Models – Elementary Principles 10 Hours

Unit IV
Design of Digital Control Algorithms
Review Of Principle Of Compensator Design -Z-Plane Specifications - Digital Compensator Design Using Frequency
Response Plots - Discrete Integrator - Discrete Differentiator - Development Of Digital PID Controller – Transfer
Function – Design in the Z-Plane.
10 Hours
Unit V
Practical Aspects of Digital Control Algorithms
Algorithm Development Of PID Control Algorithms- Software Implementation- Implementation Using
Microprocessors And Microcontrollers- Finite Word Length Effects- Choice Of Data Acquisition Systems-
Microcontroller Based Temperature Control Systems- Microcontroller Based Motor Speed Control Systems.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Gopal M., “Digital Control and Static Variable Methods”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
2. John D'Azzo J., “Constantive Houpios, Linear Control System Analysis and Design”, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
1995.

Reference
Kenneth Ayala J., “The 8051 Microcontroller- Architecture, Programming and Applications”, Penram
International, 2nd Edition, 1996.

07AE13 Object Computing Laboratory


0032

Principles of OOP: Programming Paradigms, basic concepts and benefits of OOP, applications of OOP.
2 Hours
Introduction To C++: History of C++,basic data type,derived data types,symbolic constants,dynamic
initialization,type modifiers,type casting,operator and control statements,input and output statements
3 Hours
Classes and Objects: Class specification,member function specification,scope resolution operator,access
qualifiers,instance creation,member functions,function prototyping,function components,passing parameters,call by
reference return by reference,inline functions,default arguments,overloaded function.
3 Hours
Array of objects, pointers to objects,this pointer,dynamic allocation operators,dynamic
objects,Constructors,parameterized constructors,overloaded constructors,constructors with default arguments,copy
constructors,static data members,and ststic objects as arguments,returning objects,fiend function and friend class,local
classes and nested class ,empty static and CONST classes.
7 Hours
Operator Overloading; Operator function, overloading unary and binary operator, overloading the operator using the
friend function, stream operator overloading 3 Hours

Inheritance:Defining derived classes,single inheritance,protected data with private inheritance,multiple


inheritance,multilevel inheritance,hirerarchical inheritance,hybrid inheritance,multipath inheritance,constructors in
derived and base class,abstract classes,virtual function and dynamic polymorphism,virtual destructor.
6 Hours

38
Exception Handling: Principle of exception handling, exception handling mechanism, multiple catch, nested try,
rethrowing the exception. 3 Hours

Templates: Template functions and template classes. 2 Hours

Java Intoduction: Java and Internet, byte code, feature of java, methods and classes, packages and interfaces.
2 Hours

Multi Threading: Multithread model, setting priority to thread, synchronization of threads


3 Hours
Applets: Applet class, AWT class, methods, controls, introduction to swing. 4 Hours

ISO Streams: Character stream, byte streams, object serialization 4 Hours


Total: 42 Hours
References:

1. Bjaame Stroustrup, “The C++ Progamming Language”, Addison Wesley, 2004.


2. Stanly B Lippman and Josee Lajoie, “The C++ Printer”, Addison Wesley Longman, 2005.
3. Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt: Java 2: Complete Reference”, Tata MCGraw Hill, 2003.
4. Joseph Weber L., “Using Java 2 Platform”, Pretice hall Inc, 2005.

ELECTIVES

07AE21/ 07VL36 NEURAL NETWORKS AND APPLICATIONS


4004
Unit I
Back Propagation
Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - Perceptrons - Representation - Linear separability - Learning – Training
algorithm - The back propagation network - The generalized delta rule - Practical considerations – BPN applications -
traveling sales man problem. 10 Hours

Unit II
Statistical Methods
Hopfield nets - Cauchy training - Simulated annealing - The Boltzmann machine. Associative memory -Bidirectional
associative memory - Applications. 10 Hours

Unit III
Counter Propagation Network and Self Organizing Maps
CPN building blocks - CPN data processing. SOM data processing - Applications. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Adaptive Resonance Theory and Spatio Temporal Pattern Classification
ART network description - ART1-ART2 - Application. The formal avalanche - Architecture of spatio temporal
networks - The sequential competitive avalanche field - Applications of STNs.
10 Hours
Unit V
Neo–Congnitron
Cognitron - Structure & training - The neocognitron architecture - Data processing - Performance - Addition of lateral
inhibition and feedback to the neocognitron. Optical neural networks - Holographic correlators. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. James Freeman A. and David Skapura M., Neural Networks - Algorithms, Applications & Programming
Techniques Addison Wesley, 1992.
2. Yegnanarayana B., Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.

39
References:
1. Laurence Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture, Algorithms and Applications”, Prentice
Hall, 1994
2. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
07AE22 ROBOTICS
4004
Unit I
Introduction to Robotics
Robotic Classifcation, Robot Specifications, Motion – Bug and tangent algorithms, Potential Function, Road maps-
Topological roadmaps, Cell decomposition – Trapezoidal and Morse cell decompositions , Sensor and sensor
planning. Kinematics. Forward and Inverse Kinematics - Transformation matrix and DH transformation. Inverse
Kinematics - Geometric methods and Algebraic methods. 10 Hours

Unit II
Computer Vision
Projection - Optics, Projection on the Image Plane and Radiometry. Image Processing - Connectivity, Images-Gray
Scale and Binary Images, Blob Filling, Thresholding, Histogram. Convolution - Digital Convolution and Filtering
and Masking Techniques. Edge Detection - Mono and Stereo Vision. 10 Hours

Unit III
Sensors and Sensing Devices
Introduction to various types of sensor. Resistive sensors. Range sensors - Ladar (laser distance and ranging),
Sonar, Radar and Infra-red. Introduction to sensing - Light sensing, Heat sensing, Touch sensing and Position
sensing. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Artificial Intelligence
Uniform Search strategies - Breadth first, Depth first, Depth limited, Iterative and deepening depth first search and
Bidirectional search. The A*algorithm. Planning - State-Space Planning Plan-Space Planning, Graphplan/SatPlan
and their Comparison, Multi-agent planning 1, and Multi-agent planning 2, Probabilistic Reasoning - Bayesian
Networks, Decision Trees and Bayes net inference. 10 Hours

Unit V
Integration to Robot
Building of 4 axis or 6 axis robot - Vision System for pattern detection - Sensors for obstacle detection - AI
algorithms for path finding and decision making 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Duda, Hart and Stork, “Pattern Recognition”, Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
2. Mallot, “Computational Vision: Information Processing in Perception and Visual Behavior”, Cambridge,
MA:, 2000
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence-A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education Series
in Artificial Intelligence, 2004
2. Robert Schilling and Craig “Fundamentals of Robotics, Analysis and control”, Hall of India Private
Limied, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Forsyth and Ponce, “Computer Vision, A modern Approach”, Person Education, 2003.

07AE23/ 07CO29 COMMUNICATION NETWORK SECURITY


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Symmetric Ciphers (Techniques and Standards) –I
Introduction – Services- Mechanisms and Attacks- OSI security Architecture- Model for network Security; Classical
Encryption Techniques- Symmetric Cipher Model, Substitution Techniques-Transposition Techniques- Rotor

40
Machines- Stegnography; Block Ciphers and Data Encryption Standard- Simplified DES- Block Cipher Principles-
Data Encryption Standard- Strength of DES- Differential and Linear Crypt Analysis- Block Cipher Design Principles-
Block Cipher Modes of Operation. 10 Hours

Unit II
Symmetric Ciphers (Techniques and Standards) – II
Advanced Encryption Standard- Evaluation Criteria for AES, AES Cipher; Contemporary Symmetric Ciphers- Triple
DES, Blowfish- RC5- Characteristics of Advanced Symmetric Block Ciphers- RC4 Stream Cipher; Confidentiality
using Symmetric Encryption- Placement of Encryption Function- Traffic Confidentiality- Key Distribution- and
Random Number Generation. 10 Hours

Unit III
Public-Key Encryption and Hash Functions
Public Key Cryptography and RSA- Principles of Public Key Cryptosystems- RSA Algorithm; Key Management and
other public key cryptosystems- Key Management, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic Curve arithmetic- Elliptic
Curve Cryptography; Message Authentication and Hash Functions- Authentication Requirements- Authentication
Functions- Message Authentication Codes- Hash Functions and MACs; Hash Algorithms- MD5 Message Digest
Algorithm; Secure Hash Algorithm- RIPEMD 160- HMAC; Digital Signatures and Authentication Protocols- Digital
Signatures- Authentication Protocols- Digital Signature Standards. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Network Security Practice
Authentication Applications- Kerberos, X.509 Authentication Service; Electronic Mail Security- Pretty Good Privacy-
S/MIME; IP Security- IP Security Overview- IP Security Architecture- Authentication Header- Encapsulating Security
Payload- Combining Security Associations; Web Security- Web Security Considerations- Secure Sockets Layer and
Transport Layer Security- Secure Electronic Transaction. 10 Hours

Unit V
System Security
Intruders- Intruder Detection- Password Management; Malicious Software- Virus and Related Threats- Virus Counter
Measures; Firewalls- Firewall Design Principles- Trusted Systems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 3ed. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi ,2004
2. William Stallings, “Network Security Essentials”, 2 ed. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004

Reference:
Charlie Kaufman, “Network Security: Private Communication in Public World”, 2 edition. Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2004.

07AE24/ 07CO36 INTERNETWORKING MULTIMEDIA


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Multimedia Networking
Digital sound, video and graphics – Basic multimedia networking - Multimedia characteristics- Evolution of
Internetservices model - Network requirements for audio/ video transform-Multimedia coding and compression for
text , image, audio and video. 10 Hours

Unit II
Broad Band Network Technology
Broadband services - ATM and IP - IPV6 - High speed switching - Resource reservation - Buffer management -
Traffic shaping – Caching - Scheduling and policing – Throughput - Delay and jitter performance. Storage and media
services, voice and video over IP - MPEG-2 over ATM/IP - indexing synchronization of requests - Recording and
remote control. 10 Hours

41
Unit III
Reliable Transport Protocol and Applications
Multicast over shared media network - Multicast routing and addressing - Scaping multicast and NBMA networks -
Reliable transport protocols - TCP adaptation algorithm – RTP - RTCP. MIME - Peer- to-Peer computing - Shared
application - Video conferencing - Centralized and distributed conference control - Distributed virtual reality - Light
weight session philosophy. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Multimedia Communication Standards
Objective of MPEG- 7 standard - Functionalities and systems of MPEG-7 - MPEG-21 Multimedia Framework
Architecture - Content representation - Content Management and usage - Intellectual property management - Audio
visual system- H322: Guaranteed QOS LAN systems; MPEG_4 video Transport across internet. 10 Hours

Unit V
Multimedia Communication Across Networks
Packet Audio/video in the network environment - Video transport across Generic networks- Layered video coding -
Error Resilient video coding techniques - Scalable Rate control, Streaming video across Internet - Multimedia
transport across ATM networks and IP network – Multimedia across wireless networks. 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. Jon Crowcroft, Mark Handley, Ian Wakeman, “Internetworking Multimedia”, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd.
Singapore, 1998.
2. Szuprowicz. B.O, “Multimedia Networking”, McGraw Hill, NewYork. 1995

References:
1. Rao.K.R, Zoran S. Bojkovic and Dragorad A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia Communication systems”, Prentice
Hall of India , 2003 ( Unit 4 and Unit 5)
2. Tay Vaughan, “Multimedia making it to work”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.

07AE25/ 07VL33 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND COMPATIBILITY IN SYSTEM DESIGN


4004
Unit I
EMI Environment
EMI/EMC concepts and definitions, Sources of EMI, conducted and radiated EMI, Transient EMI, Time domain Vs
Frequency domain EMI, Units of measurement parameters, Emission and immunity concepts, ESD. 10 Hours

Unit II
EMI Coupling Principles
Conducted, Radiated and Transient Coupling, Common Impedance Ground Coupling, Radiated Common Mode and
Ground Loop Coupling, Radiated Differential Mode Coupling, Near Field Cable to Cable Coupling, Power Mains and
Power Supply coupling. 10 Hours

Unit III
EMI/EMC Standards and Measurements
Civilian standards - FCC,CISPR,IEC,EN,Military standards - MIL STD 461D/462, EMI Test Instruments /Systems,
EMI Shielded Chamber, Open Area Test Site, TEM Cell, Sensors/Injectors/Couplers, Test beds for ESD and EFT,
Military Test Method and Procedures (462). 10 Hours

Unit IV
EMI Control Techniques
Shielding, Filtering, Grounding, Bonding, Isolation Transformer, Transient Suppressors, Cable Routing, Signal
Control, Component Selection and Mounting. 10 Hours

42
Unit V
EMC Design of PCBs
PCB Traces Cross Talk, Impedance Control, Power Distribution Decoupling, Zoning, Motherboard Designs and
Propagation Delay Performance Models. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Henry W.Ott, “Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, New York. 1988.
2. Paul C.R, “Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1992.

References:
1. Kodali V.P., “Engineering EMC Principles, Measurements and Technologies”, IEEE Press, 1996.
2. Bernhard Keiser, “Principles of Electromagnetic Compatibility”, Artech house, 3rd Edition, 1986.

07AE26/07CO39/ 07VL27 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Embedded Architecture Embedded systems Overview, Design Challenge – Optimizing design metrics, Processor
Technology, Embedded system design process- Requirements, Specification, Architectural Design, Designing
Hardware and Software Components, System Integration, Formalism for System Design- Structural Description,
Behavioral Description, Design Example: Model Train Controller. 10 Hours

Unit II
Embedded Processor and Computing Platform ARM processor- processor and memory organization, Data operations,
Flow of Control, SHARC processor- Memory organization, Data operations, Flow of Control, parallelism with
instructions, CPU Bus configuration, ARM Bus, SHARC Bus, Memory devices, Input/output devices, Component
interfacing, designing with microprocessor development and debugging, Design Example : Alarm Clock.
10 Hours
Unit III
Networks
Distributed Embedded Architecture- Hardware and Software Architectures, Networks for embedded systems- I2C,
CAN Bus, SHARC link ports, ethernet, Myrinet, Internet, Wirelees Protocols – IrDA, Bluetooth, Network-Based
design- Communication Analysis, system performance Analysis, Hardware platform design, Allocation and
scheduling, Design . 10 Hours

Unit IV
Real-Time Characteristics
Clock driven Approach, weighted round robin Approach, Priority driven Approach, Dynamic Versus Static systems,
effective release times and deadlines, Optimality of the Earliest deadline first (EDF) algorithm, challenges in
validating timing constraints in priority driven systems, Off-line Versus On-line scheduling. 10 Hours

Unit V
System Design Techniques
Design Methodologies, Requirement Analysis, Specification, System Analysis and Architecture Design, Quality
Assurance, Design Example: Telephone PBX- System Architecture, Ink jet printer- Hardware Design and Software
Design, Personal Digital Assistants, Set-top Boxes. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design”, Morgan
Kaufman Publishers, 2001.
2. Jane.W.S. Liu “Real-Time systems”, Pearson Education Asia, 2000

References:

43
1. C. M. Krishna and K. G. Shin , “Real-Time Systems” ,McGraw-Hill, 1997
2. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargi, “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2000.

07AE27/ 07CO40 WIRELESS SECURITY


4004
Unit I
Attacks on Routing Protocols
Vulnerability of MANET to attack; review of AODV and DSR; type of attack: active and passive; internal and
external; behaviour of malicious node: black hole, DoS, Routing table overflow, Impersonation, Energy consumption,
Information Disclosure. Misuse type – Misuse goals – Security flaw in AODV; attack on AODV; wormhole and
rushing attack. Performance analysis of AODV in the presence of malicious node. 10 Hours

Unit II
Intrusion Detection in Wireless Ad Hoc Networks
Problem in current IDS techniques; requirements of IDS; classification of IDS – Network and host based – anamoly
detection, misuse detection, specification based: intrusion detection in MANETs using distributed IDS and mobile
agents; AODV protocol based IDS; Intrusion resistant routing algorithms; Comparison of IDS.
10 Hours
Unit III
Mitigating Techniques for Routing Misbehaviour
Watchdog, parthrater, packet leashes and RAP; 10 Hours

Unit IV
Secure Routing Protocols:
Self organized network layer security in MANETs; mechanism to improve authentication and integrity in AODV
using hash chain and digital signatures; on demand secure routing protocol resilent to Byzantine failures; ARIADNE,
SEAD, SAR, ARAN; 10 Hours

Unit V
Challenges in Routing Security
Security: Challenges and solutions; Providing Robust and Ubiquitous security support; Adaptive security for
multilevel Ad Hoc Network; Denial of service Attack at the MAC layer; Detection and handling of MAC layer
Misbehaviour. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Siva Ram Murthy. C and Manoj. B.S, “AdHoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and protocols”, Prentice
Hall PTR, 2004
2. Ivan Stojmenović, “Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing”, Wiley 2002

References:
1. Hongmei deng, Wei Li and Dharma P. Agrawal “Routing security in wireless Ad Hoc Networks” IEEE
Communication magazine, Oct 2002.
2. Peng Ning, Kun Sun, “ How to misuse AODV: A case study of insider attacks again Mobile Adhoc Routing
Protocols” in proceeding of the 4th annaul IEEE information assurance workshop, page 60 – 67 west point,
June 2003.
3. Amitabh Mishra et al. “Itrusion Detection in Wireless Ad Hoc Networks” IEEE Wireless
Communication, February 2004.
4. S.Marti et al., “Mitigating Routing Misbehaviour in Mobile Ad Hoc Networks” ACM MOBICOM, 2000.
5. Yin Chun Hu et al., “Rushing attack and Defence in Wireless Ad Hoc Network Routing Protocol” Wise 2003,
Sept 2003, Copyright 2003 ACM.
6. M.Zapata and N. Asokan, “Securing Ad Hoc Routing Protocol” ACM Wise 2002.

44
7. Hao yang “Security in mobile Ad Hoc Network: Challenges and Solutions” IEEE
Wireless Communication, February 2004.
07AE28/ 07CO33 WIRELESS LAN
4004
Unit I
Wireless LAN Technology
Radiowave LAN – Infrared LAN – Microwave LAN – Long distance LAN Systems and Services – Wireless LAN
Standards and Protocols. 10 Hours
Unit II
Packet Switching Networks
Routing in Packet Networks – Short Path Algorithm – Traffic Management and QoS – Congestion Control - OSI / IP
models - Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) – Token ring (IEEE 802.5) – FDDI – DQDB – Frame Relay – SMDS.
10 Hours
Unit III
TCP/IP Networks:
Architecture - Internet protocol – IPv6 – User Datagram Protocol – Transmission Control Protocol – DHCP and
Mobile IP – Internet Routing Protocol – Multicast Routing – Performance of TCP / IP Networks. 10 Hours

Unit IV
ATM Networks
Features of ATM – BISDN Reference Model – ATM Layer – ATM Adaptation Layer – ATM Signalling – Routing –
Management and control – Internetworking with ATM. 10 Hours

Unit V
Adhoc Networks
Infra structure Vs infrastructure less networks- Vulnerabilities and challenges-security issues-Active and passive
attacks- Review of AODV and DSR 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networking”, PHI, 2004
2. Siva Ram Murthy. C and Manoj. B.S, “AdHoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and protocols”, Prentice
Hall PTR, 2004

References:
1. Jean Warland and Pravin Varaiya, “High Performance Communication Networks”, 2 nd edition, Harcourt and
Morgan Kauffman, London, 2002
2. Sumit Kasera, Pankaj Sethi, “ATM Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking “, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 4 th edition,
2005.
4. Leon Garcia, Widjaja, “Communication Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
5. Hongmei deng, Wei Li and Dharma P. Agrawal “Routing security in wireless Ad Hoc Networks” IEEE
Communication magazine, Oct 2002

07AE29/ 07CO38 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


4004
Unit I
Packet Switched Networks
OSI and IP models, Ethernet (IEEE 802.3), Token ring (IEEE 802.5), FDDI, DQDB, SMDS: Internetworking with
SMDS. 10 Hours

Unit II
ISDN and Broadband ISDN
ISDN - overview, interfaces and functions, Layers and services - Signaling System 7 - Broadband ISDN architecture
and Protocols. 10 Hours

45
Unit III
ATM and Frame Relay
ATM: Main features-addressing, signaling and routing, ATM header structure-adaptation layer, management and
control, ATM switching and transmission. Frame Relay: Protocols and services, Congestion control, Internetworking
with ATM, Internet and ATM, Frame relay via ATM.
10 Hours

Unit IV
Advanced Network Architecture
TCP/IP - Architectures – Address mapping-IPv6- IGMP-ICMPv6- Multicasting -Resource Reservation Protocol
(RSVP)- Differentiated services.
10 Hours
Unit V
Wireless Networks
Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) – Infrared LAN-Spread spectrum LAN-Architecture- Ad hoc networks- Blue tooth
-Protocol stack.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. William Stallings,”ISDN and Broadband ISDN with Frame Relay and ATM”, 4th edition, Pearson education
Asia, 2002.
2. Leon Gracia, Widjaja, “Communication networks ", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2000.

References:
1. William Stallings,”Wireless Communications and Networking”, PHI, 2004
2. Jennifer Bray and Charles F.Sturman,”Blue Tooth” Pearson education Asia, 2001.
3. Sumit Kasera, Pankaj Sethi, “ATM Networks ", Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Rainer Handel, Manfred N.Huber, Stefan Schroder,”ATM Networks”,3rd edition, Pearson education asia,2002.
5. Jean Walrand and Pravin varaiya, “High Performance Communication networks”, 2nd edition, Harcourt and
Morgan Kauffman, London 2000.
6. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking’’, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th edition,2005

07AE30/ 07VL22 ANALOG VLSI DESIGN


4004
Unit I
Basic CMOS Circuit Techniques, Continuous Time and Low-Voltage Signal Processing Mixed-Signal VLSI Chips-
Basic CMOS Circuits-Basic Gain Stage-Gain Boosting Techniques-Super MOS Transistor- Primitive Analog Cells-
Linear Voltage-Current Converters-MOS Multipliers and Resistors-CMOS - Bipolar and Low-Voltage BiCMOS Op-
Amp Design-Instrumentation Amplifier Design-Low Voltage Filters. 10 Hours

Unit II
Basic BICMOS Circuit Techniques, Current -Mode Signal Processing and Neural Information Processing
Continuous-Time Signal Processing-Sampled-Data Signal Processing-Switched-Current Data Converters-Practical
Considerations in SI Circuits Biologically-Inspired Neural Networks - Floating - Gate, Low-Power Neural Networks-
CMOS Technology and Models-Design Methodology-Networks-Contrast Sensitive Silicon Retina.
10 Hours
Unit III
Sampled-Data Analog Filters, Over Sampled A/D Converters and Analog Integrated Sensors First-order and Second
SC Circuits-Bilinear Transformation - Cascade Design-Switched-Capacitor Ladder Filter-Synthesis of Switched-
Current Filter- Nyquist rate A/D Converters-Modulators for Over sampled A/D Conversion-First and Second Order
and Multibit Sigma-Delta Modulators-Interpolative Modulators – Cascaded Architecture-Decimation Filters-
mechanical, Thermal, Humidity and Magnetic Sensors-Sensor Interfaces. 10 Hours

46
Unit IV
Design for Testability and Analog VLSI Interconnects Fault modelling and Simulation - Testability-Analysis
Technique-Ad Hoc Methods and General Guidelines-Scan Techniques-Boundary Scan-Built-in Self Test-Analog Test
Buses-Design for Electron -Beam Testablity-Physicsof Interconnects in VLSI-Scaling of Interconnects-A Model for
Estimating Wiring Density-A Configurable Architecture for Prototyping Analog Circuits. 10 Hours

Unit V
Statistical Modeling And Simulation, Analog Computer-Aided Design and Analog and Mixed Analog-Digital Layout
Review of Statistical Concepts - Statistical Device Modeling- Statistical Circuit Simulation-Automation Analog
Circuit Design-automatic Analog Layout-CMOS Transistor Layout-Resistor Layout-Capacitor Layout-Analog Cell
Layout-Mixed Analog -Digital Layout. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Mohammed Ismail, Terri Fiez, “Analog VLSI signal and Information processing”, McGraw-Hill
International Editons, 1994.
2 Malcom R.Haskard, Lan C.May, “Analog VLSI Design - NMOS and CMOS”, Prentice Hall, 1998.

References:
1. Randall L Geiger, Phillip E. Allen, “Noel K.Strader, VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital
Circuits”, Mc Graw Hill International Company, 1990.
2. Jose E.France, Yannis Tsividis, “Design of Analog-Digital VLSI Circuits for Telecommunication and
signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1994

07AE31/ 07VL24 LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN


4004

Unit I
Power Dissipation in CMOS
Hierarchy of limits of power – Sources of power consumption – Physics of power dissipation in CMOS FET devices-
Basic principle of low power design. 10 Hours

Unit II
Power Optimization
Logical level power optimization – Circuit level low power design – Circuit techniques for reducing power
consumption in adders and multipliers. 10 Hours

Unit III
Design of Low Power CMOS Circuits
Computer Arithmetic techniques for low power systems – Reducing power consumption in memories – Low power
clock, Interconnect and layout design – Advanced techniques – Special techniques 10 Hours

Unit IV
Power Estimation
Power estimation techniques – Logic level power estimation – Simulation power analysis – Probabilistic power
analysis. 10 Hours

Unit V
Synthesis and Software Design for Low Power
Synthesis for low power –Behavioral level transforms- Software design for low power. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. K.Roy and S.C. Prasad , “Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design”, Wiley,2000
2. Dimitrios Soudris, Chirstian Pignet, Costas Goutis, “Designing CMOS Circuits for Low Power”, Kluwer,
2002

47
References:
1. J.B. Kuo and J.H Lou, “Low voltage CMOS VLSI Circuits”, Wiley 1999.
2. A.P.Chandrakasan and R.W. Broadersen, “Low power digital CMOS design”, Kluwer, 1995.
3. Gary Yeap, “Practical low power digital VLSI design”, Kluwer, 1998.
4. Abdellatif Bellaouar, Mohamed.I. Elmasry, “Low power digital VLSI design”, S Kluwer, 1995.
5. James B. Kuo, Shin – chia Lin, “Low voltage SOI CMOS VLSI Devices and Circuits”, John Wiley and sons,
Inc 2001

07AE32/ 07VL29 VLSI SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Introduction to DSP
Introduction To DSP Systems -Typical DSP algorithms Iteration Bound – data flow graph representations, loop bound
and iteration bound, Longest path Matrix algorithm; Pipelining and parallel processing – Pipelining of FIR digital
filters, parallel processing, pipelining and parallel processing for low power. 10 Hours

Unit II
Retiming
Retiming - definitions and properties; Unfolding – an algorithm for Unfolding, properties of unfolding, sample period
reduction and parallel processing application; Algorithmic strength reduction in filters and transforms – 2-parallel FIR
filter, 2-parallel fast FIR filter, DCT algorithm architecture transformation, parallel architectures for rank-order filters,
Odd- Even Merge- Sort architecture, parallel rank-order filters. 10 Hours

Unit III
Fast Convolution
Fast convolution – Cook-Toom algorithm, modified Cook-Took algorithm; Pipelined and parallel recursive and
adaptive filters – inefficient/efficient single channel interleaving, Look- Ahead pipelining in first- order IIR filters,
Look-Ahead pipelining with power-of-two decomposition, Clustered Look-Ahead pipelining, parallel processing of
IIR filters, combined pipelining and parallel processing of IIR filters, pipelined adaptive digital filters, relaxed look-
ahead, pipelined LMS adaptive filter. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Bit-Level Arithmetic Architectures
Scaling and roundoff noise- scaling operation, roundoff noise, state variable description of digital filters, scaling and
roundoff noise computation, roundoff noise in pipelined first-order filters; Bit-Level Arithmetic Architectures- parallel
multipliers with sign extension, parallel carry-ripple array multipliers, parallel carry-save multiplier, 4x 4 bit Baugh-
Wooley carry-save multiplication tabular form and implementation, design of Lyon’s bit-serial multipliers using
Horner’s rule, bit-serial FIR filter, CSD representation, CSD multiplication using Horner’s rule for precision
improvement. 10 Hours

Unit V
Programming Digital Signal Processors
Numerical Strength Reduction – sub expression elimination, multiple constant multiplications, iterative matching.
Linear transformations; Synchronous, Wave and asynchronous pipelining- synchronous pipelining and clocking styles,
clock skew in edge-triggered single-phase clocking, two-phase clocking, wave pipelining, asynchronous pipelining
bundled data versus dual rail protocol; Programming Digital Signal Processors – general architecture with important
features; Low power Design – needs for low power VLSI chips, charging and discharging capacitance, short-circuit
current of an inverter, CMOS leakage current, basic principles of low power design.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Keshab K.Parhi, “VLSI Digital Signal Processing systems, Design and implementation”, Wiley, Inter
Science, 1999.
2. Gary Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1998.

48
References:
1. Mohammed Isamail and Terri Fiez, “Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing”, Mc Graw-Hill, 1994.
2. S.Y. Kung, H.J. White House, T. Kailath, “VLSI and Modern Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1985.
3. Jose E. France, Yannis Tsividis, “Design of Analog - Digital VLSI Circuits for Telecommunication and
Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1994.

07AE33/ 07VL02 DSP INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


3204
Unit I
DSP Integrated Circuits and VLSI circuit Technologies
Standard digital signal processors-Application specific IC’s for DSP - DSP systems - DSP system design - Integrated
circuit design - MOS transistors - MOS logic - VLSI process technologies - Trends in CMOS technologies.
10 Hours
Unit II
Digital Signal Processing
Digital signal processing - Sampling of analog signals - Selection of sample frequency – Signal -processing systems -
Frequency response - Transfer functions - Signal flow graphs - Filter structures - Adaptive DSP algorithms - DFT -
The Discrete Fourier Transform - FFT - The Fast Fourier Transform Algorithm - Image coding - Discrete cosine
transforms. 10 Hours
Unit III
Digital Filters and Finite Word Length Effects
FIR filters - FIR filter structures - FIR chips - IIR filters - Specifications of IIR filters - Mapping of analog transfer
functions - Mapping of analog filter structures - Multirate systems - Interpolation with an integer factor L - Sampling
rate change with a ratio L/M - Multirate filters - Finite word length effects - Parasitic oscillations - Scaling of signal
levels - Round-off noise - Measuring round-off noise - Coefficient sensitivity - Sensitivity and noise.
10 Hours
Unit IV
DSP Architectures and Synthesis of DSP Architectures
DSP system architectures - Standard DSP architecture - Ideal DSP architectures - Multiprocessors and multicomputers
- Systolic and Wave front arrays - Shared memory architectures - Mapping of DSP algorithms onto hardware -
Implementation based on complex PEs - Shared memory architecture with Bit-serial PEs. 10 Hours

Unit V
Arithmetic Units and Integrated Circuit Design
Conventional number system - Redundant Number system - Residue Number System - Bit-parallel and Bit-Serial
arithmetic - Basic shift accumulator - Reducing the memory size - Complex multipliers - Improved shift –
accumulator - Layout of VLSI circuits - FFT processor - DCT processor and Interpolator as case studies.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Lars Wanhammer, “DSP Integrated Circuits”, Academic press, New York 1999.
2. Oppenheim A.V. Schafer, R.W., and Buck, J.R. “Discrete-time Signal Processing” Pearson education, 2000.

References:
1. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor, Barrie W. Jervis, “Digital signal processing – A Practical Approach”, Second edition,
Pearson education, Asia 2001.
2. Keshab K.Parhi, “VLSI digital Signal Processing Systems design and Implementation” John Wiley & Sons,
1999.

07AE34/ 07VL09 ASIC DESIGN


3204

49
Unit I
Introduction to ASICS, CMOS Logic and ASIC Library Design
Types of ASICs - Design flow - CMOS transistors CMOS Design rules - Combinational Logic Cell – Sequential logic
cell - Data path logic cell - Transistors as Resistors - Transistor Parasitic Capacitance- Logical effort –Library cell
design - Library architecture. 10 Hours

Unit II
Programmable ASICS, Programmable ASIC Logic Cells and Programmable ASIC I/O Cells
Anti fuse - static RAM - EPROM and EEPROM technology - PREP benchmarks - Actel ACT - Xilinx LCA – Altera
FLEX - Altera MAX DC & AC inputs and outputs - Clock & Power inputs - Xilinx I/O blocks. 10 Hours
Unit III
Programmable ASIC Interconnect, Programmable ASIC Design Software And Low Level Design Entry Actel ACT
-Xilinx LCA - Xilinx EPLD - Altera MAX 5000 and 7000 - Altera MAX 9000 - Altera FLEX –Design systems -
Logic Synthesis - Half gate ASIC -Schematic entry - Low level design language - PLA tools -EDIF- CFI design
representation. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Logic Synthesis, Simulation And Testing
Verilog and logic synthesis -VHDL and logic synthesis - types of simulation -boundary scan test - fault simulation -
automatic test pattern generation. 10 Hours

Unit V
ASIC Construction, Floor Planning, Placement and Routing
System partition - FPGA partitioning - partitioning methods - floor planning - placement - physical design flow –
global routing - detailed routing - special routing - circuit extraction - DRC. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Smith M.J.S., “Application Specific Integrated Circuits”, Addison -Wesley Longman, Inc., 1997.
2. Farzad Nekoogar and Faranak Nekoogar, “From ASICs to SOCs: A Practical Approach”, Prentice Hall PTR,
2003.

References:
1. Wayne Wolf, “FPGA-Based System Design”, Prentice Hall PTR, 2004.
2. Rajsuman R., “System-on-a-Chip Design and Test”, Santa Clara, CA: Artech House Publishers, 2000.
3. Nekoogar F. “Timing Verification of Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs)” Prentice Hall PTR,
1999.

07AE35/ 07VL08 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF VLSI CIRCUITS


4004
Unit I
VLSI Design and Graph Theory
Introduction to VLSI Design methodologies - Review of Data structures and algorithms - Review of VLSI Design
automation tools - Algorithmic Graph Theory and Computational Complexity – Tractable and Intractable problems -
general purpose methods for combinatorial optimization. 10 Hours

Unit II
Physical Design Process -I
Placement and partitioning - Circuit representation - Placement algorithms – partitioning Floor planning concepts
-shape functions and floor plan sizing 10 Hours

Unit III
Physical Design Process -II
Types of local routing problems - Area routing - channel routing - global routing - algorithms for global routing
-Layout Compaction - Design rules - problem formulation - algorithms for constraint graph compaction.

50
10 Hours
Unit IV
Simulations
Simulation - Gate-level modeling and simulation - Switch-level modeling and simulation – Combinational Logic
Synthesis - Binary Decision Diagrams - Two Level Logic Synthesis. 10 Hours

Unit V
Synthesis
High level Synthesis - Hardware models - Internal representation - Allocation assignment and scheduling - Simple
scheduling algorithm - Assignment problem – High level transformations. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Gerez H., “Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation”, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
2. Sherwani N.A., “Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, Kluwar Academic Publishers, 2002.

References:
1. Drechsler, R., “Evolutionary Algorithms for VLSI CAD”, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, 1998.
2. Hill, D. D, Shugard, J. Fishburn and K. Keutzer, “Algorithms and Techniques for VLSI Layout Synthesis”,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, 1989.

07AE36/ 07VL30 GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND THEIR APPLICATION


4004
Unit I
Overview of Genetic Algorithm
Introduction, GA Technology-Steady State Algorithm-Fitness Scaling-Inversion 10 Hours

Unit II
Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Design
GA for VLSI Design, Layout and Test automation- partitioning-automatic placement,routing technology,Mapping for
FPGA- Automatic test generation- Partitioning algorithm Taxonomy-Multiway Partitioning
10 Hours
Unit III
Advanced Algorithms in Genetic Algorithm
Hybrid genetic – genetic encoding-local improvement-WDFR-Comparison of Cas- Standard cell placement-GASP
algorithm-unified algorithm. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Testing
Global routing-FPGA technology mapping-circuit generation-test generation in a GA frame work-test generation
procedures. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications
Power estimation-application of GA-Standard cell placement-GA for ATG-problem encoding- fitness function-GA vs
Conventional algorithm. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Pinaki Mazumder, E.MRudnick “Genetic Algorithm for VLSI Design, Layout and test Automation”, Prentice
Hall, 1998.
2. Randy L. Haupt, Sue Ellen Haupt, “Practical Genetic Algorithms” Wiley – Interscience, 1977.

References:

51
1. Ricardo Sal Zebulum, Macro Aurelio Pacheco, Marley Maria B.R. Vellasco, Marley Maria Bernard Vellasco
“Evolution Electronics: Automatic Design of electronic Circuits and Systems Genetic Algorithms”, CRC
press, 1st Edition Dec 2001.
2. John R.Koza, Forrest H.Bennett III, David Andre, Morgan Kufmann, “Genetic Programming Automatic
programming and Automatic Circuit Synthesis”, 1st Edition, May 1999.

07AE37 RF SYSTEM DESIGN


4004
Unit I
RF Issues
Importance of RF design, Electromagnetic Spectrum, RF behaviour of passive components, Chip components and
Circuit Board considerations, Scattering Parameters, Smith Chart and applications. 10 Hours
Unit II
RF Filter Design
Overview, Basic resonator and filter configuration, Special filter realizations, Filter implementations, Coupled filter.
10 Hours
Unit III
Active RF Components & Applications
RF diodes, BJT, RF FETs, High electron mobility transistors; Matching and Biasing Networks – Impedance
matching using discrete components, Microstripline matching networks, Amplifier classes of operation and biasing
networks. 10 Hours

Unit IV
RF Amplifier Designs
Characteristics, Amplifier power relations, Stability considerations, Constant gain circles, Constant VSWR circles,
Low Noise circuits, Broadband , high power and multistage amplifiers. 10 Hours

Unit V
Oscillators, Mixers & Applications
Basic Oscillator model, High frequency oscillator configuration, Basic characteristics of Mixers; Phase Locked
Loops; RF directional couplers and hybrid couplers; Detector and demodulator circuits. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Reinhold Ludwig and Powel Bretchko, “RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”, Pearson Education
Asia, First Edition, 2001.
2. Joseph. J. Carr, “Secrets of RF Circuit Design” , McGraw Hill Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2000.
References:
1. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency & Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd
Edition, 2002.
2. Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. NewKirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley Sons USA 2000.
3. Roland E. Best, “Phase - Locked Loops: Design, simulation and applications”, McGraw Hill Publishers 5th
edition 2003
07AE38 SOFT COMPUTING
3204
Unit I
Fuzzy Systems
Fuzzy set theory-fuzzy rules and fuzzy reasoning-fuzzy inference systems-decomposition-fuzzy automata and
languages-fuzzy control methods. 10 Hours

Unit II
Neural Networks
Basic concepts-knowledge based processing-single layer perceptron-multilayer perceptron-supervised and
unsupervised learning-feed forward and back propagation and counter propagation networks-kohens self organizing
networks-Hopfield networks. 10 Hours

52
Unit III
Neuro Fuzzy Modeling
Adaptive neuro fuzzy inference systems-classification and regression trees- data clustering-rule base structure
identification-neuro fuzzy controls. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Genetic Algorithms
Basics of GA- choice of encoding-selection probability-mutation and crossover-fitness evaluation–improving
convergence rate-a simplex GA- Hybrid approach. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications of Soft Computing
Fuzzy techniques for inverted pendulum case-SIRM fuzzy systems-MCDM for weather forecasting and financial
marketing-Neural networks for pattern recognition-TS problems-Routers. GA application to metabolic modeling.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Jang J.S.R.,Sun C.T and Mizutani E – “Neuro Fuzzy and Soft computing”, Pearson education (Singapore)
2004
2. David E.Goldberg: “Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization, and Machine Learning”, Pearson
Education, Asia, 1996.

References:
1. Laurene Fauseett: “Fundamentals of Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 1994.
2. Timothy J.Ross: “Fuzzy Logic Engineering Applications”, McGrawHill, NewYork, 1997.
3. S.Rajasekaran and G.A.Vijayalakshmi Pai “Neural networks,Fuzzy logics,and Genetic algorithms”,
Prentice Hall of India,2003
4. George J.Klir and Bo Yuan,”Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic”,Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey,1995

07AE39 / 07CO28 MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Special features of Multimedia – Graphics and Image Data Representations – Fundamental Concepts in Text, Images,
Graphics, Video and Digital Audio – Storage requirements for multimedia applications -Need for Compression –
Lossy & Lossless compression techniques – Overview of source coding, Information theory & source models- Kraft
McMillan Inequality – scalar quantization-Uniform and non-uniform quantization - vector quantization –LBZ
algorithm – Evaluation techniques. 10 Hours

Unit II
Text Compression
Compression techniques – Huffmann coding – Adaptive Huffmann Coding – Arithmetic coding – Shannon-Fano
coding – Dictionary techniques –LZ77, LZ78, LZW family algorithms. 10 Hours

Unit III
Audio Compression
Audio compression techniques - μ- Law and A- Law companding. Frequency domain and filtering – Basic sub-band
coding – ADPCM-LPC-CELP -Application to speech coding – G.722 – Application to audio coding – MPEG audio,
progressive encoding for audio – Silence compression, speech compression techniques. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Image Compression

53
Predictive techniques – DM, PCM, DPCM: Optimal Predictors and Optimal Quantization – Contour based
compression – Transform Coding – JPEG Standard – Sub-band coding algorithms: Design of Filter banks – Wavelet
based compression: Implementation using filters – EZW, SPIHT coders – JPEG 2000 standards - JBIG, JBIG2
standards- Runlength coding. 10 Hours

Unit V
Video Compression
Video compression techniques and standards – MPEG Video Coding I: MPEG – 1 and 2 – MPEG Video Coding II:
MPEG – 4 and 7 – Motion estimation and compensation techniques – H.261 Standard – DVI technology – DVI real
time compression – Packet Video. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Khalid Sayood: “Introduction to Data Compression”, Morgan Kauffman Harcourt India, 2nd Edition, 2000.
2. David Salomon: “Data Compression – The Complete Reference”, Springer Verlag New York Inc., 2nd
Edition, 2001.

References:
1. Yun Q.Shi, Huifang Sun: “Image and Video Compression for Multimedia Engineering -Fundamentals,
Algorithms & Standards, CRC press, 2003.
2. Peter Symes: “Digital Video Compression”, McGraw Hill Pub., 2004.
3. Mark Nelson: “Data compression”, BPB Publishers, New Delhi, 1998.
4. Mark S.Drew, Ze-Nian Li: “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, PHI, 1st Edition, 2003.
5. Watkinson, J: “Compression in Video and Audio”, Focal press, London.1995.

07AE40/ 07VL32 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING


4004
Unit I
Probability Plotting and Load-Strength Interference Statistical distribution , statistical confidence and hypothesis
testing ,probability plotting techniques – Weibull, extreme value ,hazard, binomial data; Analysis of load – strength
interference , Safety margin and loading roughness on reliability. 10 Hours

Unit II
Reliability Prediction, Modelling and Design
Statistical design of experiments and analysis of variance Taguchi method, Reliability prediction, Reliability
modeling, Block diagram and Fault tree Analysis ,petric Nets, State space Analysis, Monte carlo simulation, Design
analysis methods – quality function deployment, load strength analysis, failure modes, effects and criticality analysis.
10 Hours
Unit III
Electronics and Software Systems Reliability
Reliability of electronic components, component types and failure mechanisms, Electronic system reliability
prediction, Reliability in electronic system design; software errors, software structure and modularity, fault tolerance,
software reliability, prediction and measurement, hardware/software interfaces. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Reliability Testing and Analysis
Test environments, testing for reliability and durability, failure reporting, Pareto analysis, Accelerated test data
analysis, CUSUM charts, Exploratory data analysis and proportional hazards modeling, reliability demonstration,
reliability growth monitoring. 10 Hours

Unit V
Manufacture and Reliability Management
Control of production variability, Acceptance sampling, Quality control and stress screening, Production failure
reporting; preventive maintenance strategy, Maintenance schedules, Design for maintainability, Integrated reliability

54
programmes , reliability and costs, standard for reliability, quality and safety, specifying reliability, organization for
reliability. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Patrick D.T., O’Connor, David Newton and Richard Bromley, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, Fourth
edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
2. David J. Klinger, Yoshinao Nakada and Maria A. Menendez, Von Nostrand Reinhold, New York, “AT & T
Reliability Manual”, 5th Edition, 1998.

References:
1. Gregg K. Hobbs, “Accelerated Reliability Engineering - HALT and HASS”, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, 2000.
2. Lewis, “Introduction to Reliability Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Wiley International, 1996.

Syllabi of

M.E. Communication System

55
07CO01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS
Vide Applied Electronics 07AE01

07CO02 ADVANCED RADIATION SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Basic Concepts of Radiation
Radiation mechanism - Current distribution of wire antennas. Basic antenna parameters: Radiation pattern- Radiation
Intensity- Directivity - Gain and Polarization - Impedance and Bandwidth Radiation from surface current and line
current distributions. Radiation resistance and directivity calculation of short dipole, half wave dipole and small loop
antennas. 10 Hours

Unit II
Antenna Arrays
Two element and N element linear arrays – Uniform amplitude and spacing. Phased arrays. Directivity of Broadside
and End fire arrays. Three dimensional characteristics. Binomial arrays and Dolph-Tchebycheff arrays. Circular array.
10 Hours
Unit III
Aperture Antennas
Huygens' Principle- Radiation Equation- Directivity- Rectangular Aperture- TE 10-Mode- Circular Aperture- TE 11-
Mode- Design Considerations- Fourier Transforms in Aperture Antenna Theory. E-Plane Sectoral Horn- H-Plane
Sectoral Horn- Pyramidal Horn- Conical Horn. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Analysis and Design of Microstrip Patch Antennas
Configurations- Excitations and radiation mechanism of microstrip patch antennas- Radiation resistance- Power and
input impendence. Modelling of rectangular and circular microstrip patch antennas - Transmission line model and
cavity modal method. Circular polarisation and bandwidth of microstrip patch antennas. Simulation of microstrip
antennas using IE3D.
10 Hours
Unit V
Reflector Antennas
Parabolic Reflector antennas – Field expressions for parabolic reflector antennas -Prime focus and cassegrain
reflectors. Equivalent focal length of Cassegrain antennas. Spillover and taper efficiencies. Optimum illumination.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Balanis C.A., “Antenna Theory”,Wiley,2003
2. Jordan E.C., “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2003.

Reference:
James J.R.and Hall P.S., “Handbook of Microstrip Antennas”, Peter Peregrinus, 1989.

07CO03 MODERN DIGITAL COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES


4004
Unit I
Power Spectrum and Communication over Memoryless Channel
PSD of a synchronous data pulse stream; Mary Markov source - Convolutionaly coded modulation; Continuous
phase modulation – Scalar and vector communication over memoryless channel – Detection criteria.
10 Hours
Unit II
Coherent and Non-Coherent Communication
Coherent receivers – Optimum receivers in AWGN – IQ modulation & demodulation – Noncoherent receivers in
random phase channels; M-FSK receivers – Rayleigh and Rician channels – Partially coherent receives – DPSK;
M-PSK; M-DPSK,-BER Performance Analysis. 10 Hours

56
Unit III
Bandlimited Channels and Digital Modulations
Eye pattern; demodulation in the presence of ISI and AWGN; Equalization techniques – IQ modulations; QPSK;
QAM; QBOM; -BER Performance Analysis. – Continuous phase modulation; CPFM; CPFSK; MSK, OFDM.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Block Coded Digital Communication
Architecture and performance – Binary block codes; Orthogonal; Biorthogonal; Transorthogonal – Shannon’s
channel coding theorem; Channel capacity; Matched filter; Concepts of Spread spectrum communication – Coded
BPSK and DPSK demodulators – Linear block codes; Hammning; Golay; Cyclic; BCH ; Reed – Solomon codes.
10 Hours
Unit V
Convolutional Coded Digital Communication
Representation of codes using Polynomial, State diagram, Tree diagram, and Trellis diagram – Decoding techniques
using Maximum likelihood- Viterbi algorithm- Sequential and Threshold methods – Error probability performance
for BPSK and Viterbi algorithm - Turbo Coding. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Simon M.K., Hinedi S.M. and Lindsey W.C., “Digital Communication Techniques, Signaling and
Detection”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi. 1995.
2. Simon Haykin, “Digital Communications”, John Wiley and sons, 1998.

References:
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, 4 th Edition, Pearson Education Asia,
1998.
2. Lathi B.P., “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, 3 rd Edition, Oxford University Press,
1998.

07CO04 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE02)

07CO05 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


4004
Unit I
Optical Networking Components
First- and second-generation optical networks - Components: couplers, isolators, circulators, multiplexers, filters,
amplifiers, switches, and wavelength converters. 10 Hours

Unit II
SONET and SDH Networks
Integration of TDM signals – Layers – Framing - Transport overhead – Alarms – Multiplexing - Network elements –
Topologies - Protection architectures - Ring architectures - Network Management. 10 Hours

Unit III
Broadcast and Select Networks
Topologies - Single-hop – Multihop and Shufflenet multihop networks - Media-Access control protocols - Test beds.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Wavelength-Routing Networks
Node designs - Issues in Network design and operation - Optical layer cost Tradeoffs - Routing and Wavelength
assignment - Wavelength routing test beds. 10 Hours

57
Unit V
High Capacity Networks
SDM- TDM- and WDM approaches - Application areas - Optical TDM Networks: Multiplexing and demultiplexing –
Synchronization - Broadcast networks - Switch-based networks - OTDM test beds. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar Sivarajan, “Optical Networks: A Practical Perspective”, Morgan Kaufmann,
Second edition, 2001.
2. Vivek Alwayn, “Optical Network Design and Implementation”, Pearson Education, 2004.

References:
1. Hussein T. Mouftab and Pin-Han Ho, “Optical Networks: Architecture and Survivability”, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 2002.
2. Biswanath Mukherjee, “Optical Communication Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1997.

07CO06 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction and Overview of GPS
History of GPS – BC-4 System – HIRAN – NNSS – NAVSTAR GLONASS and GNSS Systems – GPS Constellation
– Space Segment – Control Segment – User Segment – Single and Dual Frequency – Point – Relative – Differential
GPS – Static and Kinematic Positioning – 2D and 3D – reporting Anti Spoofing (AS); Selective Availability (SA) –
DOP Factors. 10Hours

Unit II
Fundamentals of Satellite Communication
Coordinate Systems – Geo Centric Coordinate System – Conventional Terrestrial Reference: System – Orbit
Description – Keplerian Orbit – Kepler Elements – Satellite Visibility – Topocentric Motion – Disturbed Satellite
Motion – Perturbed Motion – Disturbing Accelerations - Perturbed Orbit – Time Systems – Astronomical Time
System – Atomic Time – GPS Time – Need for Coordination – Link to Earth Rotation – Time and Earth Motion
Services. 10Hours

Unit III
Observables
C/A code; P-code; Y-code; L1, L2 Carrier frequencies – Code Pseudo Ranges – Carries Phases – Pseudo Ranges –
Satellite Signal Signature – Navigation Messages and Formats – Undifferenced and Differenced Range Models –
Delta Ranges – Signal Processing and Processing Techniques – Tracking Networks – Ephemerides – Data
Combination: Narrow Lane; Wide Lane – OTF Ambiguity. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Mathematical models for positioning and data processing
Propagation Media – Multipath – Antenna Phase Centre – Atmosphere in brief – Elements of Wave Propagation –
Ionospheric Effects on GPS Observations – Code Delay – Phase Advances – Integer Bias – Clock Error – Cycle Slip –
Noise-Bias – Blunders – Tropospheric Effects on GPS Oberservables – Multipath Effect – Antenna Phase Centre
Problems and Correction. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications of GPS
Inter Disciplinary Applications – Crystal Dynamics – Gravity Field Mapping – Atmospheric Occulation – Surveying –
Geophysics – Air borne GPS – Ground Transportation – Space borne GPS – Metrological and Climate Research using
GPS. 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. Hoffman .B., Wellenhof, H.Lichtenegger and J.Collins, "GPS: Theory and Practice", 4th revised edition,
Springer, Wein, New york,1997
2. Leick A, "GPS Satellites Surveying", 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons,NewYork,1995

58
References:
1. Parkinson B., J.Spilker, Jr.(Eds), "GPS: Theory and Applications", Vol.I & Vol.II, AIAA, 370 L'Enfant
Promenade SW, Washington, DC 20024, 1996
2. Kleusberg A and Teunisen. P. (Editors), “GPS for Geodesy”, Springer-Verlag, Berlin,1996
3. Adams L., "The GPS - A Shared National Asset”, Chair, National Academy Press, Washington, DC, 1995
4. http://www.auslig.gov.au
5. http://igscb.jpl.nasa.gov

07CO11 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LABORATORY I 0032

1. Antenna Radiation Pattern measurement.


2. Plots of Radiation Pattern of Aperture Antenna using MATLAB.
3. Simulation of multistage/multi-rate system using MATLAB.
4. Power Spectral Estimation using Periodogram Approach.
5. Simulation of Modulation and Coding in a AWGN Communication Channel using Simulation Packages.
6. Implementation of Adaptive Filters using DSP Processor.
7. Performance evaluation of Digital Data Transmission through Fiber Optic Link.
8. Simulation of QMF using Simulation Packages.
9. Implementation of Video Link using Optical Fiber.
10. Implementation of Linear, Convolutional and Cyclic Codes.

07CO12 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LABORATORY II 0032


1. Experiments Using Matlab
i. Simulation of Audio compression algorithms.
ii. Simulation of speech compression algorithms.
iii. Implementation of image compression algorithms.

2. Experiments Using IE3D


i. Simulation of Microstrip Antennas
a. a circular/rectangular microstrip patch antenna
b. a 2X 2-element planar array antenna
ii. S-parameter estimation of Microwave devices.
iii. Design and testing of a Microstrip coupler.
iv. Characteristics of λ/4 and λ/2 transmission lines.
v. Design and testing of multiple conductors microwave filter (Combline filter)

SEMESTER-II
07CO07 MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
4004
Unit I
Operation of Mobile Communication Networks
Operation of first, second and third generation wireless networks: Cellular systems - Medium access techniques -
Mobile networks - Elementary Principles of cellular Telephony Channel Division Techniques (TDMA, FDMA,
CDMA) Cellular Coverage Methods Network Planning and Resource Allocation - Network Dimensioning - Mobility
Management Procedures. 10 Hours

Unit II
Propagation Models and AIR Protocols
Radio propagation models - Error control techniques – Handoff - Power control -Soft handover - Forward link -
Reverse link - Common air protocols (AMPS, IS-95, IS-136, GSM, GPRS, EDGE, WCDMA, cdma2000, etc)
10 Hours

59
Unit III
Mobile Network Architecture
General Architecture definition - Mobile Terminals (MT, SIM) Radio Section (BTS, BSC) Core Network (MSC, G-
MSC, VLR, HLR, AuC) User and Control Plane Protocol Stack - MAP and SS#7 - The Key Role of Signaling
Interfaces and Network Entities Relation The Physical Channel - The Logical Channels Terminal - Call and Network
Management Procedures - Network Planning. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Wireless Local Area Networks
Wireless Local Area Networks - General Characteristics of the Hyper LAN System - 802.11 Standard - Basic DCF
access scheme DCF Access Scheme with Handshaking - PCF Access Scheme - The 802.11a Standard - Mobile Ad
Hoc Networks - Wireless Sensor Networks - Routing Energy Efficiency – Localization - Clustering.
10 Hours
Unit V
Security Issues in Wireless Networks
Security in Wireless Networks - Secure routing - Key Pre-distribution and Management, Encryption and
Authentication - Security in Group Communication - Trust Establishment and Management - Denial of Service
Attacks - Energy-aware security mechanisms - Location verification - Security on Data fusion. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Stallings.W, "Wireless Communications and Networks", Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Garg V.K, "IS-95 CDMA and CDMA 2000", Prentice Hall PTR, 2000.

References:
1. Rappaport.T.S, "Wireless Communications: Principles & Practice", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Leon-Garcia and I. Widjaja, "Communication Networks, Fundamental Concepts and Key Architectures",
McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Schiller.J,”Mobile Communications", Addison Wesley, 2000.
4. Fred Halsall, "Multimedia Communications, Applications, Networks, Protocols and Standards", Addison
Wesley, 2001.
5. Uyless Black, “Mobile and Wireless Networks”, Prentice Hall, 1996.

07CO08 MICROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


4004
Unit I
Technology of Hybrid Mics & Monolithic Mics
Hybrid MICs: Dielectric substrates - thick film technology and materials - thin film technology and materials –
methods of testing – encapsulation of devices for MICs – mounting of active devices. MMICs: Processes involved in
fabrication – epitaxial growth of semiconductor layer – growth of dielectric layer – diffusion-ion implantation –
electron beam technology. 10 Hours

Unit II
Microstrip Transmission Lines
Strip lines- formulas for propagation constant, characteristic impedance and attenuation, an approximate electrostatic
solution, Slot Lines, and Coplanar waveguides. Static TEM parameters and design of microstrips. High frequency
dispersion effects in microstrips. Microstrip couplers- Analysis of parallel coupled lines, coupled microstrips design.
10 Hours
Unit III
Analysis of Passive Reciprocal and Non-Reciprocal Microwave Devices
Passive reciprocal devices: Methods of analysis of passive reciprocal microwave devices, the Even and Odd mode
method and the Eigen value method. Applications to Microstrip directional couplers – branch line couplers, Lange
couplers, hybrid ring couplers and the Wilkinson power dividers/combiners. Passive Non-Reciprocal Components:
Ferromagnetic substrates for non-reciprocal devices – Design of microstrip circulators – latching circulators –
isolators – phase shifters. 10 Hours

60
Unit IV
Microwave Filter Synthesis and Design
Periodic structures- Analysis of infinite, terminated periodic structures – filter design by image parameter method,
insertion loss method -Distributed element (transmission line/TEM) filters. Richards' Theorem and the Kuroda
Transforms, coupled line filters , Design of TEM filters with redundant unit elements. Coupled resonators filter design
theory. Applications to TEM filter synthesis. Design of TEM filters with cascading parallel coupled line pairs.
10 Hours
Unit V
Microwave Circuit Design
Microwave amplifier Design – Two port power gain, stability single stage transistor amplifier design, low noise
amplifier design, broad band amplifier design, balanced and distributed amplifiers, design of class A amplifiers.
Microwave Oscillator Design, negative resistance oscillator, transistor oscillators design, dielectric resonator oscillator
design, oscillator phase noise, microwave mixer, single ended diode mixer, FET mixer, balanced mixer, image reject
mixer, double balanced mixer. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks
1. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
2. Robert E.Collin, Foundations for Microwave Engg., 2nd ed., McGraw Hill.

Reference:
Gupta, K.C, and Amarjit singh – “Microwave Integrated Circuits” – John Wiley and sons – Wiley Eastern
Reprint, 1978.

07CO09 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION


4004
Unit I
Orbital Mechanics
Kepler's laws of motion - Orbits, Orbit Equations - Orbit Description - Locating the Satellite in the Orbit and with
Respect to Earth - Orbital Elements-Look Angle Determination and Visibility - Orbital Perturbations - Orbit
Determination - Launch Vehicles - Orbital Effects in Communication System - Performance Attitude control; Satellite
launch vehicles. Spectrum allocations for satellite systems. 10 Hours

Unit II
Spacecraft Sub Systems and Earth Station
Spacecraft Subsystems - Altitude and Orbit Control - Telemetry and Tracking - Power Systems - Communication
Subsystems – Transponders – Antennas - Equipment Reliability - Earth Stations - Example of payloads of operating
and planned systems. 10 Hours

Unit III
Space Links
The Space Link - Satellite Link Design - Satellite uplink -down link power Budget - Basic Transmission Theory -
System Noise Temp - G/T Ratio - Noise Figure - Downlink Design - Design of Satellite Links for Specified C/N -
Microwave Propagation on Satellite-Earth Paths. Interference between satellite circuits - Energy Dispersal -
propagation characteristics of fixed and mobile satellite links. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Multiple Access Techniques and Network Aspects
Single access vs. multiple access (MA). Classical MA techniques: FDMA, TDMA. Single channel per carrier (SCPC)
access - Code division multiple access (CDMA). Demand assignment techniques. Examples of MA techniques for
existing and planned systems (e.g. the satellite component of UMTS).Mobile satellite network design, ATM via
satellite. TCP/IP via satellite - Call control – Handover and call set up procedures. Hybrid satellite-terrestrial
networks. 10 Hours

Unit V
Services and Applications
Fixed and mobile services - Multimedia satellite services - Advanced applications based on satellite platforms -

61
INTELSAT series - INSAT, VSAT, Remote Sensing - Mobile satellite service: GSM. GPS – INMARSAT - Navigation
System - Direct to Home service (DTH) - Special services - E-mail - Video conferencing and Internet connectivity.
10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. Dennis Roddy, “Satellite Communications”, Third Edition, Mc Graw Hill International Editions, 2001
2. Bruce R.Elbert, "The Satellite Communication Applications Hand Book”, Artech House Boston, 1997.

References:
1. Wilbur L.Pritchard, Hendri G.Suyderhood, Robert A.Nelson,"Satellite Communication Systems
Engineering", II Edition, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1993.
2. Tri T.Ha, "Digital satellite communication", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, New york.1990.

07CO13 ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LABORATORY


0032
1. Study of PC-Based Antenna Trainer Kit.
2. Dielectric Constant Measurements.
3. Study of Glomosim
4. Study and Simulation of CDMA Transmitter and Receiver using Simulink.
5. Design and study the characteristics of RF Circuit using RFSIM99 Simulator.
6. Spectral Estimation via AR, MA and ARMA models using MATLAB.
7. Linear predictive coding using ITAKURA’s Method.
8. Implementation of Noise Removal algorithms for signals using MATLAB.
9. Implementation of switch scheduling algorithms - Multicast algorithms.
10. Implementation of CSMA/CD, Token ring protocol using N-sim
11. Study of Ns2
12. Simulation of AODV and DSR routing using Ns2

ELECTIVES

07CO21 RF SYSTEMS AND MEASUREMENTS


4 0 04
Unit I
RF Issues
Importance of RF design - Electromagnetic Spectrum - RF behaviour of passive components - Chip components and
Circuit Board considerations - Scattering Parameters - Smith Chart and applications. 10 Hours

Unit II
Impedance Transformers
Multi section transformers- Binomial and Chebychev Transformers- Tapered Transformers- Bode-Fano constraints.
10 Hours
Unit III
Active RF Components & Applications
RF diodes – BJT - RF FETs - High electron mobility transistors; Matching and Biasing Networks – Impedance
matching using discrete components - Microstripline matching networks - Amplifier classes of operation and biasing
networks. 10 Hours

Unit IV
RFICs
Introduction to RFIC – Analog and microwave design versus RFIC design – noise performance estimate – RF
technology – receiver with single IF stage metallization – sheet resistance – skin effect – parasitic capacitance and
inductance – current handling – metal capacitors – spiral inductors – quality factor – layouts in IC – mutual inductance
– multilevel – measurement – packaging. 10 Hours

62
Unit V
RF Measurements
Passive and active circuit characterization using network analyzer-1 dB compression point, IP3, Phase noise
measurement- Noise figure measurement- TRL calibration. 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. Reinhold Ludwig and Powel Bretchko, “RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”, Pearson Education
Asia, First Edition, 2001.
2. John Rogers & Calvin Plett, “Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit Design”, Artech House, 2002

References:
1. Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency & Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education Asia, 2nd Edition,
2002.
2. Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. NewKirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley & Sons USA 2000.
3. Roland E. Best, Phase - Locked Loops: “Design, simulation and applications”, McGraw Hill Publishers 5 th
edition 2003.

07CO22 DIGITAL BEAM FORMING


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Wireless Communication in demand – Multiple Access – Digital beam forming – Introduction to Antenna arrays –
Analog beam forming - Phased arrays – Digital beam forming. 10 Hours

Unit II
Adaptive Beam Forming Fundamentals
Adaptive Beam forming: Basic concepts – Criteria for optimal weights – Adaptive algorithms – Partial adaptively –
Error effects on digital beam forming: Error sources in DBF antenna arrays – Quantization errors in DBF arrays –
Random errors in DBF arrays – Nonlinearities in DBF arrays. 10 Hours
Unit III
Spatial Processing
Spatial Processing in communications: Diversity and combining techniques – Space division multiple access – Blind
adaptive beam forming – Digital beam forming configurations: Digital beam forming networks – DBF with multiple
access schemes. 10 Hours

Unit IV
DOA Estimation
Autocorrelation matrix-Eigen value decomposition- MUSIC and ESPIRIT algorithms- Order estimations.
10 Hours
Unit V
Implementation Issues
Adaptive Beam forming in indoor and data communications: Indoor communications- Wireless mobile data
Communications – Antenna Elements: Linear antenna elements – Horn antenna elements – Printed antenna elements –
DBF Transceiver technology – Elemental transceiver architectures – RF components and modules – Analog to digital
converters – some examples of DBF systems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
John Litva and Titus Kwok-Yeung Lo -, “Digital Beam forming in Wireless Communications’, Artech House,
Boston, 1996.

Reference:
Richard Klemm, “Principles of Space-Time Adaptive Processing”, The institution of Electrical Engineers, April
2002.

63
07CO23 DIGITAL COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS
4004
Unit I
Review of Digital Communication Techniques
Base band and band pass communication- Signal space representation-Linear and non- linear modulation techniques-
Spectral characteristics of digital modulation. 10 Hours

Unit II
Optimum Receivers for AWGN Channel
Correlation demodulator-Matched filter-Maximum likelihood sequence detector- Optimum receiver for CPM signals-
M-ary orthogonal signals- Envelope detectors for M-ary and correlated binary signals. 10 Hours

Unit III
Receivers for Fading Channels
Characterization of fading multiple channels- Statistical models, Slow fading- Frequency selective fading- Diversity
technique- RAKE demodulator- Coded waveform for fading channel. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Synchronization Techniques
Carrier and symbol synchronization- Carrier phase estimation – PLL- Decision directed loops- Symbol timing
estimation- Maximum likelihood and non-decision directed timing estimation- Joint estimation. 10 Hours

Unit V
Adaptive Equalization
Zero forcing algorithm- LMS algorithm- Adaptive decision – feedback equalizer- Equalization of Trellis-coded
signals- Kalman algorithm- Blind equalizers, and Stochastic gradient algorithm, Echo cancellation. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Heinrich Meyer, Mare Moeneclacy and Stefan.A. Fechtel, “Digital Communication Receivers”, Vol I & II,
John Wiley, New York, 1997
2. John. G. Proakis, “Digital Communication”, 4th ed., McGraw Hill, New York, 2001
References:
1. Lee.E.A and Messerschmitt.D.G, “Digital Communication”, 2nd edition, Allied Publishers, New Delhi, 1994
2. Simon Marvin, “Digital Communication Over Fading channel; An unified approach to performance
Analysis”, John Wiley, New York, 2000
3. Bernard Sklar, “Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 1998

07CO24/07VL35 DSP PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING


4004
Unit I
Fundamentals of Programmable DSPs
Multiplier and Multiplier accumulator – Modified Bus Structures and Memory access in P-DSPs – Multiple access
memory – Multi-port memory – VLIW architecture- Pipelining – Special Addressing modes in P-DSPs – On chip
Peripherals. 10 Hours

Unit II
TMS320C5X Processor
Architecture – Assembly language syntax - Addressing modes – Assembly language Instructions - Pipeline structure–
Operation – Programs for FIR and IIR filters. 10 Hours

Unit III
TMS320C3X Processor
Architecture – Data formats - Addressing modes – Groups of addressing modes- Instruction sets - Operation –
Generating and finding the sum of series- Convolution of two sequences- Programs for FIR and IIR filters.

64
10 Hours
Unit IV
ADSP Processors
Architecture of ADSP-21XX and ADSP-210XX series of DSP processors- Addressing modes and assembly language
instructions – Application programs – Programs on ADSP21xx for FIR and IIR filters. 10 Hours

Unit V
Advanced Processors
Architecture of TMS320C54X: Pipe line operation, Code Composer studio - Architecture of TMS320C6X -
Architecture of Motorola DSP563XX – Comparison of the features of DSP family processors. 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbook:
Venkataramani.B and Bhaskar.M, “Digital Signal Processors – Architecture, Programming and Applications”
– Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited. New Delhi, 2003.

Reference:
“User guides” of Texas Instruments, Analog Devices, Motorola Incorporation, 2005.

07CO25 WAVELETS AND MULTI-RESOLUTION PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Vector Spaces - properties - dot product - basis - dimension, orthogonality and orthonormality - relationship
between vectors and signals - Signal spaces - concept of Convergence - Hilbert spaces for energy signals -
Generalised Fourier Expansion. 10 Hours

Unit II
Multi Resolution Analysis
Definition of Multi Resolution Analysis (MRA) – Haar basis - Construction of general orthonormal MRA-Wavelet
basis for MRA – Continuous time MRA interpretation for the DTWT – Discrete time MRA- Basis functions for the
DTWT – PRQMF filter banks 10 Hours

Unit III
Continuous Wavelet Transform
Wavelet Transform - definition and properties - concept of scale and its relation with frequency - Continuous
Wavelet Transform (CWT) - Scaling function and wavelet functions (Daubechies, Coiflet, Mexican Hat, Sinc,
Gaussian, Bi-Orthogonal) - Tiling of time -scale plane for CWT. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Discrete Wavelet Transform
Filter Bank and sub band coding principles - Wavelet Filters - Inverse DWT computation by Filter banks -Basic
Properties of Filter coefficients - Choice of wavelet function coefficients - Derivations of Daubechies Wavelets
-Mallat's algorithm for DWT – Multi-band Wavelet transforms.
Lifting Scheme: Wavelet Transform using Polyphase matrix Factorization - Geometrical foundations of lifting scheme
- Lifting scheme in Z –domain. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications
Signal Compression – Image Compression techniques: EZW-SPHIT Coding - Image denoising techniques: Noise
estimation - Shrinkage rules -. Shrinkage Functions - Edge detection and object Isolation, Image Fusion, and Object
Detection. Curve and Surface Editing- Variational modeling and finite element method using wavelets.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

65
Textbooks:
1. Rao .R.M and Bopardikar.A.S, "Wavelet Transforms: Introduction to theory and Applications”, Pearson
Education Asia Pte. Ltd., 2000.
2. Soman.K.P and Ramachandran. K.I, “Insight into Wavelets – From Theory to practice”, Prentice- Hall, 2004.

References:
1. Strang G, Nguyen T, "Wavelets and Filter Banks," Wellesley Cambridge Press, 1996
2. Vetterli M, Kovacevic J., "Wavelets and Sub-band Coding," Prentice Hall, 1995
3. Mallat S., "Wavelet Signal Processing”, Academic Press, 1996

07CO26/07VL34 SPEECH AND AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Mechanics of Speech
Speech production mechanism – Nature of Speech signal – Discrete time modelling of Speech production –
Representation of Speech signals – Classification of Speech sounds – Phones – Phonemes – Phonetic and Phonemic
alphabets – Articulatory features.Music production – Auditory perception – Anatomical pathways from the ear to the
perception of sound – Peripheral auditory system – Psycho acoustics. 10 Hours

Unit II
Time Domain Methods for Speech Processing
Time domain parameters of Speech signal – Methods for extracting the parameters Energy- Average Magnitude –
Zero crossing Rate – Silence Discrimination using ZCR and energy – Short Time Auto Correlation Function – Pitch
period estimation using Auto Correlation Function. 10 Hours

Unit III
Frequency Domain Method for Speech Processing
Short Time Fourier analysis – Filter bank analysis – Formant extraction – Pitch Extraction – Analysis by Synthesis-
Analysis synthesis systems- Phase vocoder—Channel Vocoder. Homomorphic speech analysis: Cepstral analysis of
Speech – Formant and Pitch Estimation – Homomorphic Vocoders. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Linear Predictive Analysis of Speech
Formulation of Linear Prediction problem in Time Domain – Basic Principle – Auto correlation method – Covariance
method – Solution of LPC equations – Cholesky method – Durbin’s Recursive algorithm – lattice formation and
solutions – Comparison of different methods – Application of LPC parameters – Pitch detection using LPC parameters
– Formant analysis – VELP – CELP. 10 Hours

Unit V
Application of Speech & Audio Signal Processing
Algorithms: Spectral Estimation, dynamic time warping – Hidden Markov model – Music analysis – Pitch Detection –
Feature analysis for recognition – Music synthesis – Automatic Speech Recognition – Feature Extraction for ASR –
Deterministic sequence recognition – Statistical Sequence recognition – ASR systems – Speaker identification and
verification – Voice response system – Speech Synthesis: Text to speech - voice over IP.
10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. Rabiner.L.R and Schaffer.R.W, “Digital Processing of Speech signals” – Prentice Hall –1978
2. Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan, “Speech and Audio Signal Processing”, John Wiley and Sons Inc.Singapore,
2004

References:
1. Quatieri – “Discrete-time Speech Signal Processing” – Prentice Hall – 2001.

66
2. Flanagan. J.L – “Speech analysis: Synthesis and Perception”– 2nd edition – Berlin –1972
3. Witten.I.H – “Principles of Computer Speech” – Academic Press – 1982

07CO27 NETWORK ROUTING ALGORITHMS 4 0 0 4


Unit I
Circuit Switching Networks
AT & T’s Dynamic Routing Network, Routing in Telephone Network-Dynamic Non Hierarchical Routing-Trunk
Status Map Routing-Real Time Network Routing- Dynamic Alternative Routing-Distributed Adaptive Dynamic
Routing-Optimized Dynamic Routing.
10 Hours
Unit II
Packet Switching Networks
Distance vector Routing- Link State Routing, Inter domain Routing-Classless Interdomain routing (CIDR)- Interior
Gateway routing protocols (IGRP) - Routing Information Protocol (RIP)-Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)- Exterior
Gateway Routing Protocol (EGRP) - Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)- Apple Talk Routing and SNA Routing.
10 Hours
Unit III
High Speed Networks
Routing in optical networks-The optical layer-Node Designs- Network design and operation- Optical layer cost
tradeoffs- Routing and wavelength assignment- Architectural variations- Routing in ATM networks-ATM address
structure- ATM Routing- PNNI protocol- PNNI signaling protocol- Routing in the PLANET network and Deflection
Routing.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Mobile Networks
Routing in Cellular Mobile Radio Communication networks-Mobile Network Architecture- Mobility management in
cellular systems- Connectionless Data service for cellular systems- Mobility and Routing in Cellular Digital Packet
Data (CDPD) network, Packet Radio Routing-DARPA packet radio network- Routing algorithms for small, medium
and large sized packet radio networks.
10 Hours
Unit V
Mobile AD-HOC Networks (MANET)
Internet based mobile ad-hoc networking, communication strategies, routing algorithms – Table-driven routing -
Destination Sequenced Distance Vector (DSDV)- Source initiated on-demand routing- Dynamic Source Routing
(DSR)- Ad-hoc On- demand Distance Vector (AODV)-Hierarchical based routing- Cluster head Gateway Switch
Routing (CGSR) and Temporally-Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA)-Quality of Service.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Steen strub.M, “Routing in Communication networks”, Prentice Hall International, NewYork, 1995.
2. “Internetworking Technologies Handbook”, Fourth Edition, Inc. Cisco Systems, ILSG Cisco Systems, 2003.
References:
1. William Stallings, “ISDN and Broadband ISDN with Frame Relay and ATM”, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking (3/e)”, TMH, 2004
3. William Stallings, “High Speed Networks TCP/IP and ATM Design Principles”, Prentice Hall International,
New York, 1998.
4. Mohammad Ilyas, “The Handbook of Ad hoc Wireless Networks” CRC Press, 2002.
5. Vijay K.Garg, “Wireless Network Evolution: 2G to 3G”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, India, 2003.
6. Rajiv Ramaswami and Kumar N.Sivarajan, “Optical Networks”,Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,1998.
7. Sumit Kasera and Pankaj sethi, ”ATM Networks”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company limited, New
Delhi,2001.
8. IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, “Special issue on Wireless Ad-hoc Networks”, Vol. 17,
No.8, 1999.
9. Scott. M. Corson, Joseph P. Macker, Gregory H. Cirincione, “IEEE Internet Computing” Vol.3, No. 4, 1999.

67
10. Alder M.Scheideler.Ch. Annual ACM Symposium on “Parallel Algorithms and Architectures”, ACM,
NewYork 1998.
11. http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/cisintwk/ito_doc/
07CO28 MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES
(vide Applied Electronics 07AE39)

07CO29 COMMUNICATION NETWORK SECURITY


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE23)

07CO30 HIGH SPEED SWITCHING ARCHITECTURE


4 0 0 4
Unit I
High Speed Network
Introduction- LAN- WAN- Network evolution through ISDN to B-ISDN- Transfer mode and control of B-ISDN- SDH
multiplexing structure- ATM standard- ATM adaptation layers. 10 Hours

Unit II
Lan Switching Technology
Switching Concepts-Switch forwarding technique-Switch path control- LAN Switching- cut through forwarding-Store
and forward-Virtual LANs. 10 Hours

Unit III
Atm Switching Architecture
Switch model, Blocking networks - basic - and- enhanced banyan networks, sorting networks - merge sorting, re-
arrangable networks - full-and- partial connection networks, non blocking networks - Recursive network construction-
Comparison of non-blocking network- Switching with deflection routing - Shuffle switch, tandem banyan.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Queues in ATM Switches
Internal Queueing -Input, output and shared queueing, multiple queueing networks – combined Input, output and
shared queueing - performance analysis of Queued switches. 10 Hours

Unit V
IP Switching
Addressing model- IP Switching types - flow driven and topology driven solutions- IP Over ATM address and next
hop resolution-Multicasting-Ipv6 over ATM. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Achille Pattavina, Swtching Theory: “Architectures and performance in Broadband ATM networks "John
Wiley & Sons Ltd, New York. 1998
2. Christopher Y Metz, “Switching protocols & Architectures”, McGraw - Hill Professional Publishing,
NewYork.1998.

References:
1. Rainer Handel, Manfred N Huber, Stefan Schroder, “ATM Networks - Concepts Protocols, Applications” III
Edition, Addison Wesley, New York. 1999.
2. John A.Chiong: “Internetworking ATM for the internet and enterprise networks”. McGraw Hill, New York,
1998.

07CO31 MOBILE COMPUTING


4004
Unit I

68
Introduction
Medium Access Control : Motivation for Specialized MAC- SDMA- FDMA- TDMA- CDMA- Comparison of Access
mechanisms – Tele communications : GSM- DECT- TETRA – UMTS- IMT-200 – Satellite Systems: Basics- Routing-
Localization- Handover- Broadcast Systems: Overview – Cyclic Repetition of Data- Digital Audio Broadcasting –
Digital Video Broadcasting. 10 Hours

Unit II
Wireless Networks
Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs Radio Transmission – Infrastructure Networks- Ad hoc Networks- IEEE 802.11 –
HIPERLAN – Bluetooth- Wireless ATM: Working Group- Services- Reference: Model – Functions – Radio Access
Layer – Handover- Location Management- Addressing Mobile Quality of Service- Access Point Control Protocol.
10 Hours
Unit III
Mobile Network Layer
Mobile IP : Goals – Assumptions and Requirement – Entities – IP packet Delivery- Agent Advertisement and
Discovery – Registration – Tunneling and Encapsulation – Optimization – Reverse Tunneling – IPv6 – DHCP- Ad hoc
Networks. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Mobile Transport Layer
Traditional TCP- Indirect TCP- Snooping TCP- Mobile TCP- Fast retransmit/ Fast Recovery- Transmission/ Timeout
Freezing – Selective Retransmission- Transaction Oriented TCP. 10 Hours

Unit V
WAP
Architecture – Datagram Protocol- Transport Layer Security- Transaction Protocol- Session Protocol- Application
Environment-Wireless Telephony Application. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks
1. Schiller. J, “Mobile Communication”, Addison Wesley, 2000.
2. William Stallings, “Wireless Communication and Networks”, Pearson Education, 2003.

References:
1. Singhal, WAP “Wireless Application Protocol”, Pearson Education, 2003
2. Lother Merk, Martin. S. Nicklaus and Thomas Stober, “Principles of Mobile Computing”, Second Edition,
Springer, 2003.
3. William C.Y.Lee, “Mobile Communication Design Fundamentals”, John Wiley, 1993.

07CO32 ADHOC NETWORKS


40 0 4
Unit I
Wireless LAN, PAN, WAN AND MAN
Characteristics of wireless channel - Fundamentals of WLANs - IEEE 802.11 standard - HIPERLAN Standard -
First,second and third- generation cellular systems – WLL - Wireless ATM - IEEE 802.16 standard – HIPERACCESS-
AdHoc Wireless Internet. 10 Hours

Unit II
MAC, Routing and Multicast Routing Protocols
MAC Protocols: Design issues - Goals and classification - Contention–based protocols with reservation and
scheduling mechanisms - Protocols using directional antennas. Routing protocols: Design issues and classification -
Table-driven - On-demand and Hybrid routing protocols - Routing protocols with efficient flooding mechanisms -
Hierarchical and power-aware routing protocols. Multicast Routing Protocols: Design issues and operation -
Architecture Reference: model – classification - Tree-based and Mesh-based protocols - Energy-efficient multicasting.
10 Hours

69
Unit III
Transport Layer and Security Protocols
Transport layer Protocol: Design issues - Goals and classification - TCP over AdHoc wireless Networks – Security -
Security requirements - Issues and challenges in security provisioning - Network security attacks - Security routing.
Quality of Service: Issues and challenges in providing QoS - Classification of QoS solutions - MAC layer solutions -
Network layer solutions - QoS frameworks. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Energy Management
Need - Classification of battery management schemes - Transmission power management schemes - System power
management schemes. Wireless Sensor Networks: Architecture - Data dissemination - Date gathering - MAC
protocols - Location discovery - Quality of a sensor network. 10 Hours

Unit V
Performance Analysis
ABR beaconing - Performance parameters - Route-discovery time - End-to-end delay performance - Communication
throughput performance - Packet loss performance - Route reconfiguration/repair time - TCP/IP based applications.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Siva Ram Murthy. C and Manoj. B.S, “AdHoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and protocols”, Prentice
Hall PTR, 2004
2. Toh.C.K , “AdHoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and Systems”, Prentice Hall PTR, 2001

References:
1. Mohammad Ilyas, “The Handbook of AdHoc Wireless Networks”, CRC press, 2002
2. Charles E. Perkins, “AdHoc Networking”, Addison – Wesley, 2000
3. Stefano Basagni, Marco Conti, Silvia Giordano and Ivan Stojmenovic, “Mobile AdHoc Networking”, Wiley
– IEEE press, 2004.
07CO33 WIRELESS LAN
(vide Applied Electronics 07AE28)

07CO34 OPTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Basic signal parameters
Characterization, Sample function, geometrical optics, basic laws, refraction by prisms, lens formula, imaging
condition, optical invariants, physical optics, Transforms: Fresnel, Fourier, Inverse Fourier and Extended Fourier.
10 Hours
Unit II
Spectral Analysis
Spatial light modulation, spatial light modulators, detection process, system performance process, dynamic range,
raster format, spectral analysis. 10 Hours

Unit III
Spatial Filtering and Filtering System
Types of spatial filters, optical signal processing and filter generation, read out module, orientation and sequential
search, applications of optical spatial filter. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Acousto-Optic devices and power spectrum analysis
Acousto-optic cells, spatial light modulators, Raman – Nath and Bragg mode, basic spectrum analyzer, aperture
weighting, dynamic range and SNR, photo detector, geometric considerations, and radiometer. 10 Hours

70
Unit V
Homodyne and heterodyne spectrum analysers
Overlapping of waves, photo detector size, and optimum photo detector size for 1D and 2D structure, Optical radio,
spatial and temporal frequencies. Distributed and local oscillator. Dynamic range comparison of heterodyne and
power spectrum analyzers. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. P.K. Das, Optical Signal Processing Fundamentals, Narosa Publishing New Delhi, 1991.
2. Signal processing wing optics Bradley G. Boone, Oxford University Press, 1998.

References:
1. Vanderlught, Optical Signal Processing, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992.
2. Mahlke Gunther, and Goessing Peter, Fiber optic cables: Fundamentals, Cable Engineering, System
planning, 3rd ed., John Wiley, 1997.
3. Hiroshi Murata, “Handbook of Optical Fibers and Cables” Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1998.

07CO35 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE06)

07CO36 INTERNETWORKING MULTIMEDIA


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE26)

O7CO37 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND COMPATIBILITY IN SYSTEM DESIGN


4 0 0 4
Unit I
EMI Environment
EMI/EMC concepts and definitions- Sources of EMI- Conducted and radiated EMI- Transient EMI-Time domain Vs
Frequency domain EMI-Units of measurement parameters- Emission and immunity concepts-ESD.
10 Hours
Unit II
EMI Coupling Principles
Conducted, Radiated and Transient Coupling-Common Impedance Ground Coupling- Radiated Common Mode and
Ground Loop Coupling- Radiated Differential Mode Coupling-Near Field Cable to Cable Coupling- Power Mains and
Power Supply coupling. 10 Hours

Unit III
EMI/EMC Standards and Measurements
Civilian standards - FCC, CISPR, IEC, EN, Military standards - MIL STD 461D/462- EMI Test Instruments /
Systems- EMI Shielded Chamber- Open Area Test Site- TEM Cell- Sensors/Injectors/Couplers-Test beds for ESD and
EFT-Military Test Method and Procedures (462).
10 Hours
Unit IV
EMI Control Techniques
Shielding-Filtering- Grounding-Bonding- Isolation Transformer- Transient Suppressors-Cable Routing, Signal
Control-Component Selection and Mounting. 10 Hours

Unit V
EMC Design of PCBs
PCB Traces Cross Talk- Impedance Control- Power Distribution Decoupling- Zoning- Motherboard Designs and
Propagation Delay Performance Models. 10 Hours

71
Total: 50 Hours
Textboks:
1. Henry W.Ott, "Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems", John Wiley and Sons, NewYork. 1988.
2. Paul.C.R, “Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1992.

References:
1. Kodali. V.P, "Engineering EMC Principles, Measurements and Technologies", IEEE Press, 1996.
2. Bernhard Keiser, "Principles of Electromagnetic Compatibility", Artech house, 3rd Ed, 1986.

07CO38 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE29)

07CO39 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE26)

07CO40 WIRELESS SECURITY


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE27)

07CO41 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE05)

07CO42 VLSI DESIGN TECHNIQUES


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE04)

72
Syllabi of

M.E. Computer Science & Engineering

73
07ZC01 MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 0 0 4
Unit I
Fundamental Structures
Set theory - Relationships between sets - Operations on sets - Set identities - Principle of inclusion and exclusion -
Minsets. Relations: – Binary relations - Partial orderings - Equivalence relations. Functions: – Properties of functions -
Composition of functions – Inverse functions - Permutation functions. 10 Hours

Unit II
Logic
Propositional logic – Logical connectives – Truth tables – Normal forms (conjunctive and disjunctive) - Predicate
logic - Universal and existential quantifiers - Proof techniques – Direct and indirect – Proof by contradiction –
Mathematical Induction. 10 Hours

Unit III
Combinatorics
Basics of counting – Counting arguments – Pigeonhole principle - Permutations and Combinations - Recursion and
Recurrence relations – Generating functions. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Modeling Computation and Languages
Finite state machines – Deterministic and Non- deterministic finite state machines – Turing Machines - Formal
Languages – Classes of Grammars – Type_0 – Context Sensitive – Context Free – Regular Grammars – Ambiguity.
10 Hours
Unit V
Discrete Probability
Finite probability - Probability distributions - Conditional Probability – Independence - Bayes’ theorem -
Mathematical expectation. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Trembly J.P. and Manohar R., “Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer Science”,
Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd., New Delhi 2003.

References:
1. Geetha P., “Discrete Mathematics”, Scitech Publications., Chennai.
2. Ralph P Girmaldi, “Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction”, Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education Asia, Delhi, 2002.
3. Venkataraman M. K., Sridharan N. and Chandrasekaran N., “Discrete Mathematics”, The National
Publishing Company, 2003.

07ZC02 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS


4004
Unit I
Basic Data Structures
Modeling of problem solving – ADT - List – Arrays – Cursors – Pointers -Implementation and Applications - Internal
and External Sorting - Complexity Analysis. 10 Hours
Unit II
Priority Queue and Search Trees
Priority Queues - Implementations - Tree – General - Binary Tree - Binary Search Tree - Expression Search Tree –
AVL Tree - Splay Tree - B-Trees – Red Black Tree – Applications – Implementation – Tree Traversals.
10 Hours

74
Unit III
Graph Algorithms
Representation of Graphs – BFS – DFS - Strongly Connected Components- Algorithm for Kruskal’s and Prims for
finding minimum cost of Spanning Tree - Dijkstra’s and Bellman Fort Algorithm for finding single source Shortest
Path - Floyd – Warshall algorithm for all pair Shortest Path.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Design Techniques
Divide and Conquer - Dynamic Programming - Greedy Algorithm – Backtracking – Queens Problem – Branch and
Bound: Knapsack - Travelling Salesman Problem –Graph Coloring. 10 Hours

Unit V
Memory Management
Issues - Managing Equal Sized Blocks - Garbage Collection Algorithms for Equal Sized Blocks - Storage Allocation
for Objects with Mixed Sizes - Buddy Systems - Storage Compaction. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Pearson Education, 2002.

References:
1. Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Thomas.H.Cormen, “Introduction to Algorithms”, The MIT Press, 2001.
3. Sartaj Sahni, “Data Structures and Application in C++”, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2000.

07ZC03 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODOLOGIES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction – A generic view of process – A Layered Technology – Personal and Team Process Models – The
Waterfall Model – Incremental Process Models – Evolutionary Process Models – Specialized Process Models – The
Unified Process – An Agile View of Process- Software Engineering Practice – Communication Practices – Planning
Practices – Modeling Practices – Construction Practice – Deployment. 10 Hours
Unit II
Requirements and Analysis modeling
The System Engineering –Business Process Engineering : An Over View – Product Engineering : An Over View –
System Modeling – Requirements Engineering - Tasks – Initiating – Eliciting – Developing Use Cases – Building The
Analysis Model – Negotiating – Validating - Analysis – Analysis Modeling Approaches – Data Modeling Concepts –
Object Oriented Analysis – Scenario – Based Modeling – Flow- Oriented Modeling - Class-Based Modeling –
Creating a Behavioral Model. 10 Hours

Unit III
Design and Testing
Design Engineering – Concepts – Model – Pattern Based Software Design – Creating an Architectural Design –
Software Architecture – Data Design – Architectural styles and patterns - Modeling Component - Level Design -
Performing User Interface Design –Testing Strategies – Testing Tactics - Product Metrics.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Project Management
WEB Engineering – Initiating A WebApp Project – Project Management – Metrics for Process and Project -
Estimation – Project Scheduling – Risk Management . 10 Hours

Unit V

75
Quality and Reusability
Quality Management – Change Management - Formal Methods –The Clean room Approach – Functional
Specification – Component-Based Development - Analysis and Design for Reuse – Reengineering – Business Process
Reengineering – Software Reengineering – Reverse engineering – Forward Engineering.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Roger S. Pressman., “Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach “, Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill,
2005.

References:
1. Pankaj Jalote- “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering”, Springer Verlag, 1997.
2. James F Peters and Witold Pedryez, “Software Engineering – An Engineering Approach”, John Wiley and
Sons, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Fairely, “Software Engineering Concepts”, McGraw Hill, 1995
4. Sommerville J.,” Software Engineering”, fifth Edition: Addison Wesley, 1996

07ZC04 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE


4004
Unit I
Fundamentals of Computer Design
Introduction-measuring and reporting performance- Quantitative principles of computer design-Instruction set
principles and examples- classifying instructions- set architectures-memory addressing-addressing modes for signal
processing-type and size of operands. 10 Hours

Unit II
Instruction Level Parallelism
Concepts and challenges – overcoming data hazards with dynamic scheduling – examples- reducing branch costs with
dynamic hardware prediction- high performance instruction delivery- taking advantages of ILP with multiple issues
limitations of ILP. 10 Hours

Unit III
ILP with Software Approaches
Basic compiler techniques for exposing ILP- static branch prediction- static multiple issues: VLIW approach-
Advanced compiler support for exposing and exploiting ILP- Hardware support. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Memory Hierarchy Design
Introduction- review of caches- cache performance- reducing cache miss penalty- reducing miss rate- miss rate via
parallelism –reducing hit time – main memory and organizations for improving performance- memory technology-
virtual memory. 10 Hours

Unit V
Multiprocessors and Thread Level Parallelism
Symmetric shared memory architectures-performance of symmetric shared memory multiprocessors – Distributed
shared memory architectures-synchronization- storage systems – types of storage devices.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson," Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach", Third Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2003.

References:

76
1. D. Sima, T. Fountain and P. Kacsuk, “Advanced Computer Architectures: A Design Space Approach”,
Addison Wesley, 2000.
2. Kai Hwang and Faye A. Briggs “Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability,
Programmability”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2001.

07ZC05 OPERATING SYSTEMS


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to operating systems – Operating systems and services – Hardware Protection - Operating Systems
Structures – Process management – operating system services – system calls – virtual machines – Processes – Process
scheduling – Interprocess communication - Threads - CPU scheduling Algorithms – Multiple-processor Scheduling –
Real Time Scheduling - Algorithm Evaluation. 10 Hours

Unit II
Process Synchronization and Deadlock
The Critical Section Problem – Synchronization Hardware - Semaphores – classical problem of Synchronization –
critical regions – Monitors – Deadlock - Methods for handling Deadlocks - Deadlock Prevention – Avoidance -
Detection – Recovery - Case Study: Process model and management in Linux. 10 Hours

Unit III
Storage management
Memory management - Swapping - Contiguous Memory Allocation - Paging - Segmentation – Segmentation with
paging - Virtual Memory: Demand paging - Page Replacement – Thrashing - File Concepts - Access methods -
Directory Structure - File System Mounting - File Sharing – File Protection- Case Study: Memory management in
Linux. 10 Hours

Unit IV
File System Implementation
File System Structure and Implementation – Directory Implementation – Allocation methods - Free Space
Management – Recovery – I/O systems – I/O Hardware –Application I/O interface – Kernel I/O subsystem – Mass
storage structure - Disk Structure – Disk Scheduling – Disk management – Swap Space Management – RAID
Structure- Case Study: I/O management in Linux. 10 Hours

Unit V
Distributed systems
Topology - Network types – Communication protocols - Design issues - Distributed file systems - Naming and
Transparency - Remote File Access - Stateful versus Stateless service – Distributed Coordination - Event Ordering -
Mutual Exclusion – Atomicity - Concurrency Control - Deadlock Handling - Election Algorithms – Protection and
Security - Case Study: Network management and security in Linux. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Silberschatz, Galvin, Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Sixth Edition, 2003

References:
1. Pradeep K.Sinha, “Distributed OS concepts and Design”, IEEE computer Society Press, Prentice Hall of
India 1998.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum , “Modern Operating Systems”, Prentice Hall of India , 2nd Edition 2001
3. Achut S. Godbole and Kahate Atul, “Operating Systems & Systems Programming”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2003.
4. Charles Crowley, “Operating systems: A Design Oriented Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.

07ZC06 PRINCIPLES OF COMPILER DESIGN

77
4004
Unit 1
Introduction to Compiler
Introduction of compiling - Basic concepts of compiler - Analysis of source program - Phases of compiler - Compiler-
constructions tools - Lexical analysis - Role of the lexical analyzer - Input buffering - Specification and recognition of
tokens. 10 Hours

Unit II
Finite Automata and Lexical Analysis
Finite automata - Regular expression to finite automation - Optimization of DFA-Based pattern matchers -
Introduction to language for specifying lexical analyzer - LEX -Implementation of lexical analyzer using LEX.
10 Hours
Unit III
Syntax Analysis
Role of a parser - Context-free grammars - Top-down parsing - Bottom-up parsing - LR parser - Introduction to
language for specifying parser - YACC - Implementation of parser using YACC. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Syntax Directed Translation and Intermediate Code Generation
Introduction to syntax-directed translation - Syntax-direct definitions - Construction of syntax tree - Intermediate
code generation - Intermediate languages - Declarations - Assignment statements - Boolean expressions - Case
statements. 10 Hours

Unit V
Code Generation and Optimization
Issues in the design of a code generator - Target machine - Run-time storage management - Basic blocks and flow
graphs - Next-use information - A Simple code generator - Register allocation and assignment - The DAG
representation of basic blocks - Peephole optimization - Introduction to optimization techniques - The principal
sources of optimization - Optimization of basic blocks - Loops in flow graphs - Introduction to global data-flow
analysis. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Aho A.V., Ravi Sethi, Ullman J.D., “Compilers - Principles, Techniques and Tools”, Addison- Wesley,
1988.

References:
1. Kennath C.Louden, “Compiler Construction Principles and Practice”, Vikas publishing House, 2003.
2. Allen I. Holub, “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

07ZC11 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LABORATORY


0 0 3 2

1. Implementation of Singly, Doubly and Circular linked list.


2. Implementation of Multistack in a Single Array.
3. Implementation of Circular Queue.
4. Implementation of Binary Search trees.
5. Implementation of AVL Rotations.
6. Implementation of Breadth First Search Techniques.
7. Implementation of Depth First Search Techniques.
8. Implementation of Prim’s Algorithm.
9. Implementation of Dijkstra’s Algorithm.
10. Implementation of Kruskal’s Algorithm
11. Implementation of Searching Techniques
12. Implementation of Sorting Techniques
07ZC12 OPERATING SYSTEMS AND COMPLIER LABORATORY

78
0 0 3 2
1. Implement the CPU Scheduling Algorithms.
2. Implement Best fit, First Fit Algorithm for Memory Management.
3. Implement Memory Allocation with Pages.
4. Implement FIFO & LRU page Replacement Algorithm.
5. Implement Banker’s algorithm.
6. Implement of lexical analyzer using lex tool.
7. Construction of NFA for a regular expression.
8. Implementation Shift reduce parser.
9. Implementation of predictive parser.
10. Generation of intermediate code.
11. Implement the following operation with a grammar
a) Removal of left recursion.
b) Left factoring.
c) Finding First and Follow of non terminals.

07ZC07 ADVANCED DATABASE TECHNOLOGY


4004
Unit I
Relational Database Concepts
File systems - Database systems - Database system concepts and architecture - Data models - Data Dictionary -
Database Administration and control- Relational Databases- Codd's rules- Domains and key concept - Integrity rules-
Relational Algebra – Relational calculus-SQL- Embedded SQL. 10 Hours

Unit II
Relational Database Design
Functional dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases- Relational database design algorithms and
further dependencies-Practical database design methodology and use of UML diagrams-Disk storage-Basic file
structures-Hashing-Indexing structures for files. 10 Hours

Unit III
Database System Design
Query processing-Query optimization-Transaction processing-Concurrency control techniques-Database Recovery
schemes- Database security and Authorization. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Advanced Databases
Object-oriented database- Object relational database-Distributed database-Parallel databases. 10 Hours

Unit V
Recent Trends in Database
XML & Internet databases- Data mining concepts- Data warehousing and OLAP-Mobile databases-Multimedia
databases-Temporal databases. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.
2. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S.Sudharsan, “Database System Concepts”, 5th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002.

References:
1. Date C.J., “An Introduction to Database system”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2003
2. Ramakrishnan R and Gehrke J, “Database management systems”, McGraw Hill, 2003

07ZC08 NETWORK ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

79
4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction to Networking Methodologies
Uses of computer network – Network Hardware and Software - Layering and protocols – Comparison of OSI and
TCP/IP Reference Models – Guided Transmission Media – Wireless Transmission – The mobile telephone system –
Data link layer design issues – Error Detection and correction – stop and wait – Sliding window protocols - go back-n
ARQ – selective repeat ARQ . 10 Hours

Unit II
Network Layer
The channel allocation problem – Multiple Access protocols – Ethernet – Wireless LANS – Broadband wireless –
Bluetooth – Data link layer switching – Network layer design issues – Routing algorithm - Congestion Control –
Quality of services – Internetworking – The Network layer in the Internet. 10 Hours

Unit III
Transport Layer
The Transport layer service – Elements of Transport protocols – A Simple Transport protocol – UDP –TCP –
Performance issues - Traditional Applications – DNS – Electronic mail – WWW - HTTP – Multimedia.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Network Security
Network security - Introduction to Cryptography – Symmetric-Key Algorithms – Public–Key Algorithm – Digital
Signatures – communication security – Authentication protocols – E-Mail security – Web Security.
10 Hours
Unit V
Network Management
Introduction – Network Monitoring – Network Control – SNMPVI Network Management Concepts – Information –
Standard MIBS. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Prentice Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2003.
2. Mani Subramanian, “Network Management: Principles and Practice”, Addison Wesley, 2000.

References:
1. Larry L.Peterson and Brule S.Davie, “Computer Networks – A System Approach” MarGankangmann –
Harcourt Asia, Second Edition, 2002
2. William Stallings, “SNMP, SNMP V2, SNMPV3, RMON 1 and 2”, 3 rd Edition. Addison Wesley, 6th Indian
reprint 2002.
3. Kurose J.F., and Ross K.W., “Computer Networking –A top –down approach featuring the internet”, Addison
Wesley, 2001.
4. William Stallings, “Data & Computer Communication”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.

07ZC09 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN


4004
Unit I
The Object Model
The structure of complex systems – the models of object-oriented development – Major and Minor elements in object
model – Classes and Objects – Relationships among classes and objects – Building classes and objects.
10 Hours
Unit II
Methodology
Importance of classification - Key abstractions - Elements of Notation – Class diagrams – State transition diagrams -
Object Diagrams- Interaction Diagrams - Module Diagrams-Process Diagrams- Applying notation. 10 Hours

Unit III

80
Object Oriented Analysis
Overview- Shaler/Mellor - Coad/Yourdon – Rumbaugh - Booch - UML. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Unified Modeling Language
Introduction – static and dynamic models – UML Diagrams – Class Diagrams – Use cases – UML Dynamic
modeling- UML Meta model, design patterns and frameworks. 10 Hours

Unit V
Managing Object Oriented Development
Managing Analysis and Design – Evaluation Testing – Coding – Maintenance – Metrics

Applications
Case study of some systems like ATM, Inventory Management, Library Management, Cruise Control system with
sample project development activities with the following guidelines.
 Defining a draft plan
 Creation of Preliminary investigation report
 Definition of requirements
 Record terms in Glossary
 Design of Use case Diagrams
 Identification of potential Objects and Classes
 Identification of associations and operations
 Development of class diagrams, activity diagrams and state chart diagrams.
 Development of deployment diagrams
 Development of prototypes and validation 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
James Rumbaugh, Blaha M, Premerlani W, Eddy F, Lorenson W, “Object Oriented Analysis And Design”,
Pearson Education, 2004.

References:
1. Grady Booch, “Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications”, Addison Wesley Publication
Company, 2002.
2. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, Grady Booch, “The UML Reference Manual”, Addison Wesley, 2002.
3. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented System Development”, Mc Graw Hill International Edition, 1999.

07ZC13 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB


0032

1. Working with DDL, DML, TCL, DCL of SQL commands.


2. Working with Single-row functions and group functions in SQL.
3. Working with Joins and Integrity constraints.
4. Working with other database objects: Synonyms, Sequences, Views and Indexes.
5. Working with Locks and Partitions.
6. Working with PL/SQL blocks.
7. Working with Exception handling in PL/SQL.
8. High level language extension with cursors.
9. High level language extension with triggers.
10. Procedures, Function, Packages.
11. Embedded SQL.
12. Design and implementation of an application like payroll processing, banking system, library information
system etc using PL/SQL.

ELECTIVES

81
07ZC21 THEORY OF COMPUTATION
4 0 0 4
Unit I
Finite Automata and Regular Languages
Finite Automata and Regular languages - Regular expressions and Regular languages –non deterministic and
deterministic finite automata -Equivalence of DFA and NFA, Finite Automation with e-moves, equivalence of regular
expression and NFA with e-moves – pumping lemma for regular sets- Closure properties of Regular languages.
10 Hours
Unit II
Context Free Languages
Context free languages, Derivation and languages, Relationship between derivation and derivation trees,
Simplification of context free grammars – Normal forms for context free grammars, CNF, and GNF. 10 Hours

Unit III
Push Down Automata (PDA)
Acceptance by PDA, Pushdown automata and Context free languages, Pumping lemma for CFL, Deterministic
pushdown automata – Equivalence of PDA’s and CFG’s – Closure properties of CFL. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Turing Machine
Turing machine (Definition and examples), Programming techniques -Computable languages and functions, Church
Turing hypothesis, Universal Turing machine – Random Access Turing machine. 10 Hours

Unit V
Unsolvable Problems
Unsolvable problems – Halting problem- Diagonalization Language - Rice Theorem - Post's correspondence Problem,
Recursive and recursively enumerable languages – class P and class NP. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Hopcroft and Ullman, “Introduction to Automata, Languages and Computation”, Narosa Publishers,2 nd
Edition, 2000

References:
1. John.C.Martin, “Introduction to languages and the Theory of Computation”, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill,1997
2. K.L.P.Mishra, N.Chandrasekaran, “Theory of Computation”, EEE, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd Edition, 1998.
3. Peter Linz, “An Introduction to formal languages and Automata”, Narosa Publishing House, 2001.
4. Harry R. Lewis, Christos H. Papadimitriou, “Elements of Theory of Computation”, Prentice Hall, 2002.

07ZC22 WEB TECHNOLOGY


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction – Network concepts – Web concepts – Internet addresses - Retrieving Data with URL – HTML –
DHTML: Cascading Style Sheets - Scripting Languages: Javascript – Vbscript. 10 Hours
Unit II
Common Gateway Interface
Common Gateway Interface: Programming CGI Scripts – HTML Forms – Custom Database Query Scripts – Server
Side Includes – Server security issues – XML. 10 Hours

Unit III
Java Programming
Java fundamentals: Classes – Inheritance – Packages – Interfaces – Exceptions Handling – Multi threading – Applets
10 Hours

Unit IV
Server Side Programming

82
Server side Programming – Active server pages – Java server pages – Java Servlets: Servlet container – Exceptions –
Sessions and Session Tracking – Using Servlet context – Dynamic Content Generation – Servlet Chaining and
Communications. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications
Simple applications – Internet Commerce – Database connectivity – Online databases – EDI Applications in Business
– Plug-ins – Firewalls 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Deitel, Deitel and Neito, “INTERNET and WORLD WIDE WEB – How to program”, Pearson education
asia, 2001

References:
1. D.Norton and H. Schildt, “Java 2: The complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Elliotte Rusty Herold, “Java Network Programming”, O’Reilly Publications, 3rd Edition, 2004.
3. Eric Ladd and Jim O’Donnell, “USING HTML 4, XML, and JAVA1.2”, Prentice Hall of India publications,
2003.
4. Jeffy Dwight, Michael Erwin and Robert Nikes “USING CGI”, Prentice Hall of India Publications, 1997

07ZC23 SOFT COMPUTING


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction to Neural Networks
Introduction to Artificial intelligence Systems - Fundamentals of Neural Networks - Basic concepts of Neural
networks - Human Brain - Model of an Artificial Neuron - Neural Network Architectures - Characteristics of Neural
Networks - Learning Methods - Taxonomy of Neural Network Architectures - Early Neural Network Architectures -
Back Propagation Networks - Architecture of a back Propagation Network - Single Layer Artificial Neural Network -
Back propagation Learning – Applications - Effect of Tuning Parameters of the BPN - Selection of various parameters
in BPN - Variations of Standard Propagation Algorithm. 10 Hours

Unit II
Associate Memory
Associative Memory – Autocorrelators – HeteroCorrelators - Exponential BAM –Applications - The Hopfield
Memory - Adaptive Resonance Theory – Introduction - ART1 - ART2 – Applications. 10 Hours

Unit III
Fuzzy Logic
Fuzzy Set Theory - Fuzzy versus Crisp - Crisp Sets - Fuzzy Sets - Crisp Relations- Fuzzy Relations - Fuzzy Systems -
Crisp Logic - Predicate Logic - Fuzzy Logic - Fuzzy Rule Based System - Defuzzification Methods – Applications -
Fuzzy Back propagation Networks - LR-type Fuzzy numbers - Fuzzy Neuron - Fuzzy BP Architecture - Learning in
Fuzzy BP - Inference by Fuzzy BP - Applications. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Genetic Algorithms
Genetic Algorithms - Fundamentals of Genetic Algorithms - Genetic Algorithm History - Basic Concepts - Creation of
Offspring’s - Working Principle – Encoding - Fitness Function – Reproduction - Genetic Modeling - Inheritance
operators – Crossover - Inversion and Deletion - Mutation operator - Bitwise Operators - Generational Cycle -
Convergence of Genetic Algorithm – Applications - Multilevel Optimization - Real life problem - Differences and
similarities between GA and other traditional methods - Advances in GA - Genetic algorithm based BPN - GA Based
Weight Determination – Applications. 10 Hours

Unit V
Integration of Soft Computing Tools

83
Hybrid Systems - Integration of Neural Networks , Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithms –Simplified fuzzy ART
map-Working of Simplified fuzzy ART map-Application-Recent trends- Fuzzy Associative Memories - FAM, An
introduction - Single Association FAM - Fuzzy Hebb FAMs - FAM involving a Rule Base - FAM Rules with Multiple
Antecedents/Consequents – Applications - Fuzzy Logic Controlled Genetic Algorithms - Soft Computing Tools -
Problem Description of Optimum Design - Fuzzy Constraints - GA in Fuzzy Logic Controller Design - Fuzzy Logic
Controller – Applications. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Rajasekaran S. and Vijayalakshmi Pai G. A., “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, and Genetic Algorithms
Synthesis and Applications”, Prentice Hall India, 2003.ISBN-81-203-2186-3.

References:
1. Davis E.Goldberg,”Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine Learning” Addison Wesley, N.Y.,
1989.
2. Timothy J.Ross,”Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Application “, McGraw Hill, 1977.
3. J.S.R.Jang, C.T.Sun and E.Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, Prentice Hall India, Pearson
Education 2004.
4. Sivanandam S. N., Deepa S. N., “Introduction to Soft Computing with Matlab”, Wiley India.

07ZC24 MOBILE COMPUTING


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction - Wireless Transmission
Introduction - Wireless transmission-frequencies for radio transmission – Signals – Antennas - Signal propagation –
Multiplexing – Modulation - Spread Spectrum - Cellular systems - Medium access control-SDMA, FDMA, TDMA,
CDMA – Comparison of S/T/F/CDMA - Telecommunication systems – GSM - DECT – TETRA - UMTS – IMT 2000
- Satellite systems-Applications – Basics – Routing – Localization – Handover - Broadcast systems - Cyclic repetition
of data - Digital audio broadcasting - Digital video broadcasting.
10 Hours
Unit II
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN - Infrared Vs Radio transmission - Infrastructure and adhoc networks - IEEE 802.11 – HIPERLAN –
Bluetooth - Wireless ATM - WATM services - Reference model-functions - Radio access layer – Handover - Location
Management – Addressing -Mobile quality of service - Access point control protocol.
10 Hours
Unit III
Mobile Network Layer
Mobile network layer - Mobile IP - Dynamic host configuration protocol - adhoc networks - Mobile transport layer -
Traditional TCP - Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP - Fast retransmit/ fast recovery - Transmission/ time-out
freezing - Selective retransmission - Transaction oriented TCP - Support for mobility - File systems - World Wide Web
- Wireless application protocol. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Pervasive Computing
Pervasive Computing – Devices - Information Access Devices – Handheld Computer -Palm OS-Based Devices -
Windows CE-based Handheld Computer - EPOC based – Handheld Computer-Sub-Notebooks-Phones-Data
transmission Capabilities-Smart Phones - Screen Phones - Smart Identification – Smart Cards-Smart Labels - Smart
tokens - Embedded Controls - Smart Sensors and Actuators - Smart Appliances - Appliances and Home Networking -
Automotive Computing - Entertainment Systems – Television Systems - Game Consoles. 10 Hours

Unit V
Middleware Programming
Software – Java – Language Characteristics-Java Class Library-Java Edition –Micro Edition – Personal Java and
Embedded Java – Development tools for Java- Operating Systems - Windows CE – Palm OS – Symbian OS – Java
card – Client Middleware-Programming APIs-Smart Card Programming - Messaging Components – Database
Components-Security - Cryptographic Patterns and Methods - Cryptographic tools- Secure Socket Layer – New

84
Services - Home Services - System View- Communication Services - Home Automation – Energy Services - Security
Services - Remote Home Health Care Services - Travel And Business Services – Consumer Services - Interactive
Advertisements – Loyalty - Shopping - Payments Services. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communication”, Pearson Education, 2000.

References:
1. Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S.Nicklous and Thomas Stober, “Principles of Mobile Computing”, Second
Edition, Springer International Edition, 2003.
2. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac, “Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2001.

07ZC25 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
Characterization of Distributed Systems - Examples - Resource Sharing and the Web - Challenges - System Models -
Architectural and Fundamental Models - Networking and Internetworking - Types of Networks - Network Principles -
Internet Protocols - Case Studies. 10 Hours

Unit II
Processes and Distributed Objects
Interprocess Communication - The API for the Internet Protocols - External Data Representation and Marshalling -
Client-Server Communication - Group Communication - Case Study - Distributed Objects and Remote Invocation -
Communication Between Distributed Objects - Remote Procedure Call - Events and Notifications - Java RMI - Case
Study. 10 Hours

Unit III
Operating System Issues – I
The OS Layer - Protection - Processes and Threads - Communication and Invocation – OS Architecture - Security -
Overview - Cryptographic Algorithms - Digital Signatures - Cryptography Pragmatics - Case Studies - Distributed
File Systems - File Service Architecture - Sun Network File System - The Andrew File System. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Operating System Issues – II
Name Services -Domain Name System - Directory and Discovery Services - Global Name Service - X.500 Directory
Service - Clocks, Events and Process States - Synchronizing Physical Clocks - Logical Time And Logical Clocks -
Global States - Distributed Debugging - Distributed Mutual Exclusion – Elections – Multicast Communication
Related Problems. 10 Hours

Unit V
Distributed Transaction Processing
Transactions - Nested Transactions - Locks - Optimistic Concurrency Control - Timestamp Ordering - Comparison -
Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions - Atomic Commit Protocols - Concurrency Control in Distributed
Transactions - Distributed Deadlocks - Transaction Recovery - Overview of Replication And Distributed Multimedia
Systems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg, “Distributed Systems Concepts and Design”, Pearson
Education, 3rd Edition, 2002

References:
1. Sape Mullender, “Distributed Systems”, Addison Wesley, 2nd Edition, 1993.
2. Albert Fleishman, “Distributes Systems- Software Design and Implementation”, Springer-Verlag, 1994

85
3. Liu M.L., “Distributed Computing Principles and Applications”, Pearson Education, 2004.
4. Andrew S Tanenbaum , “Maartenvan Steen,Distibuted Systems –Principles and Pardigms”,Pearson
Education, 2002
5. Mugesh Singhal,Niranjan G Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill
Edition, 2001

07ZC26 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction and QOS
Introduction-QOS Requirements and Constraints-Concepts-Resources- Establishment Phase-Run-Time Phase-
Management Architectures. 10 Hours

Unit II
Operating Systems
Real-Time Processing-Scheduling-Interprocess Communication-Memory and Management-Server Architecture-Disk
Management. 10 Hours

Unit III
File Systems and Networks
Traditional and Multimedia File Systems-Caching Policy-Batching-Piggy backing-Ethernet-Gigabit Ethernet-Token
Ring-100VG AnyLAN-Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)- ATM Networks-MAN-WAN. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Communication
Transport Subsystem-Protocol Support for QOS-Transport of Multimedia-Computer Supported Cooperative Work-
Architecture-Session Management-MBone Applications. 10 Hours

Unit V
Synchronization
Synchronization in Multimedia Systems-Presentation-Synchronization Types-Multimedia Synchronization Methods-
Case Studies-MHEG-MODE-ACME. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Systems”, Springer, I Edition 2004.

References:
1. Vaughan T, “Multimedia”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
2. Mark J.B., Sandra K.M., “Multimedia Applications Development Using DVI Technology”, McGraw Hill,
1992.
3. Rao K. R., Zoran S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milovacovic, “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques,
Standards, and Networks”, Prentice Hall, 1st Edition, 2002
4. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson, 2004.

07ZC27 XML AND WEB SERVICES


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Internet and WWW –Introduction to HTML –CSS-Creating Markup with XML-Document Type
Definition (DTD).
10 Hours

Unit II
XML Technology

86
Schemas-DOM-Simple API for XML (SAX)-XML Path Language-Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
(XSLT) - Extensible Stylesheet Language Formatting Objects-Introduction to Xlink,XPointer,XInclude and XBase.
10 Hours
Unit III
Web Services
Evolution of Distributed Computing-Introduction to Web Services-Building Web Services Architecture
10 Hours
Unit IV
SOAP
Developing Web Services Using SOAP –Anatomy of a SOAP message-SOAP Encoding-SOAP Message Exchange
Model –SOAP Communication-SOAP Security.
10 Hours
Unit V
XML Security
Description and Discovery of Web Services-Web Services Security-XML Encryption-XML Signature –Introduction to
Sun ONE.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
1. H.M.Deitel, P.J.Deitel, T.R.Nirto, T.M.Lin, XML How to Program, Pearson Edition, 2004.
2. Ramesh Nagappan, Robert Skoczylas and Rima Patel Sriganesh, “ Developing Java Web Services”, Wiley
Publishing Inc., 2004.

References:
1. Steve Graham and Doug Davis, Building Web services with Java, Pearson education 2008.
2. Charles F.Goldfarb and Paul Prescod, The XML Handbook, Pearson education asia, 2001.
3. Etban Carami, Web services Essential, O’Reilly, 2006.

07ZC28 GRID COMPUTING


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Grid Computing
Introduction - Definition - Scope of grid computing 10 Hours

Unit II
Grid Computing Initiatives
Grid Computing Organizations and their roles – Grid Computing analog – Grid Computing road map. 10 Hours

Unit III
Grid Computing Applications
Merging the Grid sources – Architecture with the Web Devices Architecture. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Technologies
OGSA – Sample use cases – OGSA platform components – OGSI – OGSA Basic Services. 10 Hours

Unit V
Grid Computing Tool Kits
Globus Toolkit – Architecture, Programming model, High level services – OGSI .Net middleware Solutions.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Joshy Joseph & Craig Fellenstein, “Grid Computing”, Prentice Hall of India, -2003.

Reference
Ahmar Abbas, “Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to technology and Applications”, Charles River

87
media – 2003.

07ZC29 NETWORK SECURITY


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
A Model for Network Security - Attacks - Services - Mechanisms - Conventional Encryption - Classical And Modern
Techniques – Encryption Algorithms – Confidentiality – Block Cipher Principles – Modes of Operation.
10 Hours
Unit II
Public Key Encryption
Principles of Public Key Cryptosystems - RSA - Elliptic Curve Cryptography – Triple DES – Blow Fish – Diffie
Hellman Key Exchange - Number Theory Concepts 10 Hours

Unit III
Message Authentication
Authentication Requirements – Authentication Function - Message Authentication Codes - Hash Functions – Security
of Hash Functions & MACs – MD5 – SHA - Digest Functions - Digital Signatures - Authentication Protocols.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Network Security Practice
Authentication, Applications - Electronic Mail Security - IP Security - Web Security – MIME – PGP. 10 Hours

Unit V
System Security
Intruders – Viruses – Worms – Firewalls Design Principles – Trusted Systems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Stallings, “Cryptography & Network Security - Principles & Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, 3 rd
Edition, 2002.

References:
1. Bruce, Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, 2nd Edition, Toha Wiley and Sons, 1996.
2. Man Young Rhee, “Internet Security”, Wiley, 2003.
3. Pfleeger and Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Atul Kahate,”Cryptography & Network Security”, Tata Mc GrawHill Ltd, 2003.

07ZC30 DIGITAL IMAGING


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Digital Image Fundamentals
Image formation, Image transforms – fourier transforms, Walsh, Hadamard, Discrete cosine, Hotelling transforms –
Image formation – File formats 10 Hours

Unit II
Image Enhancement & Restoration
Histogram modification techniques - Image smoothening - Image Sharpening - Image Restoration - Degradation
Model – Noise models - Spatial filtering – Frequency domain filtering. 10 Hours

Unit III
Image Compression & Segmentation
Compression Models - Elements of information theory - Error free Compression -Image segmentation –Detection of
discontinuities - Edge linking and boundary detection - Thresholding – Region based segmentation - Morphology.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Representation and Description

88
Representation schemes- Boundary descriptors- Regional descriptors - Relational Descriptors 10 Hours

Unit V
Object Recognition and Interpretation
Patterns and pattern classes - Decision-Theoretic methods - Structural methods.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Gonzalez.R.C & Woods. R.E., “Digital Image Processing”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.

References:
1. Anil Jain.K, “Fundamentals of Digital image processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 1989.
2. Syed Ahmed, “Image Processing”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1995.

07ZC31 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Concepts
Introduction - Concepts of Quality Control, Quality Assurance, Quality Management - Total Quality Management;
Cost of Quality; QC tools - 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools; Other related topics - Business Process Re-engineering &
Y2K – Zero Defect, Six Sigma, Quality Function Deployment, Benchmarking, Statistical process control.
10 Hours
Unit II
Software Engineering Concepts
Software Engineering Principles, Software Project Management, Software Process, Project and Product Metrics, Risk
Management, Software Quality Assurance; Statistical Quality Assurance - Software Reliability, Muse Model;
Software Configuration Management; Software Testing; CASE (Computer Aided Software Engineering). 10 Hours

Unit III
Quality Assurance Models
Models for Quality Assurance-ISO-9000 - Series, CMM, SPICE, Malcolm Baldrige Award. – Evolution – Benefits.
10 Hours

Unit IV
SQA Related Topics
Software Quality Assurance Metrics – Metrics Methodology - Software Process - Definition and implementation;
internal Auditing and Assessments; Software testing -Concepts, Tools, Reviews, Inspections & Walkthroughts; P-
CMM. 10 Hours

Unit V
Future Trends
PSP and TSP, CMMI, OO Methodology, Clean-room software engineering, Defect Identification and prevention.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Watts Humphery, “Managing Software Process ", Addison - Wesley, 1998.

References:
1. Philip B. Crosby, " Quality is Free: The Art of Making Quality Certain ", Mass Market, 1992.
2. Roger Pressman, “Software Engineering ", Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, 2005.
3. Schulmeyer. G. Gordon, James I. McManus, “Handbook of Software Quality Assurance”, 3 rd Edition,
Prentice Hall Publication, 1999.

07ZC32 AD HOC NETWORKS


4 0 0 4

89
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction-Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology - The Electromagnetic Spectrum - Radio
Propagation Mechanisms - Characteristics of the Wireless Channel - IEEE 802.11a,b Standard – Origin Of Ad hoc:
Packet Radio Networks - Technical Challenges - Architecture of PRNETs - Components of Packet Radios – Ad hoc
Wireless Networks -What Is an Ad Hoc Network? Heterogeneity in Mobile Devices - Wireless Sensor Networks -
Traffic Profiles - Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications - Types of Mobile Host Movements - Challenges Facing
Ad Hoc Mobile Networks-Ad hoc wireless Internet. 10 Hours

Unit II
Ad Hoc Routing Protocols
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Classifications of Routing
Protocols -Table-Driven Routing Protocols - Destination Sequenced Distance Vector (DSDV) - Wireless Routing
Protocol (WRP) - Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) - Source-Initiated On-Demand Approaches - Ad Hoc On-
Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV) - Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) -Temporally Ordered Routing
Algorithm (TORA) - Signal Stability Routing (SSR) -Location-Aided Routing (LAR) - Power-Aware Routing (PAR) -
Zone Routing Protocol (ZRP). 10 Hours

Unit III
Multicast routing in Ad Hoc Networks
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol - Operation of Multicast Routing Protocols - An
Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols -Classifications of Multicast Routing Protocols - Tree-
Based Multicast Routing Protocols- Mesh-Based Multicast Routing Protocols - Summary of Tree-and Mesh-Based
Protocols - Energy-Efficient Multicasting - Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees - Application-Dependent
Multicast Routing - Comparisons of Multicast Routing Protocols. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Transport Layer, Security Protocols
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Design Goals of a
Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks -Classification of Transport Layer Solutions - TCP Over Ad
Hoc Wireless Networks -Other Transport Layer Protocols for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Security in Ad Hoc
Wireless Networks - Network Security Requirements - Issues and Challenges in Security Provisioning - Network
Security Attacks - Key Management - Secure Routing in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks. 10 Hours

Unit V
QoS and Energy Management
Introduction - Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks -Classifications of QoS
Solutions - MAC Layer Solutions - Network Layer Solutions - QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks
Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks –Introduction - Need for Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless
Networks - Classification of Energy Management Schemes - Battery Management Schemes - Transmission Power
Management Schemes - System Power Management Schemes. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Siva Ram Murthy C. and Manoj B.S. , “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2004

References:
1. Toh C.K., “Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. Charles E. Perkins, “Ad Hoc Networking”, Addison Wesley, 2000.

07ZC33 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING


4 0 0 4

90
Unit I
Introduction
Relation to Statistics, Databases- Data Mining Functionalities-Steps in Data Mining Process-Architecture of a Typical
Data Mining Systems- Classification of Data Mining Systems - Overview of Data Mining Techniques.
10 Hours
Unit II
Data Preprocessing and Association Rules
Data Preprocessing-Data Cleaning, Integration, Transformation, Reduction, and Discretization Concept Hierarchies-
Concept Description: Data Generalization And Summarization Based Characterization- Mining Association Rules In
Large Databases – Analytical Characterization – Analysis of Attribute Relevance. 10 Hours

Unit III
Predictive Modeling
Classification and Prediction: Issues Regarding Classification And Prediction-Classification By Decision Tree
Induction-Bayesian Classification-Classification by Back Propagation - Other Classification Methods-Prediction-
Clusters Analysis: Types Of Data In Cluster Analysis- Categorization Of Major Clustering Methods: Partitioning
Methods –Hierarchical Methods – Density Based Methods – Grid Based – Model Based – Outlier Analysis.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Data Warehousing
Data Warehousing Components -Multi Dimensional Data Model- Data Warehouse Architecture-Data Warehouse
Implementation- -Mapping the Data Warehouse to Multiprocessor Architecture- OLAP.-Need- Categorization of
OLAP Tools – OLAP Operations in Multidimensional Data Model. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications
Applications of Data Mining and Trends in Data Mining - Social Impacts Of Data Mining-Tools-An Introduction To
DB Miner-Case Studies-Mining WWW-Mining Text Database-Mining Spatial Databases. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
2002.

References:
1. Usama M.Fayyad, Gregory Piatetsky - Shapiro, Padhrai Smyth and Ramasamy Uthurusamy, "Advances
In Knowledge Discovery And Data Mining", The M.I.T Press, 1996.
2. Ralph Kimball, "The Data Warehouse Life Cycle Toolkit", John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1998.
3. Alex Berson,Stephen J. Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining,& OLAP”, Tata Mcgraw- Hill, 2004

07ZC34 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS


4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction
Definitions - Foundations - History –Structure – Environment- Intelligent Agents-Problem Solving-Searching -
Heuristics -Constraint Satisfaction Problems - Game playing. 10 Hours

Unit II
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning
Logical Agents-First order logic-First Order Inference – Reflex Agent-Unification-Chaining- Resolution Strategies-
Knowledge Representation-Objects-Actions-Events – Logical Recovery. 10 Hours

Unit III
Planning Agents

91
Representation of Planning - Planning Problem -State Space Search -Partial Order Planning-Graphs-Nondeterministic
Domains-Conditional Planning-Continuous Planning-MultiAgent Planning – Replanning Agents
10 Hours
Unit IV
Agents and Uncertainity
Acting under uncertainty – Probability Notation-Bayes Rule and use - Bayesian Networks-Other Approaches-Time
and Uncertainty-Temporal Models- Utility Theory - Decision Network – Complex Decisions. 10 Hours

Unit V
Higher Level Agents
Knowledge in Learning-Relevance Information-Statistical Learning Methods-Reinforcement Learning-
Communication-Formal Grammar-Augmented Grammars- Future of AI. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, 2 nd Edition, Prentice Hall
India, 2002

References:
1. Michael Wooldridge, “An Introduction to Multi Agent System”, John Wiley, 2002.
2. Patrick Henry Winston, “Artificial Intelligence”, III Edition, Addison Wesley, 1999.
3. Nils.J.Nilsson, “Principles of Artificial Intelligence”, Narosa Publishing House, 1992.

92
Syllabi of

M.E. Engineering Design

93
07ED01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR ENGINEERING DESIGN
3204
Unit I
Transform Methods
Laplace transform methods for one dimensional wave equation - Displacements in a string – Longitudinal vibration of
an elastic bar - Fourier transform methods for one - Dimensional heat conduction problems in infinite and semi-
infinite rod. 10 Hours

Unit II
Elliptic Equations
Laplace equation - Properties of harmonic functions - Fourier transform methods for Laplace equation - Solutions for
Poisson equation by Fourier transform method. 10 Hours

Unit III
Calculus of Variations
Variation and its properties - Euler's equation - Functionals dependent on first and higher order derivatives -Functional
dependent on functions of several independent variables - Some applications - Direct methods – Ritz and Kantorovich
methods 10 Hours

Unit IV
Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations
Solution of Laplace's and Poisson equation on a rectangular region by Liebmann's method - Diffusion equation by the
explicit and Crank Nicolson - Implicit methods - Stability and Convergence criterion - Solution of wave equation by
explicit scheme. 10 Hours

Unit V
Conformal Mapping and Applications
The Schwarz - Christoffel transformation - Transformation of boundaries in parametric form – Physical applications -
Application to fluid flow - Application to heat flow. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sankara Rao k., “Introduction to Partial Differential Equations”, Prentice - Hall of India, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Elsgolts L., “Differential Equation and Calculus of Variations”, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1966.

References:
1. Sneddon I.N., “Elements of Partial Differential Equations”, McGraw-Hill, 1986.
2. Spiegel M.R., “Theory and Problems of Complex Variables with an Introduction to Conformal Mapping and
its Applications”, Schaum's outline series, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1987.

07ED02 CONCEPTS OF ENGINEERING DESIGN


4004
Unit I
The Design Process
The design process – Morphology of Design – Design Drawings – Computer Aided Engineering – Designing of
Standards – Concurrent Engineering – Product Life cycle – Technological Forecasting – Market Identification –
Competition Bench marking – Systems Engineering – Life Cycle Engineering – Human Factors in Design – Industrial
Design. 10 Hours

Unit II
Design Methods
Creativity and Problem Solving – Product Design Specifications – Conceptual design – Decision Theory – Decision
Tree – Embodiment Design – Detail Design – Mathematical Modeling – Simulation – Geometric Modeling – Finite
Element Modeling – Optimization – Search Methods – Geometric Programming – Structural and Shape Optimization.
10 Hours

94
Unit III
Material Selection Processing and Design
Material Selection Process – Economics – Cost Vs Performance – Weighted Property Index – Value Analysis – Role
of Processing in Design – Classification of Manufacturing Process – Design for Manufacture – Design for Assembly –
Designing for Castings, Forging, Metal Forming, Machining and Welding – Residual Stresses – Fatigue, Fracture and
Failure. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Engineering Statistics and Reliability
Probability – Distributions – Test of Hypothesis – Design of Experiments – Reliability Theory – Design for Reliability
– Reliability Centered Maintenance. 10 Hours

Unit V
Legal and Ethical Issues in Design and Quality Engineering
Introduction – The Origin of Laws – Contracts – Liability – Tort law – Product liability – Protecting intellectual
property – Legal and Ethical domains – Codes of Ethics – Solving ethical conflicts – Case studies - Total Quality
Concept – Quality Assurance – Statistics Process Control – Taguchi Methods – Robust Design – Failure Mode Effect
Analysis.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Dieter, George E., Engineering Design - “A Materials and Processing Approach”, McGraw Hill, International
Editions, Singapore, 2000.
2. Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger “Product Design and Development” McGraw Hill Edition 2000.
3. Leavensworth. G.E.L., “Statistical Quality Control”, McGraw-Hill, 1984.

References:
1. Pahl G, and Beitz, W.,” Engineering Design”, Springer – Verlag, NY. 1984.
2. Ray M.S., “Elements of Engg. Design”, Prentice Hall Inc. 1985.
3. Suh N.P., “The principles of Design”, Oxford University Press, NY.1990.
4. Monttgomery D.C. “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
5. Mohamed Zairi, “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Woodhead Publishing limited 1991.

07ED03 ADVANCED FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Relevance of finite element analysis in design – Modeling and discretization, Interpolation, elements, nodes and
Degrees-of-Freedom - Applications of FEA.
One-Dimensional Elements and Computational Procedures: Bar element – Beam element– Assembly of elements –
Properties of stiffness matrices - Boundary conditions - Solution of equations - Mechanical loads and stresses,
Example problems. 10 Hours

Unit II
Basic Elements
Interpolation and shape functions - Element matrices - Linear triangular elements (CST) - Quadratic triangular
elements – Bilinear rectangular elements - Quadratic Rectangular elements - Solid elements-Higher order elements-
Nodal loads - Stress calculations - Example problems. 10 Hours

95
Unit III
Isoparametric Elements
Introduction - Bilinear quadrilateral elements – Quadratic quadrilaterals – Numerical Integration – Quadrature - Static
condensation – Load considerations – Stress calculations – Examples of 2D and 3D applications.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Dynamic Analysis
Dynamic equations – Consistent and lumped mass matrices - Formulation of element mass matrices - Natural
frequencies and modes –Example problems. 10 Hours

Unit V
Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Analysis
Basic equations of heat transfer and fluid flow problems - Finite element formulation - One dimensional and two
dimensional heat transfer and fluid flow problems -Example problems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Logan D L, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method” Thompson Learning, 2002.
2. Chandrupatla & Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India
Private Ltd., 2002.
References:
1. S.S.Rao, “The Finite Element Method in Engineering”, 2002 Edition, Butter Worth, Heinemann, New
Delhi.
2. Reddy J.N. “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,1993.
3. Cook, Robert Davis et al “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis “, Wiley, John & Sons,
1999.
4. Segerlind L.J., “Applied Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley, 1984
5. http://www.vector-space.com/
6. http://www.mech.port.ac.uk/sdalby/mbm/CTFRProg.htm
7. http://www.me.mtu.edu/~bettig/MEEM4405

07ED04 ENGINEERING SYSTEM DYNAMICS


3204
Unit I
Introduction to Control Systems
Introduction – Control systems – Control system configurations – Control system Terminology – Control system
classes – Control system analysis and Design Objectives, Control system types, Differential equation of physical
system, Mathematical modeling of Dynamic systems – Mechanical systems – Electrical systems, Electromechanical
Systems – Fluid & Thermal system, Review of vibration of single degree, Two degree freedom systems.
10 Hours
Unit II
System Representation
Introduction – Transfer function, Block Diagrams – Block Diagram Representation – Block Diagram Reduction –
Signal flow graphs – Signal flow graph algebra – Mason’s Gain formula, zeros and poles.
10 Hours
Unit III
Performance and Stability of Feedback Systems
Feedback and non feedback systems – Analysis of Feedback system, Controller types and actions – Stability of control
systems – Routh-Hurwitz criterion – Steady state error, control of the effects of disturbance signals, Linearising effect,
Regenerative feedback. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Time Response Analysis
Standard test signals - Time response of first and second order systems - Design specification for second order system
- Design consideration for higher order system - Time response analysis for higher order systems.
10 Hours

96
Unit V
Frequency Response Analysis
Introduction – Frequency Domain specifications, Bode analysis - Polar plot - Experimental determination of Transfer
function - Nyquist stability criterion – Assessment of relative stability, Closed loop frequency response - Sensitivity
analysis. 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbook:
Rao.V.Dukkipati, “Engineering system Dynamics”, Narosa Publishing House, 2004, New Delhi.
References:
1. Benjamin C.Kuo,”Automatic Control systems”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1995, New Delhi.
2. Thomson W.T., “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1990, New
Delhi.

07ED05 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS


3204
Unit I
Oil Hydraulic Systems and Hydraulic Actuators
Fluids – Properties - Types of Fluid power system - Hydraulic Power Generators – Selection and specification of
pumps - Pump characteristics. Linear and Rotary Actuators – Selection - Specification and characteristics.
10 Hours
Unit II
Control and Regulation Elements
Direction Control Valves – Check valve, pilot operated check valve, Three-Way valves, Four Way valves, Manually
Actuated Valves, Mechanical Actuated Valves, Pilot Actuated Valves, Solenoid - Actuated Valves - Shuttle Valves.
Pressure Control Valves – Simple Pressure Relief Valves, Compound Pressure Relief Valves - Pressure Reducing
Valves - Unloading Valves - Sequence Valves, Counter Balance Valves - Flow Control Valves – Needle Valves -
Non-Pressure Compensated Valves, Pressure Compensated Valves - Non-return and safety valves - Actuation systems.
10 Hours

Unit III
Hydraulic Circuits
Reciprocation - Quick return – Sequencing - Synchronizing Circuits - Accumulator circuits - Industrial circuits - Press
circuit - Hydraulic Milling machine – Grinding - Planning - Copying – Forklift - Earth mover circuit - Design and
selection of components - Safety and emergency mandrels. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Pneumatic Systems and Circuits
Pneumatic fundamentals - Control elements, Position and Pressure Sensing - Logic circuits - Switching Circuits -
Fringe conditions modules and these integration - Sequential circuits - Cascade methods - Mapping methods - Step
counter method - Compound circuit design - Combination circuit design.
10 Hours
Unit V
Installation, Maintenance and Special Circuits
Pneumatic equipments- Selection of components - Design calculations – Application - Fault finding - Hydro
Pneumatic circuits - Use of microprocessors for sequencing - PLC, Low cost automation - Robotic circuits.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Applications”, Prentice Hall, Sixth Edition, 2007.
References:
1. Dudleyt, A. Pease and John J. Pippenger, “Basic fluid power”, Prentice Hall.
2. Andrew Parr, “Hydraulic and Pneumatics” (HB), Jaico Publishing House.
3. Bolton. W., “Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems “, Butterworth –Heinemann.
4. James & John J., “Introduction to Fluid Power”, Delmar Thomoson Learning, 2003.
5. www.pneumatics .com
6. www.fluidpower.com.tw

97
07ED06 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
4004
Unit I
Introduction and Robot Kinematics
Definition need and scope of Industrial robots – Robot anatomy – Work volume – Precision movement – End effectors
– Sensors.Robot Kinematics – Direct and Inverse kinematics – Robot Trajectories – Control of Robot Manipulators –
Robot Dynamics – Methods for orientation and location of objects.
10 Hours
Unit II
Robot Drives, Control & End Effectors
Controlling the Robot motion – Position and velocity sensing devices – Design of drive systems – Hydraulic and
Pneumatic drives – Linear and rotary actuators and control valves – Electro hydraulic servo valves - Electric drives –
Motors – Designing of end effectors – Vacuum - Magnetic and air operated grippers. 10 Hours
Unit III
Robot Sensors
Sensors in Robot – Tactile sensor – Proximity and range sensors – Sensing joint forces – Robotic vision system –
Machine vision - Image components - Representation - Hardware - Picture coding - Object recognition and
categorizations - Software consideration.-Training of vision system. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Work Cell Design and Applications
Robot work cell design and control – Safety in Robotics – Robot cell layouts – Multiple Robots and Machine
Interference – Robot cycle time analysis - Industrial application - Material handling - Processing - Assembly and
Inspection. 10 Hours

Unit V
Robot Programming, AI and Expert Systems
Methods of Robot Programming – Computer control and Robot Software - VAL system and Language - Artificial
Intelligence – Basics – Goals of Artificial Intelligence – AI techniques – Problem representation in AI – Problem
reduction and solution techniques - Application of AI and KBES in Robots. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Yoram Koren,” Robotics for Engineers” Mc Graw-Hill, 1987.
2. K.S.Fu, R.C. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, “Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, TMH, 1987.

References:
1. Kozyrey, Yu. “Industrial Robots”, MIR Publishers Moscow, 1985.
2. Richard. D, Klafter, Thomas, A, Chmielewski, Michael Negin, “Robotics Engineering – An Integrated
Approach”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1984.
3. Deb S.R.” Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 1994.
4. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell Weis, Roger, N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey,” Industrial Robotics Technology,
Programming and Applications”, Mc Graw-Hill, Int. 1986.
5. http://www.robotics.com
6. http://www.ifr.org/gallery/type.htm

07ED11 CAD LABORATORY


0032

Exercises in Modeling and Analysis of Mechanical Components and assembly using Parametric modeling and Feature
based modeling packages like PRO-E / SOLID WORKS / CATIA V5 / NX / ANSYS / NASTRAN etc.

Total: 50 Hours

98
Equipments for CAD Laboratory

1. CAD Workstations : 18Nos


2. CAD, 3D Modeling Software with assembly,
mechanism simulation and drafting modules : 18Nos

07ED12 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY


0032

1. Write a program to define a class to represent a BANK ACCOUNT. Including the following members:
Date members:
Name of the depositor, Account Number, Type of account, Balance Amount in the account
Member functions:
To assign initial values (Use constructors to initialize the data)
To deposit an amount
To withdraw an account after checking the balance
To display the name and the balance
Note: Try to use all types of constructors
2. Write a program to add the two, three, four numbers of different data types using function overloading
3. Write a program to print a character string of a specified length using default argumented function
4. Write a program to compute tax using default arguments. A tax compute function takes two arguments
amount and tax percentage. Default tax percent is 15% of income
5. Write a program to sort a set of numbers of generic data type using template function
6. Implement the above class with dynamic objects and use constructors and destructors
7. Implement the class STUDENT with necessary data members and member function to print the mark sheet of
a student using array of object
8. Design three class student, exam and result the student class has data members such as those representing roll
number, name etc. Create a class exam by inheriting the student class. The exams add a subject marks as the
data member. Derive the class result from the exam class and it has its data member as a total mark. Write an
interactive program to implement this.
9. Consider an example of book shop which sell books and video tapes. These two class books and tapes are
inherited from the base class called media. The media class has data members for storing title and
publication, the book class has data members such as number of pages in a book and tape class has the
playing time of a tape each class will have member function read() and show(). In the base class these
members have to be defined as virtual functions. Write a program which models the class hierarchy for book
shop and processing objects for these classes using pointers to the base class.
10. Write a program to define the class STRING and overload the following operators:
i. » to read the string
ii. « to print the string
iii. + to combine two strings
iv. = to assign a string to another string
v. - to search the substring within a string and to remove the same
11. Write a program to keep track of number of instances created and alive for the class using static data member
and static member functions.
12. Write a program to add the private data member of two different classes using friend function and friend
class.
13. Write a custom manipulator to print "Rs.". Using this manipulator print the amount which is read as input.
14. Write a program to copy the content of one file to a new file by removing unnecessary spaces between words.
15. Write an exception handler to handle the exception of underflow.

07ED07 DESIGN OF MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENTS

99
3204

Unit I
Material Handling Equipment
Introduction – Importance of Material Handling – Principle of Material Handling – Factors influencing the choice of
Equipment. - Material handling Equipments – Types - Selection and applications – Scope of material handling.
10 Hours
Unit II
Design of Hoists
Design of hoisting elements: Hemp and wire ropes - Design of ropes – Pulleys - Pulley systems - Sprockets and
drums - Load handling attachments - Design of forged hooks and Eye hooks - Brakes: Shoe - Band and Cone types.
10 Hours
Unit III
Drives of Hoisting Gear
Hand and Power drives - Travelling gear - Rail travelling mechanism - Cantilever and monorail cranes – Slewing - Jib
and luffing gear - Cogwheel drive - Selection of motor ratings. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Conveyors
Types - Description - Design and Applications of Belt conveyors - Apron conveyors and Escalators - Pneumatic
conveyors - Screw conveyors. 10 Hours

Unit V
Elevators
Bucket elevators: Design - Loading and bucket arrangements - Cage elevators - Shaft way – Guides - Counter weights
- Hoisting machine - Design of form lift trucks.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Rudenko N., “Materials Handling Equipment”, ELnvee Publishers, 1970
2. Boltzharol A., “Materials Handling Handbook”, The Ronald Press Company, 1958.

References:
1. P.S.G. Tech., “Design Data Book”, Kalaikathir Achchagam, Coimbatore, 2003.
2. Lingaiah K. and Narayana Iyengar, “Machine Design Data Hand Book”, Vol. 1 & 2,
Suma Publishers, Bangalore, 1983
3. Alexandrov M., “Materials Handling Equipments”, MIR Publishers, 1981.

07ED08 DESIGN OPTIMIZATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Design Characteristics of Mechanical Elements - Adequate and Optimum design - Principles of optimization -
Conventional Vs Optimal design process - Design variables - Formulation of objective function - Design constraints -
Variable bounds – Classification of Engineering optimization problem.
10 Hours
Unit II
Single Variable Optimization Techniques
Optimality Criteria - Bracketing Methods - Exhaustive search method - Bounding phase method - Region Elimination
Methods - Interval halving method - Fibonacci search method - Golden section search method - Gradient based
Methods – Newton - Raphson method - Bisection method - Secant method - Cubic search method.
10 Hours

100
Unit III
Multi Variable and Constrained Optimization Techniques
Optimality criteria - Direct search Method - Simplex search methods – Hooke - Jeeves pattern search method -
Powell’s conjugate direction method - Gradient based method - Cauchy’s method - Newton’s method-Conjugate
gradient method. Kuhn - Tucker conditions - Penalty Function method - Lagrangian multiplier method - Complex
search method - Random search method.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Intelligent Optimization Techniques
Introduction to Intelligent Optimization - Working principles of Genetic Algorithms - Simulated Annealing - Neural
Networks - Ant colony algorithms - Example Problems. 10 Hours

Unit V
Engineering Applications
Structural applications – Design of simple truss members - Design applications – Design of simple axial, transverse
loaded members for minimum cost, minimum weight – Design of shafts and torsionally loaded members – Design of
springs - Dynamic Applications – Optimum design of single, two degree of freedom systems - Vibration absorbers.
Application in Mechanisms – Optimum design of simple linkage mechanisms.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering design algorithms and Examples”, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. 1995.

References:
1. S.S.Rao “Engineering Optimisation: Theory and Practice”,Wiley- Interscience, Third edition,1996.
2. Goldberg D.E., “Genetic algorithms in search, optimization and machine”, Barnen, Addison-Wesley, New
York, 1989.
3. Johnson Ray C., “Optimum design of mechanical elements”, Wiley, John & Sons, 1990.

07ED09 ADVANCED MECHANISMS DESIGN AND SIMULATION


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to kinematics and mechanisms - Kinematics diagram, Degrees of freedom – Formation of one D.O.F,
Multi loop Kinematic chains - Kinematic Inversions. 10 Hours

Unit II
Kinematic Analysis
Position Analysis – Vector loop equations and Analytical methods for four bar slider crank - Inverted slider crank -
Geared five bar - Analytical methods for velocity and acceleration analysis - Graphical synthesis - Displacement –
Velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms - Goodman analysis - Auxiliary point method.
10 Hours
Unit III
Path Curvature Theory
Fixed and moving Centrodes - Inflection points and inflection circle - Euler Savary equation - Bobillier’s construction
- Hartmann’s construction - Graphical constructions – Cubic of stationary curvature.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Synthesis of Mechanisms
Type synthesis – Number synthesis – Associated Linkage Concept - Dimensional synthesis – Function generation -
Path generation - Motion generation.- Graphical methods - Cognate linkages - Coupler curve synthesis - design of
six-bar mechanisms - Algebraic methods - Application of instant center in linkage design.
10 Hours

101
Unit V
Robotics
Introduction - Topology arrangements of robotics arms - Kinematic analysis of spatial RSSR mechanism – Denavit –
Hartenberg parameters - Forward and inverse kinematics of robotic manipulators.Study and use of Mechanism using
Simulation Software packages. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sandor G.N., and Erdman A.G., “Advanced Mechanism Design Analysis and Synthesis”, Prentice Hall,
1984.
2. Shigley J.E., and Uicker J.J., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, McGraw Hill, 1995.

References:
1. Amitabha Ghosh and Asok Kumar Mallik, “Theory of Mechanism and Machines”, EWLP, Delhi, 1999.
2. Nortron R.L., “Design of Machinery”, McGraw Hill, 1999.
3. Kenneth J., Waldron, Gary L. Kinzel, “Kinematics, Dynamics and Design of Machinery”, John Wiley-sons,
1999.

07ED13 ANALYSIS AND SIMULATION LABORATORY


0032
List of Experiments
Analysis
1. Analysis of Mechanical Components – Use of FEA Packages, like ANSYS etc.,
2. Stress analysis of a plate with a circular hole.
3. Stress analysis of Rectangular L bracket
4. Stress analysis of an Axi-symmetric component
5. Stress analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, fixed ends)
6. Static analysis of simple Mechanical elements.
7. Thermal stress analysis of a 2D component
8. Conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D component
9. Convective heat transfer analysis of a 2D component
10. Coupled Field Analysis
11. Determination of natural frequency
12. Mode frequency analysis of a 2 D component
13. Mode frequency analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, Fixed ends)
14. Harmonic analysis of a 2D component
15. Dynamic Analysis of Reciprocating Engine. 30 Hours

Simulation
1. Use of kinematics and dynamics simulation software like ADAMS software.
2. Analysis of velocity and acceleration for mechanical linkages of different mechanisms
3. Simulation of Air conditioning system with condenser temperature and evaporator temperatures as input to
get COP using C /MAT Lab.
4. Simulation of Hydraulic / Pneumatic cylinder using C / MAT Lab.
5. Simulation of cam and follower mechanism using C / MAT Lab. 15 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

List of Equipments (for a batch of 30 students)


1. Computer System 18 Nos
17” VGA Color Monitor
Pentium IV Processor
80 GB HDD
512 MB RAM

102
2. Color Desk Jet Printer 01 No
3. Software
A. ANSYS latest version 15 license
B. C / MATLAB 15 license
C. ADAMS 5 license

07ED14 TECHNICAL SEMINAR


0032

Objective

During the seminar session each student is expected to prepare and present a topic on Engineering / Technology, for
duration of about 8 to 10 minutes. In a session of three periods per week, 8 students are expected to present the
seminar. A faculty guide is to be allotted and he / she will guide and monitor the progress of the student and maintain
attendance also.

Students are encouraged to use various teaching aids such as over head projectors, power point presentation and
demonstrative models. This will enable them to gain confidence in facing the placement interviews.

07ED21 COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND MECHANICS


3204

Unit I
Introduction
Definition – Need – General Characteristics, Applications. Fibers – Glass – Carbon - Ceramic and Aramid fibers.
Matrices – Polymer - Graphite - Ceramic and Metal Matrices – Characteristics of fibers and matrices - Smart materials
- Types and Characteristics. 10 Hours

Unit II
Mechanics and Performance
Characteristics of Fiber-reinforced Lamina – Laminates – Interlaminar stresses – Static Mechanical Properties –
Fatigue and Impact Properties – Environmental effects – Fracture Behavior and Damage Tolerance.
10 Hours
Unit III
Manufacturing Processes
Bag Moulding – Compression Moulding – Pultrusion – Filament Winding – Other Manufacturing Processes – Non-
autoclave Curing - Fiber Surface Treatments - Graphite Fiber Treatment - Glass Fiber and Polymer fiber Treatment -
Quality Inspection methods. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Analysis
Stress Analysis of Laminated Composites Beams – Plates - Shells - Vibration and Stability Analysis - Reliability of
Composites - Finite Element Method of Analysis - Analysis of Sandwich structures.
10 Hours
Unit V
Design
Failure Predictions – Failure Theories - Laminate Design Consideration – Classical lamination Theory - Bolted and
Bonded Joints Design Examples. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

103
Textbook:
Mallick P.K., “Fiber –Reinforced Composites: Materials, Manufacturing and Design”, Maneel Dekker Inc,
1993.
References:
1. Halpin J.C., “Primer on Composite Materials, Analysis”, Techomic Publishing Co., 1984.
2. Agarwal B.D., and Broutman L.J., “Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites”, John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1990.
3. Mallick P.K. and Newman, S., (edition), “Composite Materials Technology: Processes and Properties”,
Hansen Publisher, Munish, 1990.
4. Michel W. Hyer., “Stress Analysis of Fiber- Reinforced Composite Materials”, WCB/ McGraw hill- 1998

07ED22 ADVANCED TOOL DESIGN


3204
Unit I
Machining
Stereometry of cutting tools - Orthogonal and oblique cutting - Derivation of equation of forces - Shear plane angle -
Merchants theory- Heat development in machining - Effects of various parameters -Measurement methods to
determine Chip tool interface temperatures - Action of cutting fluids - Failure of cutting tools - Plastic failure - Brittle
fracture – Wear- Machinability. 10 Hours

Unit II
Machine Tool Vibration
Types of machine tool vibration - Self excited vibration - Avoidance of chatter and vibration - Stick slip motion - NC
system stability. 10 Hours

Unit III
Economics of Machining Processes
Costs associated with machining operations - Optimum cutting speed for minimum cost in turning – Optimum cutting
speed for maximum profile rate - Effect of feed on cutting speed for minimum cost - Restriction on optimum cutting
conditions - Effect of stochastic variability of work and tool properties - Optimization of multistage batch machining.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Design of Jigs and Fixtures
Principles of Jigs and Fixtures design - Locating principles - Locating elements - Standard parts - Clamping devices -
Drill bushes - Different types of Jigs-Plate latch – Channel – Box – Post - Angle plate - Angular post – Turnover - Pot
jigs- Automatic drill jigs - Rack & Pinion Operated - Air operated Jigs Components - Fixtures - General principles of
boring – Lathe - milling and broaching fixtures – Grinding - Planing and shaping fixtures – Assembly - Inspection and
Welding fixtures - Modular fixtures - Design and development of Jigs and Fixtures for given components.
10 Hours
Unit V
Design of Press Tools
Press working terminology - Presses and Press accessories - Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements -
Strip layout - Design and development of various types of cutting - Forming and drawing dies - Blank development
for cylindrical and non cylindrical shells - Compound progressive and Combination dies.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Juneja B.L. and Sekhon, G.S., " Fundamentals of Metal cutting and Machine tools", New Age International
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.

104
References:
1. Bhattacharya, " Metal Cutting Theory and Practice ", New Central Book Publishers, Calcutta, 2000.
2. Donaldson C., Lecain G.H., Goold V.C., “Tool Design” Tata McGraw-Hill Ed., 2005
3. Lindberg R.A., “Process and Materials of Manufacture” Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 4 th
edition 2000.
4. Krar S.F. Check F.A., “Technology of Machine Tools” McGraw-Hill International Edition, 5th edition 1998.
5. "ASTME Handbook of Fixture Design ".

07ED23 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Methods for determining stresses – Terminology and Ligament Efficiency – Applications.
10 Hours
Unit II
Stresses in Pressure Vessels
Introduction – Stresses in a circular ring, cylinder – Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components –
Cylindrical shells, spherical Heads, conical heads –Thermal Stresses – discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels.
10 Hours
Unit III
Design of Vessels
Design of tall cylindrical self supporting process columns – Supports for short vertical vessels – Stress concentration
at a variable - Thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel, about a circular hole, elliptical openings - Theory of
re-inforcement – Pressure vessel design.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Buckling and Fracture Analysis in Vessels
Buckling phenomenon – Elastic buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure – Collapse of thick
walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure – Effect of supports on elastic buckling of cylinders – Buckling
under combined external pressure and axial loading.
10 Hours
Unit V
Piping
Introduction – Flow diagram – Piping layout and piping stress analysis. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
John F. Harvey, “Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1987.

References:
1. Henry H. Bedner, “Pressure Vessels, Design Hand Book”, CBS publishers and Distributors, 1987.
2. Stanley M. Wales, “Chemical process equipment, selection and Design”, Buterworths series in Chemical
Engineering, 1988.
3. William J., Bees, “Approximate Methods in the Design and Analysis of Pressure Vessels and Piping”, Pre
ASME Pressure Vessels and Piping Conference, 1997.
4. http://www.imeche.org.uk/ils/web_links.asp#PressureVessels

07ED24 DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS


3204
Unit I
Constructional Details and Heat Transfer
Types - Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers - Regenerators and Recuperators - Industrial Applications Temperature
Distribution and its implications - LMTD - Effectiveness 10 Hours

105
Unit II
Flow Distribution and Stress Analysis
Effect of Turbulence - Friction Factor - Pressure Loss - Channel Divergence Stresses in Tubes - Heater sheets and
Pressure Vessels - Thermal Stresses - Shear Stresses - Types of Failures – Fouling of Heat Exchangers
10 Hours
Unit III
Design Aspects
Heat Transfer and Pressure Loss - Flow Configuration - Effect of Baffles - Effect of Deviations from Ideality - Design
of Typical Liquid – Gas, Gas-Liquid Heat Exchangers - Computer Aided Heat Exchanger Design – HEX2
10 Hours
Unit IV
Condensers and Evaporators Design
Design of surface and evaporative condensers - Design of shell and tube - Plate Type Evaporators – Surface selection
of compact heat exchanger - Economic Analysis
10 Hours
Unit V
Cooling Towers
Packings - Spray Design - Selection of Pumps - Fans and Pipes - Testing and Maintenance – Experimental Methods.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
T. Taborek, G.F. Hewitt and N.Afgan, “Heat Exchangers, Theory and Practice”,McGraw Hill Book Co.,
1980

References:
1. Walker, “Industrial Heat Exchangers - A Basic Guide”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1980
2. Nicholas Cheremisioff, “Cooling Tower”, Ann Arbor Science Pub 1981
3. Arthur P. Fraas, “Heat Exchanger Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 1988
4. Anthony F. Mills, “Heat and Mass Transfer” IRWIN Heat transfer series, USA, 1995.
5. Hewitt G.F., Shires, G.L. and Bolt T.R., “Process Heat Transfer”, CRC Press, Newyork, 1994.

07ED25 PRODUCTIVITY MANAGEMENT AND RE-ENGINEERING


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Productivity concepts - Macro and Micro factors of productivity - Productivity benefit model - Productivity cycle.
10 Hours
Unit II
Productivity Models
Productivity measurement at International - National and Organisational level - Total productivity models -
Productivity management in manufacturing and service sector - Productivity evaluation models - Productivity
improvement models and techniques. 10 Hours

Unit III
Organisational Transformation
Principles of organisational transformation and re-engineering - Fundamentals of process reengineering - Preparing
the workforce for transformation and reengineering, methodology – Guidelines - DSMCQ and PMP model.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Re-Engineering Process Improvement Models
PMI models - Edosomwan model, Moen and Nolan strategy for process improvement - LMICIP model - NPRDC
model. 10 Hours

106
Unit V
Re-Engineering Tools and Implementation
Analytical and process tools and techniques - Information and communication technology - Enabling role of IT – Re-
Engineering - opportunities - process redesign – Cases - Software methods in BPR - Specification of BP - Case study -
Order, processing, user interfaces, maintainability and reusability.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sumanth D.J., “Productivity Engineering and Management ", TMH, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Edosomwan J.A., "Organisational Transformation and Process Re-Engineering ", British Library cataloging
in pub. data, 1996.

References:
1. Rastogi P.N. "Re-Engineering and Re-Inventing the Enterprise ", Wheeler pub. New Delhi, 1995.
2. Premvrat, Sardana,G.D. and Sahay,B.S, " Productivity Management - A Systems Approach ",Narosa Pub.
New Delhi, 1998.

07ED26 MECHATRONICS IN MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Mechatronics - Systems - Mechatronics in Products - Measurement Systems - Control Systems -
Traditional design and Mechatronics Design. 10 Hours

Unit II
Sensors and Transducers
Introduction - Performance Terminology - Displacement, Position and Proximity - Velocity and Motion - Fluid
pressure - Temperature sensors - Light sensors - Selection of sensors - Signal processing - Servo systems.
10 Hours
Unit III
Microprocessors in Mechatronics
Introduction - Architecture - Pin configuration - Instruction set - Programming of Microprocessors using 8085
instructions - Interfacing input and output devices - Interfacing D/A converters and A/D converters –Applications -
Temperature control - Stepper motor control - Traffic light controller.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Programmable Logic Controllers
Introduction - Basic structure - Input / Output processing - Programming -Mnemonics Timers, Internal relays and
counters - Data handling - Analog input / output - Selection of PLC.
10 Hours
Unit V
Design and Mechatronics
Traditional Mechatronics design - Designing - Possible design solutions – Computer based I/O Measurement - Case
studies of Mechatronics systems. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Michael B.Histand and David G. Alciatore, “Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems",
McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1999.
2. Bradley D.A., Dawson, D, Buru, N.C. and Loader, A J., “Mechatronics ", Chapman and Hall, 1993.
References:
1. Ramesh S., Gaonkar, " Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications Wiley Eastern, 1998.
2. Lawrence J.Kamm, "Understanding Electro-Mechanical Engineering, An Introduction to Mechatronics ",
Prentice-Hall, 2000.
3. Ghosh P.K. and Sridhar, P.R., 0000 to 8085, “Introduction to Microprocessors for Engineers and Scientists

107
", Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 1995.
07ED27 INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
4004
Unit I
Introduction
Objectives of a Manufacturing System - Identifying business opportunities and problems classification production
systems - Linking manufacturing strategy and systems analysis of manufacturing operations.
10 Hours
Unit II
Group Technology and Computer Aided Process Planning
Introduction-part families - Parts classification and coding - Group Technology machine cells - Benefits of group
technology. Process planning function CAPP - Computer generated time standards.
10 Hours
Unit III
Computer Aided Planning and Control
Production planning and control - Cost planning and control - Inventory management - Material requirements
planning (MRP) - Shop Floor Control - Factory Data Collection system - Automatic identification system - Barcode
technology - Automated data collection system. 10Hours

Unit IV
Computer Monitoring
Types of production monitoring systems - Structure model of manufacturing process - Process control & strategies -
Direct digital control - Supervisory computer control - Computer in QC - Contact inspection methods, Non-contact
inspection method - Computer-aided testing - Integration of CAQC with CAD/CAM.
10 Hours
Unit V
Integrated Manufacturing System
Definition - Application - Features - Types of Manufacturing Systems - Machine Tools - Materials Handling System -
Computer Control System - DNC systems manufacturing cell. Flexible manufacturing systems (FMS) - The FMS
concept-transfer systems - Head changing FMS - Variable mission manufacturing system - CAD/CAM system -
Human labor in the manufacturing system - Computer integrated manufacturing system benefits - Rapid prototyping -
Artificial Intelligence and Expert system in CIM.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. David Bedworth, "Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Groover, “Automation, Production System and CIM”, Prentice Hall International 1998.

References:
1. Yorem Koren, "Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems", McGraw Hill, 1983.
2. Ranky Paul G., "Computer Integrated Manufacturing", Prentice Hall International, 1986.
3. R.W. Yeomamas, A. Choudry and P.J.W. Ten Hagen, "Design rules for a CIM system", North Holland
Amsterdam, 1985.
07ED28 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
3204
Unit I
Elasticity
Stress - Strain relations and general equations of elasticity in Cartesian - Polar and spherical coordinates differential
equations of equilibrium - Compatibility - Boundary conditions - Representation of three-dimensional stress of a
tension generalized hook's law - St. Venant's principle - Plane stress - Airy's stress function.
10 Hours
Unit II
Shear Center and Unsymmetrical Bending
Location of shear center for various sections - Shear flows - Stresses and deflections in beams subjected to

108
unsymmetrical loading - Kern of a section. 10 Hours

Unit III
Curved Flexible Members and Stresses in Flat Plates
Circumference and radial stresses – Deflections - Curved beam with restrained ends - Closed ring subjected to
concentrated load and uniform load - Chain links and Crane hooks - Stresses in Circular and Rectangular plates due to
various types of loading and end conditions buckling of plates.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Torsion of Non-Circular Sections
Torsion of rectangular cross section – St.Venants theory - Elastic membrane analogy Prandtl's stress function torsional
stress in hollow thin walled tubes. 10 Hours

Unit V
Stresses Due to rotary sections and Contact stresses
Radial and tangential stresses in solid disc and ring of uniform thickness and varying thickness allowable speeds -
Methods of computing contact stress - Deflection of bodies in point and line contact applications.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Cas, "Strength of Materials", Edward Arnold, London 1957.
2. Robert D. Cook, Warren C. Young, "Advanced Mechanics of Materials", Mc- Millan pub.Co., 1985.

References:
1. Seely and Smith, "Advanced Mechanics of Materials", John Wiley International Edn, 1952.
2. Rimoahwnko, "Strength of Materials", Van Nostrand.
3. Timoshenko and Goodier, "Theory of Elasticity", McGraw Hill.
4. Wang, "Applied Elasticity", McGraw Hill.
5. “The Mines Act 1952”, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.Ltd., Allahabad.
6. “The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules 1989”, Madras Book Agency, Chennai.

07ED29 RAPID PROTOTYPING AND TOOLING


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction: Need for time compression in product development - Product development – conceptual design –
Development – Detail design – Prototype – Tooling. 10 Hours

Unit II
STL and DMLS Systems
Classification of RP systems, Stereo lithography systems – Principle – Process parameters – Process details – Machine
details, Applications. Direct Metal Laser Sintering (DMLS) system – Principle – Process parameters – Process details
– machine details - Applications.
10 Hours
Unit III
FDM and LOM Process
Fusion Deposition Modeling – Principle – Process parameters – Process details – Machine details - Applications.
Laminated Object Manufacturing – Principle – Process parameters – Process details – Machine details - Applications.
10 Hours
Unit IV
SGC and Printing Methods

109
Solid Ground Curing – Principle – Process parameters – Process details – Machine details - Applications. 3-
Dimensional printers – Principle – Process parameters – Process details – Machine details – Applications - Other
concept modelers like thermo jet printers - Sander’s model maker - JP system 5 - Object Quadra system.
10 Hours
Unit V
LENS and Applications of RPT
Laser Engineering Net Shaping (LENS) - Ballistic Particle Manufacturing (BPM) – Principle. Introduction to rapid
tooling – Direct and indirect method - Software for RP – STL files, Magics, Mimics. Application of rapid prototyping
in Medical field.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Pham, D.T. & Dimov.S.S., “Rapid manufacturing”, Springer-Verlag, London, 2001.

References:
1. Terry wohlers, “Wohlers Report 2000”, Wohlers Associates, USA, 2000.
2. Conley J.G., “Rapid Prototyping and solid Free Form Fabrication”, Journal of Manufacutring Science and
Engineering, vol. 19, Nov 1997, pp 811-815.
3. “Rapid Prototyping Systems”, First European Rapid Prototyping Convention, June 1992, Paris, France, 1992.

07ED30 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY


3204
Unit I
Introduction
General design principles for Manufacturability - Strength and mechanical factors - Mechanisms selection -
Evaluation method - Process capability - Feature tolerances Geometric tolerances - Assembly limits - Datum features -
Tolerance stacks - A planed policy for the designer- The basic design - Materials - Choice of material- Principal
material used. 10 Hours

Unit II
Form Design
Working principle – Material - Manufacture – Design - Possible solutions - Materials choice - Influences of materials
- Space factor - Size - Weight - Surface properties and production method on form design - Form design of welded
members - Forgings and castings - Plastic moldings. 10 Hours

Unit III
Component Design - Machining Considerations
Design features to facilitate machining - Drills - Milling cutters - Keyways - Doweling procedures, Counter sunk
screws - Reduction of machined area - Simplification by separation - Simplification by amalgamation - Design for
machinability - Design for economy - Design for clampability - Design for accessibility - Design for assembly.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Component Design - Casting
Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations - Minimizing core requirements - Machined holes -
Redesign of cast members to obviate cores. Identification of uneconomical design - Modifying the design - Group
technology - Computer Applications for DFMA 10 Hours

Unit V
Design for the Environment
Lifecycle assessment – Basic method – AT&T’s environmentally responsible product assessment - Weighted sum
assessment method – Lifecycle assessment method- Design to minimize material usage – Design for disassembly –
Design for recyclability – Design for remanufacture – Design for energy efficiency – Design to regulations and
standards. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Harry Peck, “Design for Manufacture”, Pitman Publishing corporation., New York, USA. 1973

110
2. Dr. Ing Robert Matousek, “Engineering Design (A Systematic Approach)”, Blackie & Son Limited. Glasgow,
London. 1963

References:
1. Boothroyd G, 1980 “Design for Assembly Automation and Product Design”. New York Marcel Dekker.
2. Bralla, “Design for Manufacture handbook”, McGraw hill, 1999.
3. Boothroyd G, Heartz and Nike, “Product Design for Manufacture”, Marcel Dekker, 1994.
4. Dickson John. R and Corroda Poly, “Engineering Design and Design for Manufacture and Structural
Approach”, Field Stone Publisher, USA, 1995.
5. Fixel J. “Design for the Environment” McGraw hill, 1996.

07ED31 TRIBOLOGY IN DESIGN


3204
Unit I
Surfaces, Friction and Wear
Topography of Surfaces – Surface features – Surface interaction – Theory of Friction – Sliding and Rolling Friction,
Friction properties of metallic and non-metallic materials – Friction in extreme conditions – Wear, types of wear –
Mechanism of wear – Wear resistance materials – surface treatment – Surface modifications – Surface coatings.
10 Hours
Unit II
Lubrication Theory
Lubricants and their physical properties lubricants standards – Lubrication regimes Hydrodynamic lubrication –
Reynolds Equation – Thermal - Inertia and turbulent effects – Elasto hydrodynamic and plasto hydrodynamic and
magneto hydrodynamic lubrication – Hydro static lubrication – Gas Lubrication.
10 Hours
Unit III
Design of Fluid Film Bearings
Design and performance analysis of thrust and journal bearings – Full, partial, fixed and pivoted journal bearings
design – Lubricant flow and delivery – Power loss, Heat and temperature rotating loads and dynamic loads in journal
bearings – Special bearings – Hydrostatic Bearing design.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Rolling Element Bearings
Geometry and kinematics – Materials and manufacturing processes – Contact stresses – Hertzian stress equation –
Load divisions – Stresses and deflection – Axial loads and rotational effects, Bearing life capacity and variable loads
– ISO standards – Oil films and their effects – Rolling bearings failures.
10 Hours
Unit V
Tribo Measurement in Instrumentation
Surface Topography measurements – Electron microscope, friction and wear measurements – Laser method –
Instrumentation - International standards – Bearings performance measurements – Bearing vibration measurement
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Cameron, A. “Basic Lubrication Theory”, Ellis Herward Ltd., OK, 1981
2. Hulling J. (Editor) – “Principles of Tribology “, Macmillian – 1984

References:
1. Williams J.A. “Engineering Tribology”, Oxford Univ. Press, 1994.
2. B C Majumdar, “Introduction to Tribology in bearings”, Wheeler Publishing, 1999
3. Hutchings .I.M., Tribology, "Friction and Wear of Engineering Material", Edward Arnold, London, 1992.
4. Neale M.J. “Tribology Hand Book”, Butterworth Heinemann, 1995.
5. Prasanta Sahoo “Engineering Tribology”, Prentice-Hall India, New Delhi, 2005

111
07ED32 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
3204
Unit I
Fundamentals of Vibration
Introduction to Single degree freedom systems – Duhamel’s Integral – Impulse Response function – Virtual work –
Lagrange’s equation – Single degree freedom forced vibration with elastically coupled viscous dampers – Transient
Vibration. 10 Hours

Unit II
Two Degree Freedom System
Free vibration of spring-coupled system – Mass coupled system – Vibration of two degree freedom system – Forced
vibration of spring-coupled system – Mass coupled system – Vibration Absorber.
10 Hours
Unit III
Multi-Degree Freedom System
Normal mode of vibration – Flexibility Matrix and Stiffness matrix – Eigen values and Eigen vectors – orthogonal
properties – Forced Vibration by matrix inversion – Modal damping in forced vibration – Stodala - Matrix iteration –
Holzer - Mechanical impedance - Rayleigh methods.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Vibration of Continuous Systems
Systems governed by wave equations – Vibration of strings – Vibration of rods – Euler Equation for Beams – Effect of
Rotary inertia and shear deformation 10 Hours

Unit V
Experimental Methods in Vibration Analysis
Vibration instruments – Vibration exciters Measuring Devices – Analyzers – Vibration Tests – Free and Forced
Vibration tests. Examples of Vibration tests. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Thomson W.T. “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Rao J.S., & Gupta, K. “Ind. Course on Theory and Practice Mechanical Vibration”, New Age International
(P) Ltd., 1984.

References:
1. Den Hartog, J.P, “Mechanical Vibrations”, Dover Publications, 1990.
2. Rao S.S.” Mechanical Vibrations”, Addison Wesley Longman, 1995.
3. http://www.ecgcorp.com/velav/
4. http://www.auburn.edu/isvd/
5. www.vibetech.com/techpaper.htm

07ED33 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING


4004
Unit I
Factories Act – 1948
Statutory authorities – Inspecting staff, health, safety, provisions relating to hazardous processes, welfare, working
hours, employment of young persons – Special provisions – Penalties and procedures - Tamilnadu Factories Rules
1950 under Safety and health chapters of Factories Act 1948.
10 Hours
Unit II
Environment Act – 1986

112
General Powers of the central government - Prevention, control and abatement of environmental pollution-Biomedical
waste (Management and handling Rules, 1989-The noise pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000 - The
Batteries (Management and Handling Rules) 2001- No Objection certificate from statutory authorities like pollution
control board. 10 Hours

Unit III
Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules 1989
Definitions – Duties of authorities – Responsibilities of occupier – Notification of major accidents – information to be
furnished – Preparation of offsite and onsite plans – List of hazardous and toxic chemicals – Safety reports – Safety
data sheets. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Other Acts and Rules
Indian Boiler Act 1923, static and mobile pressure vessel rules (SMPV), motor vehicle rules, mines act 1952,
workman compensation act rules – Electricity act and rules – Hazardous wastes (management and handling) rules,
1989, with amendments in 2000- the building and other construction workers act 1996., Petroleum rules, Gas cylinder
rules-Explosives Act 1983 - Pesticides Act
10 Hours
Unit V
International Acts and Standards
Occupational & Safety and health act of USA (The Williames - Steiger Act of 1970) – Health and safety work act
(HASAWA 1974, UK) – OSHAS 18000 – ISO 14000 – American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. “Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act 1974”, Commercial Law publishers (India) Pvt.Ltd., New
Delhi.
2. “Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act 1981”, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.Ltd., New
Delhi.

References:
1. “The Factories Act 1948”, Madras Book Agency, Chennai, 2000
2. “The Environment Act (Protection) 1986”, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.
3. “The Indian Boilers act 1923”, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.Ltd., Allahabad.

07ED34 MECHANICS OF FRACTURE


3204
Unit I
Elements of Solid Mechanics
The geometry of stress and strain- Elastic deformation- Plastic and elasto-plastic deformation - Limit analysis.
10 Hours
Unit II
Stationary Crack under Static Loading
Two dimensional elastic fields – Analytical solutions yielding near a crack front – Irwin’s approximation - Plastic zone
size – Dugdaale model – J integral and its relation to crack opening displacement.
10 Hours
Unit III
Energy Balance and Crack Growth
Griffith analysis – Linear Fracture Mechanics-Crack Opening displacement – Dynamic energy balance – Crack arrest.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Fatigue Crack Growth Curve
Empirical relation describing crack growth by fatigue – Life calculations for a given load amplitude – Effects of
changing the load spectrum – Effects of Environment.

113
10 Hours

Unit V
Elements of Applied Fracture Mechanics
Examples of crack-growth Analysis for cyclic loading - Leak before break – Crack initiation under large scale yielding
– Thickness as a design parameter – Crack instability in Thermal or residual – stress fields.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
David Broek, ”Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics “, Fifthoff and Noerdhoff International
Publisher, 1978.

References:
1. Kare Hellan, “Introduction of Fracture Mechanics”, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1985.
2. Preshant Kumar, “Elements of Fracture Mechanics”, Wheeler Publishing, 1999.

07ED35 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING AND TOTAL PRODUCTIVE MAINTENANCE


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Reliability function – Life testing - Objectives – Classification - MTBF - MTTF - Mortality Curve - Availability
-Maintainability. 10 Hours

Unit II
Failure Data Analysis
Repair time distributions - Exponential, normal, log normal, gamma and Weibull - Reliability data requirements -
Graphical evaluation. 10 Hours

Unit III
Reliability Prediction
Failure rate estimates - Effect of environment and stress - Series and Parallel systems - RDB analysis – Standby
systems - Complex systems- Acceptance sampling based on reliability test – OC curve.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Reliability Improvement & Management
Reliability improvement techniques use of Pareto system – Design for reliability – Redundancy - standby redundancy-
Reliability demonstration testing - Reliability growth testing - Duane curve -Risk assessment - FMEA, Fault tree.
10 Hours
Unit V
Total Productive Maintenance
Causes of Machine Failures - Downtime - Maintenance policies - Restorability predictions - Replacement models -
Spares provisioning -Maintenance management - Cleanliness and House Keeping.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Paul Kales, Reliability for technology, “Engineering and Management ", Prentice Hall,New Jersey, 1998.

References:
1. Modarres, “Reliability and Risk Analysis ", Meral Dekker Inc., 1993.
2. Gopalakrishnan P., and Banerji A.K., “Maintenance and Spare Parts Management", Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 1996.
3. Ebeling,”An Introduction to Reliability and maintainability engineering”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004.

114
Syllabi of

M.E. Power Electronics and Drives

115
07PE01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS
3204

Unit I
Advanced Matrix Theory
Matrix norms – Jordan canonical form – Eigen values- Generalized eigenvectors – Some applications of eigen value
problems- Singular value decomposition – Pseudo inverse – Least square approximations – QR algorithm.
10 Hours
Unit II
Calculus of Variations
Variation and its properties – Euler’s equation – Functional dependent on first and higher order derivatives –
Functional dependent on functions of several independent variables – Some applications – Direct methods: Ritz and
Kantorovich methods. 10 Hours

Unit III
Fourier Series
Eulers formula - Drichlet’s conditions – General Fourier series –Fourier series expansion to different types of wave
forms– change of intervals - Harmonic Analysis. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Fast Fourier Transform
Discrete convolution- Periodic sequence and circular convolution- Linear convolution through circular convolution –
Discrete Fourier series and discrete Fourier transform – Fast Fourier transform – Decimation in time algorithm,
decimation in frequency algorithm - Computation of inverse DFT. 10Hours

Unit V
Partial Differential Equations
Linear and non linear equations – Green’s function, Laplace Transform methods - Applications to linear and non linear
electrical circuits and equations. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Lewis D.W, “Matrix Theory”, Allied Publishers, Chennai 1995.

References:
1. Elsgoltis, “Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations”, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1970.
2. Bronson R, “Matrix Operations”, Schaum’s Outline Series, McGraw Hill, New York. 1989.
3. Gupta A.S., “Calculus of Variations with Applications”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1999.
4. Sankara Roa K., “Introduction to Partial Differential Equation” Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
5. Ervin Kreyszig “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.

07PE02 MODERN POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Status of development of power semiconductor Devices – Types of static switches – Controlled and uncontrolled –
Ideal and real switches – Static and dynamic performance – Use of heat sinks – Switching losses.
10 Hours
Unit II
Power Diodes

116
Types – Electrical rating – Switching and steady state characteristics – Snubber circuits – Series and parallel operation
– Schottky diodes – Fast recovery diodes.
10 Hours

Unit III
Thyristors
Physics of device operation – Electrical rating - Switching and steady state characteristics – Gate circuit requirements
– Protection – Series and parallel operation – Driver circuit – Types of thyristors: Asymmetrical thyristor – Reverse
conducting Thyristor – Light fired thyristor – Switching losses - TRIACs, GTOs and MCTs - Electrical rating -
Switching and steady state characteristics – Protection – Gate circuit requirements.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Power Transistors
Types – Ratings – Static and switching characteristics – Driver circuit – Snubber circuits – Power Darlington - Power
MOSFETs -Types – Comparison with BJTs – Structure – Principle of operation – Switching losses – Driver circuit –
Snubber circuits
10 Hours
Unit V
IGBTs and Modern Power Devices
Comparison with power BJT and MOSFET – Structure – Principle of working – Switching characteristics – Gate
drive requirements – HV IGBT structure – Principle of working – Comparison with GTO -SITs – Characteristics –
Power integrated circuit – Characteristics – Field controlled thyristors – New semiconductor materials for devices –
Intelligent power modules. Integrated gate commutated thyristor (IGCT) - Comparison of power devices.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Williams B.W, “Power Electronics: Devices, Drivers, Applications and Passive Components”, ELBS Oxford
University Press, 1992.

References:
1. Joseph, Vithayathil, “Power Electronics: Principles and Applications”, McGraw Hill, 1995.
2. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and William P.Robbins., “Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and
Design”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.
3. Rashid M. H., “Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Application”, 3rd Edition Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2003.
4. Singh MD and Khanchandani KB, “Power Electronics”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.

07PE03 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF CONVERTERS


3204
Unit I
Single Phase AC-DC Converter
Uncontrolled, half controlled and fully controlled converters with R-L, R-L-E loads - Free wheeling diodes - Inverter
operation – Dual converter - Performance parameters: harmonics, ripple, distortion, power factor – Effect of source
impedance and overlap - Design of converter circuits.
10 Hours
Unit II
Three Phase AC-DC Converter
Uncontrolled and fully controlled – Converter with R, R-L, R-L-E loads - Free wheeling diodes – Inverter operation
and its limit – Dual inverter – Performance parameters – Effect of source impedance and over lap – Design of
converter circuit – PSPICE simulation of converters – Boost rectifiers.
10 Hours
Unit III
DC-DC Converters

117
Principles of step-down and step-up converters – Control strategies – Two quadrant and four quadrant chopper –
Multiphase chopper - Analysis of buck, boost, buck-boost and Cuk converters – current commutated chopper- Voltage
commutated chopper – Design of L and C values – High frequency DC - DC converters. 10 Hours

Unit IV
AC Voltage Controllers
Principle of phase control and ON-OFF control – Single phase and three phase controllers – Various configurations –
Analysis with R and R-L loads – Design of AC voltage controller circuits. 10 Hours

Unit V
Cycloconverters
Principle of operation – Single phase and three phase cycloconverters – Power circuits and gating signals – SMPS –
Matrix Converters. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Rashid M.H., “Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi,
1995.

References:
1. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbin, “Power Electronics: Converters, Application and Design”, John Wiley
and Sons Inc., New York, 1995.
2. Sen P. C, “Modern Power Electronics”, First Edition, Wheeler Publishing Co, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Bimbra P.S, “Power Electronics”, Eleventh Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2003.

07PE04 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF INVERTERS


3204
Unit I
Basic Inverters
Basic series inverter – Modified series inverter- High frequency series inverter- Design of L and C - Parallel inverter-
Design of parallel inverter.- Line commutated inverter – Concepts of PWM techniques- Types- Harmonics.
10 Hours

Unit II
Voltage Source Inverters
Principle of operation of half and full bridge inverters – Three phase inverters with 180 degree and 120 degree
conduction mode with star and delta connected loads- Performance parameters – Voltage control of single phase and
three phase inverters using various PWM techniques – Various harmonic elimination techniques.
10 Hours
Unit III
Current Source and Impedance Source Inverters
Load commutated current source inverter- Single phase and three phase auto sequential current source inverter (ASCI)
– Principle of operation of impedance source inverter- Shoot thro zero state – Comparison of current source inverter,
Voltage source inverters and impedance source inverter.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Multilevel Inverters
Multilevel concept – Diode clamped – Flying capacitor – Cascade type multilevel inverters – Hybrid multi level
inverter- FFT analysis- Comparison of multilevel inverters - Applications of multilevel inverters.
10 Hours
Unit V
Resonant Inverters
Concept of Zero Voltage Switching and Zero Current Switching - Series and parallel resonant inverters - Voltage
control of resonant inverters – Class E resonant inverter – Resonant DC Link inverters.

118
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook
Rashid M.H., “Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 2004.
References
1. Jai P.Agrawal, “Power Electronics Systems”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Sen P.C, “Modern Power Electronics”, First Edition, Wheeler Publishing Co, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and William P.Robbins., “Power Electronics: Converters, Applications and
Design”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.
4. Bimal K.Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

07PE05 MODELING AND FEM ANALYSIS OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES


3204
Unit I
Basic Concepts of Rotating Machines
Calculation of air gap mmf of a single turn full pitch distributed armature windings - Per phase full pitched and short
pitched armature coils (AC machines) - Calculation of air gap mmf of a DC machine - Introduction to direct axis and
quadrature axis theory in salient pole machines - Calculation of air gap inductances of a synchronous machine.
10 Hours

Unit II
Introduction to Reference Frame Theory
Static and rotating References: frames, transformation relationships - Stationary circuit variables transformed to the
arbitrary References: frame treating R, L, C elements separately - Application of References: frame theory to three
phase symmetrical induction and synchronous machines - Dynamic direct and quadrature axis model in arbitrarily
rotating References: frames - Voltage and torque equations - Derivation of steady state phasor relationship from
dynamic model - Generalized theory of rotating electrical machine and Kron’s primitive machine.
10 Hours
Unit III
Determination of Synchronous Machine Dynamic Equivalent Circuit Parameters
Standard and derived machine time constants - Frequency response test; Analysis and dynamic modeling of two phase
asymmetrical induction machine and single phase induction machine. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Special Machines
Permanent magnet synchronous machine: Surface permanent magnet (square and sinusoidal back emf type) and
interior permanent magnet machines - Construction and operating principle - Dynamic modeling and self controlled
operation - Analysis of Switched Reluctance Motors. 10 Hours

Unit V
Philosophy of FEM
Elements of a CAD System – Pre-processing – Modeling – Meshing – Material properties- Boundary Conditions –
Setting up solution – Post processing. Mathematical models – Differential/Integral equations – Finite Difference
method – Finite element method – Energy minimization – Variational method- 2D field problems – Discretisation –
Shape functions – Stiffness matrix – Solution techniques. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Charles Kingsley,Jr., A.E. Fitzgerald, Stephen D.Umans, “Electric Machinery”, Fifth Edition, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, 1992.

References:
1. Paul C. Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D. Sudhoff, “Analysis of Electric Machinery and Drive Systems”,
Wiley Student Edition, 2004.
2. Jones C.V., “The Unified Theory of Electrical Machines”, Butterworth, London, 1967.

119
3. Krishnan R., “Electric Motor & Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
4. Silvester P.P and Ferrari, “Finite Elements for Electrical Engineers” Cambridge University Press, 1983.
5. Miller T.J.E. “Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives” Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.

07PE06 SPECIAL MACHINES AND THEIR CONTROLLERS


4004

Unit I
Synchronous Reluctance Motors
Constructional features: axial and radial air gap Motors - Operating principle - Reluctance torque – Phasor diagram -
Motor characteristics. 10 Hours

Unit II
Switched Reluctance Motors
Constructional features - Principle of operation - Torque equation - Power controllers -Characteristics and control -
Microprocessor based controller. 10 Hours

Unit III
Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motors
Principle of operation - EMF, power input and torque expressions - Phasor diagram - Power controllers - Torque speed
characteristics - Self control - Vector control - Current control schemes. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors
Commutation in DC motors - Difference between mechanical and electronic commutators - Hall sensors - Optical
sensors - Multiphase Brushless motor - Square wave permanent magnet brushless motor drives - Torque and EMF
equation - Torque-speed characteristics – Controllers - Microprocessor based controller. 10 Hours

Unit V
Stepping Motors
Constructional features - Principle of operation - Modes of excitation - torque production in Variable Reluctance (VR)
stepping motor - Dynamic characteristics - Drive systems and circuit for open loop control - Closed loop control of
stepping motor. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Miller T.J.E., “Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives”, Clarendon Press,
Oxford, 1989.

References:
1. Kenjo T, “Stepping Motors and their Microprocessor Control”, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
2. Kenjo T and Naganori. S, “Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC motors”, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
3. Kenjo T, “Power Electronics for the Microprocessor”, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1989.
4. Bose B.K, “Modern Power Electronics & AC drives”, First Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
5. Krishnan. R, “Electric Motor Drives – Modeling, Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.

07PE11 POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY – I


0032

1. Study of Device Characteristics:


(i) SCR (ii) MOSFET (iii) IGBT (iv) TRIAC
2. RC & UJT Firing Circuit
3. Study of Driver and Commutation Circuits

120
4. Single Phase Half and Fully Controlled Converter
5. Single Phase Cycloconverter
6. Single Phase PWM Inverter
7. Three Phase PWM Inverter
8. Parallel Inverter
9. Series Inverter
10. Study of Power Device Data Sheets -Thermal, Electrical, Transients, etc.

07PE12 POWER ELECTRONICS SIMULATION LABORATORY


0032
1. Simulation of Single Phase Converters with R, RL,RLE Loads
2. Simulation of Three Phase Converters with R,RL,RLE Loads
3. Simulation of Series Loaded Resonant Inverter
4. Simulation of Parallel Loaded Resonant Inverter
5. Simulation of Single Phase Converter Fed DC Drive
6. Simulation of Three Phase Converter Fed DC Drive
7. Simulation of Three Phase AC Voltage Regulator
8. Simulation of Line Commutated Inverter
9. Simulation of ASC Inverter
10. Simulation of Induction Motor Drive

07PE07 DC DRIVES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS


3204
Unit I
Drive Fundamentals and Mechanical Systems
DC motor- Types, speed-torque relations - Conventional speed control - Ward Leonard control – Constant torque and
constant horse power operations - Characteristics of mechanical system – Dynamic equations - Components of torque,
types of load - Requirements of drives characteristics – Multi-quadrant operation - Drive elements, types of motor
duty and selection of motor rating. 10 Hours
Unit II
Converter Control
Analysis of series and separately excited DC motor with single phase and three phase converters – Modes of operation
– Power factor improvement – Commutation – Dual converters – Reversible drives - Problems on DC machines fed
by converter. 10 Hours

Unit III
Chopper Control
Analysis of series and separately excited DC motors fed from Choppers – CLC and TRC strategies - Multiquadrant
control - Chopper based implementation of braking schemes - Multiphase chopper - Effect of saturation in series
motors - Simple problems. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Closed Loop Control

121
Modeling of drive elements – Equivalent circuit, transfer function of self, separately excited DC motors; Linear
Transfer function model of power converters; Sensing and feed back elements - Closed loop speed control – Current
and speed loops, P, PI and PID controllers – Response comparison - Simulation of converter and chopper fed DC
drive. 10 Hours

Unit V
Digital Control of DC Drive
Phase Locked Loop and micro-computer control of DC drives – Program flow chart for constant horse power and load
disturbed operations - Speed detection and gate firing. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Sen P.C, “Thyristor DC Drives”, John Wiely and Sons, New York, 1981.

References:
1. Gopal K.Dubey, “Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives”, Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1989.
2. Krishnan.R, “Electric Motor Drives – Modeling, Analysis and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
3. Gobal K.Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives”, Narosal Publishing House, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Bimal K.Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
5. Vedam Subramanyam, “Electric Drives – Concepts and Applications”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.

07PE08 AC DRIVES AND THEIR APPLICATIONS


3204
Unit I
Stator Voltage and Frequency Control of Induction Motor Drive
Torque-Slip characteristics - Equivalent circuit, torque expression - Operation with different types of loads –
Performance - AC power controller fed induction motor drive – Different types - Closed loop control - Variable
frequency operation of 3-phase induction motors - Constant flux operation - Dynamic and regenerative braking of VSI
and CSI fed drives - Closed loop control. 10 Hours

Unit II
Wound Rotor Induction Motor Drive
Torque - Slip characteristics - Types of rotor choppers - Torque Equations - Constant torque operations - TRC Strategy
- Combined stator voltage control and rotor resistance control - Torque equation - Power factor considerations - Sub-
synchronous operation and closed loop control. 10 Hours

Unit III
Synchronous Motor Drives
Need for leading pf operation - Open loop VSI fed drive and its characteristics - Self control-torque angle control -
Power factor control - Brushless excitation systems- Cycloconverter fed synchronous motor drive.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Control and Estimation of Induction Motor Drive
Field oriented control of induction machines – Theory – DC drive analogy – Direct and Indirect methods – Flux
vector estimation - Direct torque control of Induction Machines – Torque expression with stator and rotor fluxes, DTC
control strategy. 10 Hours

Unit V
Vector Control of Synchronous and Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor Drive
Vector control of synchronous motor- Field weakening mode - Synchronous machine with permanent magnets –
Types – Configuration – Model - Vector control. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

122
Textbook:
Bimal K Bose, “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education Asia 2002.

References:
1. Vedam Subramanyam, “Electric Drives – Concepts and Applications”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1994.
2. Dubey G.K. “Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives", Prentice Hall International, New Jersy, 1989.
3. Leonhard W., “Control of Electrical Drives”, Narosa Publishing House, 1992.
4. Murphy J.M.D and Turnbull, “Thyristor Control of AC Motors”, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1988.

07PE09 DESIGN OF INTELLIGENT CONTROLLERS


4004
Unit I
Concepts of Artificial Neural Network
Introduction - Biological neurons and their artificial models - Learning, adaptation and neural network's learning rules
- Types of neural networks - Single layer, multilayer - Feed forward, feedback networks; back propagation learning
and training - Hopfield network. 10 Hours

Unit II
Neural Networks in Control
Neural network for non-linear systems - Schemes of neuro control - System identification - Forward model and
inverse model - Indirect learning neural network control applications. 10 Hours

Unit III
Fuzzy Logic Technique
Fuzzy sets - Fuzzy operation - Fuzzy arithmetic - Fuzzy relations - Fuzzy relational equations -Fuzzy measure - Fuzzy
functions - Approximate reasoning - Fuzzy propositions - Fuzzy quantifiers - If-then rules. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Fuzzy Logic Controllers
Structure of fuzzy logic controller - Fuzzification models - Data base - Rule base - Inference engine - Defuzzification
module - Non-linear fuzzy control - PID like FLC – Sliding mode FLC - Sugeno FLC- Adaptive fuzzy control.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Studies
Artificial Neuro, Fuzzy, Neuro-Fuzzy Controllers – Case studies. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Jacek. M. Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems”, Jaico Publishing House, 1999.

References:
1. Zimmerman H.J., “Fuzzy Set Theory-and its Applications”, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1994.
2. Kosko B., “Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1994.
3. Klir G.J., Folger T.A., “Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty and Information”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1993.
4. Driankov, Hellendroon, “Introduction to Fuzzy Control”, Narosa Publishers. 1995.
5. Farin Wah S.S, Filev, D.Langari, R., “Fuzzy Control Synthesis and Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons 2000.

07PE13 POWER ELECTRONICS LABORATORY-II


0032

1. CSI Fed Induction Motor Drive

123
2. VSI Fed Induction Motor Drive
3. Four Quadrant Chopper Drive
4. Single Phase AC Controller
5. Current Commutated Chopper
6. Voltage Commutated Chopper
7. Three Phase Half and Fully Controlled Converter
8. Power Harmonic Analyzer with Three Phase R and RL Loads
9. Generation of Firing Pulses for Single Phase Inverter and Single Phase Converter with R Load using
ATMEL89C51
10. Generation of Firing Pulses for Single Phase Inverter and Single Phase Converter with R Load using
TMS320f2407/TMS320f2812

07PE21 EMBEDDED CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES


4004
Unit I
8051 Architecture
Basic organization - 8051 CPU structure - Memory Organization – Addressing modes - Instruction set – Programming
– Timing diagram – Memory expansion. 10 Hours

Unit II
Peripherals and Versions of 8051
Parallel Ports – Timers and Counters – Interrupts – Serial Communication – Simple Programs ADC, DAC and Analog
Comparator options in P87LPC769 – PWM and Watch dog timer options in P89C66x - Assemblers and Compilers –
Generation of .LST and .HEX files for applications using Keil / RIDE IDE. 10 Hours

Unit III
Architecture of PIC16f87XA
Architecture – CPU structure – Special features of CPU - Memory organization – Addressing modes – Instruction set
– Programming – Timing diagram – Memory expansion. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Peripherals and Interfacing of 8051
I/O Ports – Timers / Counters – Capture / Compare / PWM modules – Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP)
module – USART – A / D Converter module – Comparator module - .LST and .HEX files generation for applications
using MpLab IDE. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications using 8051 and PIC16f87XA
Real Time Clock – DC motor speed control – Generation of gating signals for Converters and Inverters – Frequency
measurement – Temperature control – Speed control of induction motors – Implementation of PID controller.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
David Calcutt, Fred Cowan, Hassan Parchizadeh, “8051 Microcontrollers - An Application Based
Introduction”, Elsevier, 2006.

References:

124
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, JaniceGillispie Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems- Using Assembly and C”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2007.
2. “PIC16F87XA Data Sheet – DS39582B”, Microchip Technology Inc., 2003

07PE22 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
General functional description of a digital instrument - Block diagram of a Virtual Instrument – Physical quantities
and analog interface- Hardware and software- User interfaces - Advantages of virtual instruments over conventional
instruments – Architecture of a virtual instrument and its relation to the operating system.
10 Hours
Unit II
Software Overview
Lab View – Graphical user interfaces- Controls and inductors – “G” programming – Data flow programming- Editing
– Debugging and running a virtual instrument – Graphical programming pallets - Fronts panel objects - Controls,
indicators, object properties and their configuration –Typical examples. 10 Hours

Unit III
Programming Structures
FOR loops - WHILE loops - CASE structure - Formula node - Sequence structures - Arrays and clusters - Array
operations – Bundle - Bundle/unbundled by name - Graphs and charts - String and file I/O – High level and low file
I/Os - Attribute modes local and global variables. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Hardware Aspects
Installing hardware - Installing drives - Configuring the hardware - Addressing the hardware in LabVIEW - Digital
and analog I/O function – Data acquisition – Buffered I/O – Real time data acquisition. 10 Hours

Unit V
LabVIEW Applications
Motion control - General applications - Feedback devices - Motor drives - Machines vision - LabVIEW IMAQ vision
- Machine vision techniques – Configuration of IMAQ DAQ card – Instrument connectivity - GPIB, serial
communication – General, GPIB hardware and software specifications – PX1/PC1 Controller and Chassis
configuration and installation. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Garry M. Johnson, “LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1996.

References:
1. Sanjay Gupta, Joseph John, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, 1st Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2005.
2. “LabVIEW: Basics I & II Manual”, National Instruments, 2006.
3. Barry Paron, “Sensors, Transducers and LabVIEW”, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.

07PE23 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS FOR MODERN INDUSTRIAL DRIVES


4004
Unit I
Fundamentals of Programmable DSPs
Multiplier and Multiplier accumulator – Modified Bus Structures and Memory access in P-DSPs – Multiple access
memory – Multi-port memory – VLIW architecture- Pipelining – Special Addressing modes in P-DSPs – On chip
Peripherals. 10 Hours

125
Unit II
TMS320C24XX Processor
Architecture – Assembly language syntax - Addressing modes – Assembly language Instructions - Pipeline structure,
Operation – Block Diagram of DSP starter kit – Application Programs for processing real time signals.
10 Hours
Unit III
ADSP 2812 Processor
Architecture – Data formats - Addressing modes – Groups of addressing modes- Instruction sets - Operation – Block
Diagram of DSP starter kit – Application Programs for processing real time signals – Generating and finding the sum
of series, Convolution of two sequences, Filter design. 10 Hours

Unit IV
DSP Based Electric Drives
Speed control of D.C.motors – Speed control of Induction Motors – PWM and SPWM implementations – Closed loop
control – Implementation of Space Vector PWM for speed control of induction motors – Special Electrical machines –
Sensor based and sensor less control of PMDC, BLDC and SRM. 10 Hours

Unit V
DSP Based Electrical Systems
Online and Off line UPS systems - Use of DSP for UPS applications – Inverter stage – Converter stage – Battery
Charger stage – Harmonic detection – Harmonic Elimination methods – Performance comparistion with general
purpose microcontrollers. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Venkataramani B. and Bhaskar M., “Digital Signal Processors – Architecture, Programming and
Applications”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. New Delhi, 2003.

References:
1. Padmanabhan K., “A Practical approach to Digital Signal Processing”, New Age Publications, 2001.
2. “User guides and Application notes of Texas Instruments and Analog Devices”.

07PE24 COMPUTER NETWORK ENGINEERING


4004
Unit I
Protocols and Architecture
Evolution and need for computer networks - Protocols, Layered approach – OSI model – DoD model - Local
Network Technology – Bus / Tree / Ring topology – Medium access control protocols - Details of IEEE 802 standards.
10 Hours

Unit II
Networks Access Protocols and Internetworking
Network interface – Circuit switched network access - Packet switched network access - Broadcast network access –
Principles of internetworking – Bridges, Gateways - X.75 – Internet protocol – ISO internet protocol standard – DD
internet protocol standard. 10 Hours

Unit III
Transport Protocols and Routing Techniques
Transport Service protocol Mechanisms - Network Service - Transport standards - Internet Transport protocols -
Wireless UDP - Overview of routing algorithms. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Presentation and Application Protocols
Virtual Terminal protocols – File Transfer protocols – Electronic Mail – Overview of ISDN – ISDN protocols.
10 Hours
Unit V

126
Network Management
Architecture of network management protocols - Information extraction - Configuration Management – Fault
Management – Performance management – Security Management – Accounting Management – Capacity planning.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Starlings, “Computer Communications: Architectures, Protocols and Standards”, IEEE Computer
Society.1987.

References:
1. Andrew Tannenbaum, S. “Computer Networks”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1988.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2000.
3. Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Kernel Explain A.S., “Communication Network Management”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1992.
5. Uylers Black, “Network Management Standards”, McGraw Hill, 1995.

07PE25 LINEAR AND NON-LINEAR SYSTEM THEORY


4004
Unit I
Frequency Domain Descriptions
Properties of Transfer functions - Impulse response matrices - Poles and Zeros of transfer function matrices - Critical
frequencies - Resonance - Steady state and dynamic response - Band width. 10 Hours

Unit II
State Space Descriptions
Review of state model for systems - State transition matrix and its properties - Free and forced responses -
Controllability and Observability - Kalman decomposition - Minimal Realisation - Balanced realization.
10 Hours
Unit III
Design in State Space Systems
State feedback – Output feedback – Design methods – Pole assignment – Full order and reduced order observers –
Deadbeat control – Deadbeat observers – Introduction to optimal control. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Non-Linear Systems
Types of nonlinearity - Typical examples - Phase plane analysis - Limit cycles - Equivalent linearisation - Describing
functions - Chaotic behaviour.
Need for model reduction - Aggregation techniques - Dominant pole concept - Model reduction via partial realization
- Time moment matching and Pade approximation - Hankel norm model reduction – Comparative merits of various
methods. 10 Hours

Unit V
Stability
Stability concepts - Equilibrium points - BIBO and asymptotic stability - Direct method of Lyapunov - Application to
non-linear problems - Frequency domain stability criteria - Popov's method and its extensions.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Gopal M., “Modern Control Engineering”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1996.

References:
1. Ogatta K., “Modern Control Engineering”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Nagrath I.J. and Gopal M., “Control Systems Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, 2003.

127
3. Kuo B.C., “Automatic Control Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1995.
4. Thaler G.J., “Automatic Control systems”, Jaico Publishers, Chennai, 1993.

07PE26 FACTS CONTROLLERS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Reactive power control in electrical power transmission lines- Uncompensated transmission line- Series compensation
– Basic concepts of static VAR compensator (SVC) – Thyristor switched series capacitor (TCSC) – Unified Power
Flow Controller (UPFC). 10 Hours

Unit II
Static VAR Compensator (SVC) and Applications
Voltage control by SVC – Advantages of slope in dynamic characteristics – Influence of SVC on system voltage –
Design of SVC voltage regulator – Applications: enhancement of transient stability – Steady state power transfer –
Enhancement of power system damping – Prevention of voltage instability. 10 Hours

Unit III
Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor (TCSC) and Applications
Operation of the TCSC, Different modes of operation - Modeling of TCSC - Variable reactance model - Modeling for
stability studies. Applications: improvement of the system stability limit – Enhancement of system damping- Voltage
collapse prevention. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Emerging Facts Controllers
Static synchronous compensator (STATCOM) - Principle of operation – V-I Characteristics- Unified Power Flow
Controller (UPFC) – Principle of operation – Modes of operation – Applications – Modeling of UPFC for power flow
studies. 10 Hours

Unit V
Coordination of Facts Controllers
Controller interactions- SVC - SVC interaction, Coordination of multiple controllers using linear control techniques -
Control coordination using genetic algorithms. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Mohan Mathur.R., Rajiv K.Varma, “Thyristor Based FACTS Controllers for Electrical Transmission
Systems”, IEEE Press and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2000.

References:
1. John A.T, “Flexible AC Transmission Systems”, Institution of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE),
1999.
2. Narain G. Hingorani, Laszio. Gyugyl, “Understanding FACTS Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC
Transmission Systems”, Standard Publishers, Delhi, 2001.

07PE27 POWER ELECTRONICS APPLICATIONS TO POWER SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
High Power drives for Power systems controllers – Characteristics – Converters Configuration for Large power
control. 10 Hours

Unit II
Single Phase and Three Phase Converters

128
Properties – Current and voltage harmonics – Effect of source and load impendence – Choice of best circuit for power
systems- Converter Control - Gate Control – Basic means of Control – Control characteristics – Stability of control –
Reactive power control - Applications of converters in HVDC systems – Static VAR control - Source of reactive
power – Harmonics and filters. 10 Hours

Unit III
Power Flow Analysis
Components models – Converter model – Analysis of converters - Load flow analysis – Transient and dynamic
stability – Protection. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Protection
Basic of Protection – DC reactors – Voltage and current oscillations – Clearing line faults and re-energizing – Circuit
breakers – Over voltage protection - Corona – Critical corona voltage- Voltage stress - Corona discharge - Losses –
Radio interference. 10 Hours

Unit V
Static Applications
Static excitation of synchronous generators - Solid state tap changers for transformer - UPS Systems - Induction
furnace control. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Padiyar K. R., “HVDC Power Transmission System – Technology and System Interaction”, New Age
International (P) Ltd, Reprint 2002.
References:
1. Erich Uhlmann, “Power Transmission by Direct Current”, 1st Indian Reprint, Springer International Edition,
2004.
2. Kimbark E.W, “Direct Current Transmission”, Vol.1, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1971.
3. Ned Mohan, “Power Electronics Converters Applications and Design”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1995.
4. Hall.D.V., “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, McGraw Hill Publishing Co, New Delhi 1999.

07PE28 ADVANCED CONTROL OF POWER ELECTRONIC DRIVES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Need for advanced controllers - Principle factors affecting the drive - Parameter identification techniques for electric
motor - Electromagnetic compatibility of electric drives - Different options for an adjustable speed electric drive -
Simulation of electric drive - Advanced control strategies for electrical drives. 10 Hours

Unit II
Space Vector Modulation
Concept of a space vector – dq0 components for three phase sine wave source/level - dq0 components for voltage
source inverter operated in square wave mode - Synchronously rotating Reference frame - Space Vector Modulation
(SVM) – Principle of SVM – SVM compared to regular sampled PWM phase Lag Reference for SVM - Naturally
sampled SVM – Analytical solution for SVM.
10 Hours
Unit III
Harmonics in Modern Drives
Harmonic losses for SVM- placement of the Zero space vector - Discontinuous modulation – Phase lag Reference for
discontinuous PWM - Harmonic losses for discontinuous PWM – single edge SVM- Switched pulse sequence –
Topology of three phase inverter – Three phase modulation with sinusoidal Reference – Third harmonic Reference
injection.
10 Hours

Unit IV

129
Modern Controllers
Current and speed control of electrical drives - Current control algorithm – Sensorless motion control strategy – Drive
control using VHDL design – Neuro fuzzy control for electrical drives - FPGA implementation for electric drives.
10 Hours

Unit V
DC & AC Servo Drives
Block diagram – Control strategy – Diagnosis of electrical drives – Networking electrical drives- Ethernet
communication – Remote based modern industrial drives. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Bose B. K., “Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives- Technology and Application”, IEEE Press,
1997.

References:
1. Peter Vas, “Vector Control of AC Machines”, Oxford University Press, 1990.
2. Grafram Holmes. D and Thomas A. Lipo, “Pulse Width Modulation for Power Converters – Principles
and Practice”, IEEE Press, 2003.
3. Ned Mohan, “Advanced Electric Drives: Analysis, Control and Modeling using Simulink”, John Wiley and
Sons Ltd, 2001.

07PE29 POWER QUALITY PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Definition of power quality - Power quality, Voltage quality - Power quality issues: Short duration voltage variations,
Long duration voltage variations, Transients, Waveform distortion, Voltage imbalance, Voltage fluctuation, Power
frequency variations - Sources and Effects of power quality problems - Power quality terms - Power quality and
Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) Standards-Short Interruptions - Introduction - Origin of short interruptions:
Voltage magnitude events due to reclosing, Voltage during the interruption- Monitoring of short interruptions - End
user issues: Influence on Induction motors, Synchronous motors, Adjustable speed drives.
10 Hours

Unit II
Long Interruptions and Voltage Sags
Definition - Terminology: Failure, Outage, Interruption - Origin of interruptions - Causes of long interruptions -
Principles of regulating the voltage - Voltage regulating devices, Applications: Utility side, End-User side - Limits for
the interruption frequency, Interruption duration - Reliability evaluation - Cost of interruptions-Voltage Sag-
Introduction - Definition - Characterization: Magnitude, Duration - Causes of Voltage Sag - Three Phase Unbalance -
Phase angle jumps - Load influence on voltage sags - Overview of mitigation methods.
10 Hours
Unit III
Transients
Definition - Principles of over voltage protection - Types and causes of transients - Devices for over voltage protection
- Utility capacitor switching transients - Utility lightning protection – Waveform Distortion.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Harmonics
Introduction - Definition and terms in Harmonics, Harmonics indices, Inter harmonics, Notching - Voltage Vs Current
distortion - Harmonics Vs Transients - Sources and effects of harmonic distortion - System response characteristics -
Principles of controlling harmonics - Standards and limitation - Mitigation and control techniques.
10 Hours

Unit V
Power Quality Solutions

130
Introduction - Power quality monitoring: Need for power quality monitoring, Evolution of power quality monitoring,
Deregulation effect on power quality monitoring - Brief introduction to power quality measurement equipments and
power conditioning equipments - Planning, Conducting and Analyzing power quality survey.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Dugan, Mark F. Mc Granaghan and H.Wayne Beaty, “Electrical Power Systems Quality”, 2nd Edition,
Mc Graw Hill, NewYork, 2002.

References:
1. Barry W.Kennedy, “Power Quality Primer”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
2. Sankaran C., “Power Quality”, CRC Press, Washington, D.C., 2002.
3. Math H.J.Bollen, “Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions”, IEEE Press,
New York, 2000.
4. Arriliaga.J., Watson.N.R. and Chen.S., “Power System Quality Assessment”, John Wiley, & Sons Ltd.,
England, 2000.

07PE30 ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT


4004
Unit I
Electrical Energy Audit
Electrical energy audit - Tools for electrical energy audit - Billing elements - Tariff system - Energy and demand
charge - Electrical demand and load factor improvement - Power factor correction - Power demand control - Demand
shifting.
10 Hours
Unit II
Electrical Motors
Motor efficiency - Idle running - Motor selection - Factors affecting motor performance - Efficiency at low load -
High efficiency motors - Reduced speed/variable drives - Load reduction -High-starting torque - Rewound motors -
Motor generator sets - Energy efficiency in transformers - Case studies.
10 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Energy Conservation in Driven Equipments and Industrial Lighting
Input electrical energy requirements in pumps, fans, and compressors - Load factor estimation in the equipments -
Different types of VSD - Energy conservation potential - Electrical energy conservation in refrigeration and A/C
system - Operation and maintenance practices for electrical energy conservation - Case examples - Choice of lighting
- Energy saving - Control of lighting - Lighting standards - Light meter audit - Methods to reduce costs - Summary of
different lighting technologies.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Energy Efficiency and Demand Side Management
Basic concepts - Importance of demand side managements - Virtues of DSM - Efficiency gains -Estimation of energy
efficiency potential - Cost effectiveness - Payback period - Barriers for energy efficiency and DSM.
10 Hours
Unit V
Economic Operation of Industrial DG Sets
Advantages, disadvantages and application of DG plants - Maintenance practice - Load matching - PF improvement
and parallel operation - Waste heat recovery in industrial DG sets.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Openshaw Taylor E., “Utilisation of Electrical Energy”, Orient Longman Ltd, 2003.

References:
1. Donald R. Wulfinghoff, “Energy Efficiency Manual”, Energy Institute Press, 1999.

131
2. Btra, Bombay “Electrical Energy Conservation”, Proceedings of National Productivity Council, 1998.
3. Tripathy S.C., “Electrical Energy Utilization and Conservation”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1991.
4. Cyril G.Veinott, Joseph E. Martin, “Fractional & Sub Fractional HP Electric Motor”, McGraw Hill, 1987.
5. Awasthi S.K., “Energy Conservation”, ISTE Publication, 1999.

07PE31 RELATIVE DATA BASED MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (RDBMS)


4004
Unit I
Data Base System Concept
File systems – Data base systems – Data base systems architecture - Data models - Relational model – Hierarchial
model - Network model - Entity-Relationship model - Data Dictionary – Data base Administration and control.
10 Hours
Unit II
Relational Data Bases
Codd's rules - Base tables - Views - Domains and key concept - Integrity rules - Relational Algebra – Relational
calculus - Commercial query languages - Embedded SQL - Normalization and data base design.
10 Hours
Unit III
Database System Design
File and storage structures - Indexing and Hashing - Query processing – Data base recovery - Concurrency control -
Transaction processing - Security and Integrity - Triggers.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Distributed Data Bases
Centralized versus distributed data bases - Fragmentation - Distributed data base architecture - Client / Server
databases - Distributed transactions - Locking and Commit protocols - Distributed concurrency Control – Security and
reliability - Parallel databases.
10 Hours
Unit V
Web Data Bases
The World Wide Web - HTML - Architecture -XML, XML/QL – Data base Connectivity.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 3rd Edition, Addis on Wesley,
2000.

References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S.Sudharsan, “Database System Concepts”, 3rd Edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, 1997.
2. Stefano Ceri & Giuesppe Pelagatti, “Distributed Databases - Principles and Systems”, Mc Graw Hill Book
Company, 1987.
3. Tamer.M Ozsu and Patric Valduriez, “Principles of Distributed Database Systems”, Prentice Hall
International Inc, 1999.

07PE32 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Discrete Random Signal Processing
Discrete Random Processes - Ensemble averages, stationary processes, Autocorrelation and Auto covariance matrices
- Parseval's Theorem - Wiener-Khintchine Relation - Power Spectral Density - Periodogram Spectral Factorization -
Filtering random processes - Low Pass Filtering of White Noise - Parameter estimation: Bias and consistency.
10 Hours
Unit II
Spectrum Estimation

132
Estimation of spectra from finite duration signals - Non-Parametric Methods - Correlation Method - Periodogram
Estimator - Performance Analysis of Estimators - Unbiased, Consistent Estimators - Modified periodogram - Bartlett
and Welch methods - Blackman – Tukey method - Parametric Methods - AR, MA, and ARMA model based spectral
estimation - Parameter Estimation -Yule-Walker equations - Solutions using Durbin’s algorithm.
10 Hours
Unit III
Linear Estimation and Prediction
Linear prediction - Forward and backward predictions - Solutions of the Normal equations - Levinson-Durbin
algorithms - Least mean squared error criterion - Wiener filter for filtering and prediction - FIR Wiener filter and
Wiener IIR filters - Discrete Kalman filter.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Adaptive Filters
FIR adaptive filters - Adaptive filter based on steepest descent method - Widrow-Hoff LMS adaptivealgorithm -
Normalized LMS - Adaptive channel equalization - Adaptive echo cancellation - Adaptive noise cancellation -
Adaptive recursive filters (IIR) - RLS adaptive filters - Exponentially weighted RLS – Sliding window RLS.
10 Hours
Unit V
Multirate Digital Signal Processing
Mathematical description of change of sampling rate - Interpolation and Decimation - Decimation by an integer factor
- Interpolation by an integer factor - Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor - Filter implementation for
sampling rate conversion - direct form FIR structures - Polyphase filter structures - Time-variant structures -
Multistage implementation of multirate system - Application to sub band coding - Wavelet transform and filter bank
implementation of wavelet expansion of signals.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Monson H.Hayes, “Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
Singapore, 2002.

References:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing”, Pearson Education, 2002.
2. John G. Proakis, “Algorithms for Statistical Signal Processing”, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Statistical and Adaptive Signal Processing”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
4. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, Pearson Education,
Inc., 2004.

07PE33 VLSI DESIGN


4004
Unit I
MOS Transistor Theory and Process Technology
NMOS and PMOS transistors, Threshold voltage – Body effect – Design equations-Second order effect, MOS models
and small signal AC characteristics, Basic CMOS technology. 10 Hours

Unit II
Inverters and Logic Gates
NMOS and CMOS Inverters - Stick diagram - Inverter ratio - DC and transient characteristics - Switching times -
Super buffer - Driving large capacitance load - CMOS logic structures - Transmission gates - Static CMOS design -
Dynamic CMOS design. 10 Hours

Unit III
Circuit Characterization and Performance Estimation
Resistance estimation - Capacitance estimation – Inductance - Switching characteristics - Transistor sizing - Power
dissipation and design margining - Charge sharing - Scaling. 10 Hours
Unit IV
VLSI System Components Circuit

133
Multiplexers – Decoders – Comparators - Priority encoders - Shift registers - Arithmetic circuits – Ripple carry adders
- Carry look ahead adders – High speed adders - Multipliers. 10 Hours

Unit V
System Level Physical Design
Physical design – Delay modeling - Cross talk - Floor planning - Power distribution - Clock distribution - Basics of
CMOS Testing. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Neil H.E. West and Kamran Eshraghian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education
ASIA, 2000.

References:
1. Pucknell, “Basic VLSI Design”, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.
2. John P.Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2002.
3. Eugene D.Fabricius, “Introduction to VLSI Design” Mc Graw Hill International Edition, 1990.

07PE34 OPERATING SYSTEMS DESIGN


4004
Unit I
Concepts of Operating System Design
Operating system and services - CPU scheduling approaches - Process structure and PCB - Process synchronization –
Semaphores – Deadlocks – Handling deadlocks - Multithreading. 10 Hours

Unit II
Memory Management
Memory management – Paging – Segmentation - Virtual memory - Demand paging – Paging replacement algorithm.
10 Hours
Unit III
Disk Scheduling Approaches
Disk scheduling approaches - File system - File system design issues - User interface to file system - I/O device
management. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Distributed Operating System
Distributed operating system – Design issues in distributed operating system - Distributed file system.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Study (Linux / Windows)
Case study(Linux / Windows) – Design and implementation of OS - Process model and structure in OS - Memory
management - File system - I/O management and device drivers. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Abraham Silberschatz and Peter B. Galvin “Operating System Concepts”, 7th Edition, Addison Wesley
Publishing Company, 2005.

References:
1. Bach M.J., “Design of the UNIX Operating System”, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
2. Mukesh Singhal, and Niranjan Shivratri, “Distributed Operating System”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2001.
3. Leffler, Mukusick, Karcls, and Quarterman, “The Design and Implementation of 4.3 BSD UNIX
Operating System,” Addison Wesley, 2001.
4. Naji, “Linux OS”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

134
5. Abraham Siberschetz and Peter B. Galvin, “Windows XP Update”, John Wiley, 2003.

07PE35 REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS (RTOS)


4004
Unit I
Review of Operating Systems
Basic principles – System calls - Files – Processes – Design and implementation of processes - Communication
between processes – Operating system structures.
10 Hours
Unit II
Distributed Operating Systems
Topology – Network types – Communication – RPC – Client server model – Distributed file systems - Design
strategies.
10 Hours
Unit III
Real Time Models and Languages
Event based – Process based and graph based models – Petrinet models – Real time languages – RTOS tasks – RT
scheduling – Interrupt processing – Synchronization control blocks – Memory requirements.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Real Time Kernel
Principles – Design issues – Polled loop systems - RTOS porting to a target – Comparison and study of various RTOS
like QNX – VX Works – PSOS – C Executive - Case studies.
10 Hours
Unit V
RTOS Application Domains
RTOS for Image processing – Embedded RTOS for voice over IP – RTOS for fault tolerant applications – RTOS for
control systems.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Herma K., “Real Time Systems – Design for Distributed Embedded Applications”, Kluwer Academic, 1997.

References:
1. Charles Crowley, “Operating System – A Design Oriented Approach”, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
2. Krishna C. M., Kang G. Shin, “Real Time Systems”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. Raymond J.A.Buhr, Donald L. Bailey; “An Introduction to Real Time Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

07PE36 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING (OOPS)


4004

Unit I
Object Oriented Design Fundamentals
The object Model - Classes and Objects - Complexity - Classification - Notation - Process - Pragmatics – Binary and
entity relationship - Object types - Object state - OOSD life cycle.
10 Hours
Unit II
Object Oriented Analysis
Overview of object oriented analysis - Shaler/Mellor, Coad/ Yourdon, Rumbaugh, Booch - UML - Usecase -
Conceptual model - Behaviour - Class - Analysis patterns - Overview - Diagrams -Aggregation.
10 Hours
Unit III
Object Oriented Design Methods

135
UML - Diagrams - Collaboration - Sequence - Class - Design patterns and frameworks - Comparison with other
design methods. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Managing Object Oriented Development
Managing analysis and design - Evaluation testing - Coding - Maintenance - Metrics. 10 Hours

Unit V
Case Studies in Object Oriented Development
Design of Foundation class libraries - Object Oriented Databases - Client/Server Computing - Middleware.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Craig Larman, “Applying UML and Patterns”, Addison Wesley, 2000.

References:
1. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, “The Unified Modeling Language User Guide”,
Addison -Wesley Longman, 1999, ISBN 0-201-57 168 -4.
2. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented System Development”, Mc Graw Hill International Edition, 1999.
3. Fowler, “Analysis Patterns”, Addison Wesley, 1994.
4. Erich Gamna, “Design Patterns”, Addison Wesley, 1994.

07PE37 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING


4004
Unit I
Digital Image Fundamentals
Elements of a Digital Image Processing system – Structure of the Human eye – Image formation and contrast
sensitivity – Sampling and Quantization – Neighbours of a pixel – Distance measures – Photographic film structure
and expose – Film characteristics – Linear Scanner – Video Camera – Image processing applications.
7 Hours
Unit II
Image Enhancement
Spatial domain enhancement: Gray level transformations – Histogram processing enhancements using arithmetic /
logic operations – Smoothing spatial filters – Sharpening spatial filters – Combining spatial enhancement methods.
Frequency domain enhancement: filtering in frequency domain – Smoothing frequency domain filters – Sharpening
frequency domain filters – Homomorphic filtering.
10 Hours
Unit III
Image Restoration
A model of the degradation / restoration process – Noise models: properties of noise, probability density function,
periodic noise and estimation of noise parameters – Restoration by spatial filtering: mean filters, order statistics filters
and adaptive filters – Periodic noise reduction by frequency domain filtering: band reject, band pass, and notch filters
– Optimum notch filtering – Inverse filtering – Wiener filtering – Constrained least squares filtering – Geometric
mean filter.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Image Compression
Image compression models: source encoder and decoder – Channel encoder and decoder – Elements of information
and theory: measuring information – Information channel – Fundamental coding theorems – Using information theory
– Error-free compression: variable length coding – LZW coding - Bit plane coding – Loss less predictive coding –
Lossy compression: lossy predictive coding – Transform coding – Wavelet coding – Image Standards: binary images
compression standards – Continuous tone still image compression standards – Video compression standards.

136
10 Hours

137
Unit V
Image Segmentation, Representation and Description
Detection of discontinuities: point, line and edge detection – Edge linking and boundary detection: Local processing –
Global processing via Hough transform – Global processing via graph theoretic techniques – Thresholding: global
thresholding – Optimal thresholding – Use of boundary characteristics for histogram improvement and local
thresholding – Thresholds based on several variables – Region based segmentation: basic formulation – Region
Growing region splitting and merging - Representation: Chain codes – Polygonal approximations – Signatures –
Boundary segments – Skeletons – Boundary descriptors: some simple descriptors – Shape numbers – Fourier
descriptors – Statistical moments – Regional descriptors: some simple descriptors – Topological descriptors – Texture
– Moments of 2D functions – Use of principal components – Relational descriptors.
13 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, Seventh Indian Reprint, Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2004.

Reference:
1. Anil K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing” Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
2. Chanda B. and Dutta Majumder D., “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2004.

07PE38 POWER ELECTRONICS IN WIND AND SOLAR POWER CONVERSION


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Trends in energy consumption - World energy scenario - Energy source and their availability – Conventional and
renewable source - Need to develop new energy technologies.
10 Hours
Unit II
Photovoltaic Energy Conversion
Solar radiation and measurements - Solar cells – Panels and their characteristics – Influence of insulation and
temperature – PV arrays – Electrical storage with batteries – Solar availability in India - Switching devices for solar
energy conversion – Maximum power point tracking – DC power conditioning converters – Maximum power point
tracking algorithms – AC Power conditioners – Line commutated inverters - Synchronized operation with grid supply
- Harmonic problem - Applications – Water pumping – Street lighting – Analysis of PV systems.
10 Hours
Unit III
Wind Energy Systems
Basic principle of Wind Energy Conversion System – Nature of Wind – Wind survey in India – Power in the Wind –
Components of Wind Energy Conversion System – Performance of Induction Generators for WECS- Classifications
of WECS – Self excited induction generator for isolated power generation – Theory of self excitation – Capacitance
requirements - Power conditioning schemes – Controllable DC power from SEIGs – System performance.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Grid Connected WECS
Grid connectors – Wind farm and its accessories – Grid related problems – Generator control – Performance
improvements - Different schemes – AC Voltage controllers – Harmonics and PF improvement.
10 Hours
Unit V
Stand Alone Power Supply Systems
Wind – Introduction to PMSG for Wind Energy Conversion Systems - Solar – PV – Hybrid Systems – Selection of
power conversion ratio – Optimization of System components – Storage - Reliability evolution – Types of
Cogeneration processes – Economics. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

138
Textbook:
Rao S. and Parulekar, “Energy Technology – Non Conventional, Renewable and Conventional”, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.

References:
1. Mukund R. Patel, “Wind and Solar Power Systems”, CRC Press LLC, New York, 1999.
2. Rai G.D., “Non Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1993.
3. Garg H.P. and Prakash J., “Solar Energy – Fundamentals & Applications”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi,
1997.
4. Sukhatme S.P., “Solar Energy; Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New
Delhi, 1998.

139
Syllabi of

M.E. Software Engineering

140
07SE01 APPLIED PROBABILITY AND OPERATIONS RESEARCH
4004
Unit I
Probability and Random Variables
Probability concepts – Random Variables – Moment Generating function – Standard distributions - Binomial -
Poisson - Rectangular or Uniform – normal - Exponential distributions - Functions of Random variables - Two
dimensional Random variables.
10 Hours
Unit II
Stochastic Processes
Classification – Stationary and Random process – Markov process – Markov chains – Transition probability –
Classification of Markov chain – Limiting distribution – First passage time – Poisson process – Birth and death
process.
10 Hours
Unit III
Queue Models
Single and Multi – Server Markovian queuing models – Customer impatience – M/G/1 queuing system – Queuing
applications.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Simulation and Applications
Introduction – Types of simulation – Limitations of simulation techniques – Phases of simulation study – Generation
of random numbers – Monte Carlo simulation – Applications to queuing problems.
10 Hours
Unit V
Classical Optimization Theory
Unconstrained external problem – Newton Raphson method – Equality constraints – Lagrangian method – Kuhn
Tucker conditions.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Veerarajan T, “Probability, Statistics and Random processes”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
2003.
2. Sharma S.D, “Operations Research”, Kedar Nath , Ramnath & Co, Meerut, 12th Edition, 1998.

References:
1. Gupta S.C. and Kapoor V.K., “Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2001.
2. Bhat U.N., “Elements Applied Stochastic processes”, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, New York, 1984.
3. Taha H.A, “Operations Research – An Introduction”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, 6 th Edition, New Delhi,
1987.

07SE02 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING METHODOLOGIES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
A Generic View of Processes – Process Maturity – Process Models – Agile Process and Models – Software Cost
Estimation –Risk Analysis – Software Project Planning and Scheduling.
10 Hours
Unit II
Requirement Analysis
System Engineering Hierarchy – Requirement Engineering- Tasks- Initiating the Process-Eliciting Requirements-
Developing Use Cases – Negotiating Requirements – Validating Requirements – Building the Analysis Models-
Concepts – Object Oriented Analysis – Scenario Based Modeling – Data and Control Flow Oriented Model – Class
Based Model – Behavioral Model. 10 Hours
Unit III

141
Software Design
Design Concepts – Design Models – Pattern Based Design – Architectural Design – Component Level Design – Class
Based and Conventional Components Design – Real-time System Design - User Interface - Analysis and Design.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Software Testing
Software Testing – Strategies – Issues – Test Strategies for Conventional and Object Oriented Software – Validation
and System Testing - Testing Tactics- White Box Testing - Basis Path Testing – Control Structure Testing – Black Box
Testing - Object Oriented Testing – Testing GUI – Testing Client/Server – Test Documentation.
10 Hours
Unit V
Software Quality Assurance
Software Quality Concepts – Quality Assurance – Software Technical Reviews – Formal Approach to Software
Quality Assurance - Reliability – Quality Standards – Software Quality Assurance Plan – Software Maintenance -
Software Configuration Management – Reverse Engineering and Reengineering – Use of CASE Tools
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach”, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2005.
2. Sommerville I, “Software Engineering”, Fifth Edition, Addison Wesley, 1996.

References:
1. Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering”, Springer Verlag, 1997.
2. James F Peters and Witold Pedryez, “Software Engineering – An Engineering Approach”, John Wiley and
Sons, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Fairely, “Software Engineering Concepts”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995.

07SE03 SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Need for Software Documentation - Understanding task orientation - Analysing users - Writing user scenarios - User
informational needs - Document goals - User work motivations - User analysis checklist - Constructing a task list -
Categorization - Writing steps as actions - Task analysis.
10 Hours
Unit II
Documentation
Planning and writing documents - Task list and Schedule - Guidelines - Documentation process - Documentation plan
- Document review form - Review plan - Schedule - Checklist.
10 Hours
Unit III
Documentation Testing
Usability tests - Advantages of field testing - Editing and fine tuning - Problems - Designing for task orientation -
Page showing elements of document design - Screen showing elements for online help design - Solutions to the design
problem for printed and online documentation.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Documentation Layouts
Laying out pages and screens - Elements of page and screen design - Designing type - Effective writing style - Using
graphical that support decision making - Functions of graphics - Type and elements of graphics.
10 Hours

142
Unit V
Documentation Guidelines
Writing to guide - Procedures - Guidelines - Writing to support - Reference - Structural - reference entry - Checklist -
Designing index - User oriented index - Case studies.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Thomas T. Barker, “Writing Software Documentation - A Task Oriented Approach”, Allyn and Bacon Series of
Technical Communication, 1998.

Reference:
Edmond H.Weiss, “How to Write Usable User Documentation”, Second Edition, Oryx Press, 1991.

07SE04 COMPUTER NETWORKS ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Network Architecture –-Topologies – Error Detection – Reliable Transmission Technique – IEEE standards 802.3,
802.5, 802.11 – Bridges.
10 Hours
Unit II
Switching & Inter Networking
Switching and Forwarding – Cell Switching – Simple Internetworking – Routing – Subnetting and Supernetting -
IPV6.
10 Hours
Unit III
Transmission Controls
UDP – TCP – Retransmission – Timeout - Congestion Control and Avoidance – Quality of Service –
Compression.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Protocols
DNS – FTP - Email – HTTP – Telnet – RTP – RTSP – Socket Programming.
10 Hours
Unit V
SNMP Management
SNMP v1 Network Management – Organization and Information Models – Communication and Functional
Models – SNMP v2 Management.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Peterson Davie, “Computer Networks – A System Approach”, Third Edition, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
2003
2. Mani Subramanian “Network Management – Principles and Practice”, First Edition, Pearson Education,
2004.

References:
1. Behrouz A. Foruzan, “Data communication and Networking”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
2. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2000.
3. Douglas E. Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP – Volume I”, Prentice Hall Of India , 1997

143
07SE05 OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS
4004
Unit I
Object Oriented Design Fundamentals
The Object Model - Classes and Objects – Complexity – Classifications – Notation – Process -Pragmatics - Object
types - Object State - OOSD life cycle.
10 Hours
Unit II
Object Oriented Analysis
Overview of Object analysis - Shaller / Mellor – Coad / Yourdon – Rumbaugh - Booch - Object Analysis
Classification - Noun Phrase approach - Common class patterns approach – Use Case Driven approach – classes -
Responsibilities and Collaborators.
10 Hours
Unit III
Object Oriented Design Methods
UML - Class diagram – Use - Case diagram - Dynamic Modeling – Extensibility - Comparison with other design
methods.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Object Oriented Development
OO Design process and Axioms - Designing Classes - Access Layer - View Layer – Testing.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Studies in Object Oriented Development
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Ali Bahrami, “Object Oriented Systems Development”, McGraw Hill International Edition.1999.
2. Craig Larman, “Applying UML and Patterns”, Addison Wesley, 2000.

References:
1. Grady Booch, “Object Oriented Analysis and Design”, Addison Wesley, 5th Edition, 1997
2. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, IVAR Jacobson. “The Unified Modeling Language User Guide”, Addison -
Wesley Longman, 1999.
3. Fowler, “Analysis Patterns”, Addison Wesley, 1996.
4. Shlaer, S., Mellor, S, “Object Lifecycles: Modeling the World in States”, Prentice Hall of India , 1992.
5. Coad, P., Yourdon, E.; “Object-Oriented Analysis”, Yourdon Press, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1990.

07SE06 INTERNET PROGRAMMING AND TOOLS


4004
Unit I
Basic Internet Concepts
History of internet - Internet addressing – TCP/IP - DNS and directory services - Internet Applications - Electronic
mail - New groups UUCP – FTP – Telnet - Finger.
10 Hours
Unit II
World Wide Web
Overview – Hyper text markup language- Uniform Resource Locators – Protocols - M Browsers –Plug – Ins - Net
meeting and Chat-Search Engines. 10 Hours

Unit III
Scripting Languages
Java Script Programming - Dynamic HTML - Cascading style sheets - Object model and Event model - Filters and
Transitions - Active X Controls – Multimedia - Client side script. 10 Hours

144
Unit IV
Server Side Programming
Introduction to Java Servelets – Overview and Architecture – Handling HTTP get and post request – Session Tracking
– Multi-tier Application - Implicit objects – Scripting – Standard actions – Directives – Custom Tag libraries.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Study – Amoeba
Connecting to Databases – JDBC Principles – Database access – XML – Introduction – Structuring Data – XML
Namespaces – XML vocabularies – Web server. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Deital and Deital, Goldberg, “Internet and World Wide Web, How To Program”, Third edition, Pearson
Education, 2004
2. Jame Jaworski, “Java Unleased”, SAMS Techmedia Publications, 1999.

References:
1. Naughton , Herbert Schildt , “Java2, Complete Reference”, 4th edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2000
2. Deital & Deital, “Java How to Program”, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.
3. Gary Cornell, Cay S.Horstmann, “Core Java Vol.1 and Vol.2”, Sun Microsystems Press, 1999.
4. Ted coombs, Jason Coombs, Brewer, “Active X Source book”, John Wiley and sons, 1996.

07SE11 COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY 0032


(All the programs are to be written using C)
List of Experiments:
1. Simulation of ARP / RARP.
2. Write a program that takes a binary file as input and performs bit stuffing and CRC Computation.
3. Develop an application for transferring files over RS232.
4. Simulation of Sliding-Window protocol.
5. Simulation of BGP / OSPF routing protocol.
6. Develop a Client – Server application for chat.
7. Develop a Client that contacts a given DNS Server to resolve a given host name.
8. Write a Client to download a file from a HTTP Server.
9. Study of NS2.
10. Study of Glomosim / OPNET.
Total: 50 Hours

07SE12 INTERNET PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0032


List of Experiments:
1. Exercises on creating HTML pages
2. Implementation of Package Bio-Data
3. Shapes Class Hierarchy
4. Animation using Java Applets
5. Multi Threaded implementation of Producer Consumer Problem
6. Implementation of simple TCP/IP Client and server
7. Operations on Employee table using JDBC
8. Bubble sort implementation using RMI
9. Bubble sort implementation using RMI
10. Constructing a simple database using XML
11. An interactive Web application in JSP
12. Using cookies to track users in browsers from the web servers
13. Constructing a secured FTP client – server application

145
Total: 50 Hours
07SE07 SOFTWARE IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING
4004
Unit I
Introduction
Purpose of Testing – A model for testing – A taxonomy of Bugs – Path testing – Predicates - Path predicates and
Achieving paths – Path sensitizing – Path instrumentation - Implement and application of path testing.

10 Hours
Unit II
Transaction -Flow Testing
Transaction Flows – Transaction - Flow Testing techniques – Data – flow testing Basics – Data – Flow testing
Strategies – Domain and paths – Domain testing – Domain and Interface testing – Domains and testability.
10 Hours
Unit III
Metrics
Metrics - What and Why – Linguistic Metrics – Structural Metrics – Hybrid Metrics – Metrics Implementation.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Syntax Testing
Why – What - and How – A grammar for formats – Test Case Generation – Implementation and Application – logic
based testing – Overview – Decision tables – Path expression – KV charts – Specifications.
10 Hours
Unit V
Implementation
Overview – Strategies for programmers – Strategies for independent testers – Tests as Software Products – Tools.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Boris Beiser, “Software Testing Techniques”, Second Edition, Dreamtech press, New Delhi, 2003.

References:
1. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World – Improving the Process”, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. William E. Perry, “Effective Methods for Software Testing”, Second Edition, John Wiley, 2000.

07SE08 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN


4004
Unit I
General Design Fundamentals
The Nature of Design Process – Objectives – Building Models – Constructs - Design Qualities – Assessing the design
– Design Viewpoints for Software – The object Model – Classes and Objects – Complexity – Classification – Notation
– Process – Pragmatics
10 Hours
Unit II
Structured System Analysis and Design
Structured Design – Design Principles – Problem Partitioning and Hierarchy – Abstraction - Modularity – Top-down
and Bottom-up Strategies – Transformation of a DFD to a Structure Chart – Transform Analysis – Transaction
Analysis – Coupling – Cohesion – Multiple types of Cohesion in a module – Data Design – Normalization –
Renormalizations – Procedural Design.
10 Hours
Unit III
Object Oriented Analysis and Design

146
Overview of Object Oriented Analysis – Shaler/Mellor – Coad/Yourdon – Rumbaugh – Booch – UML – Use case –
Conceptual model – Behaviour – Class Analysis Patterns – Overview – Diagrams – Aggregation – UML – Diagrams –
Collaboration – Sequence – Class – Design Patterns and Frameworks – Comparison with other design methods –
Managing Analysis and Design – Evaluation testing – Coding – Maintenance – Metrics.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Design Methods
The Architecture Concepts – Design Methods – Design Patterns – Rationale for Methods – Design Processes and
Strategies – Design by Template – Designing with Patterns – Stepwise Refinement – Incremental Design –
Prototyping – DSDM – Structured Systems Analysis and Structured Design – JSP – JSD.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Studies
Domain Name System – Email – World Wide Web (HTTP) – Simple Network Management Protocol – File Transfer
Protocol – Security – Mutimedia applications.
10 Hours
Total: 50Hours
Textbooks:
1. David Budgen, “Software Design” Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
2. R. S. Pressman, “Software Engineering”, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Inc., 2005.

References:
1. Steve McConnell, “Code Complete”, Word Power Publishers, 2001.
2. Ed Downs, Peter Clare, Jan Coe, “Structured System Analysis and Design Methods Application and
Context”, Prentice Hall Of Indiafs, 1998.
3. Suteliffe A.G., “Human Computer Interface Design”, Second Edition, Macmillan, 1995.

07SE09 INFORMATION SECURITY


4004
Unit I
Symmetric Key Cryptography
Security problem in computing – Elementary Cryptography – Mechanisms and Attacks – Block Cipher principles –
Data Encryption Standard – Strength of DES – Evaluation Criteria for AES – AES Cipher.
10 Hours
Unit II
Public Key Cryptography
Principles of public Key Cryptosystems – RSA Algorithm – Key Management – Diffie Hellman Key Exchange –
Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
10 Hours
Unit III
Message Authentication
MD5 Message Digest Algorithm – Secure Hash Algorithm – HMAC – Digital signature Standard – Kerberos Version
5 – X.509 Authentication Service
10 Hours
Unit IV
E-mail Security and IP Security
Pretty Good Privacy – S/MIME – IP Security Overview – IP Security Architecture – Authentication Header –
Encapsulating Security Payload – Combining Security Associations – Key Management.
10 Hours
Unit V
Web Security and Firewalls
Web Security considerations – Secure Sockets Layer and Transport Layer Security – Secure Electronic Transactions –
Intruders – Intrusion Detection – Password Management – Firewall design principles – Trusted systems.
10 Hours

147
Total: 50 Hours

148
Textbooks:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Third Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
2. Charles B.Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”, 3rd Edition, Person Education, 2003.

References:
1. Matt Bishop, “Computer Security – Art and Science”, 1st Edition, Person Education 2003.
2. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, “Network Security”, Second Edition, Prentice-hall, 2002.
3. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003

07SE13 SOFTWARE TESTING LABORATORY


0032
List of Experiments:

I. Do the following testing for a chosen software implementation using any commercial or freeware tools:
1. Path-testing
2. Transaction-flow testing.
3. Data-flow testing.
II. Do the following measurements on a chosen software implementation:
1. Halstead’s metrics
2. McCabe’s metrics
III. Simulate a test driver
IV. Develop a simple software testing tool implementing any testing technique of your choice.

Total: 50 Hours
07SE21 SOFTWARE QUALITY MANAGEMENT
4004
Unit I
Introduction
Concepts of Quality Control - Quality Assurance - Quality Management - Total Quality Management - Cost of Quality
- QC tools - 7 QC Tools and Modern Tools - Other related topics - Business Process Re-engineering - Zero Defect -
Six Sigma - Quality Function Deployment – Benchmarking - Statistical process control.
10 Hours
Unit II
Software Engineering Principles
Software Engineering Principles - Software Project Management - Software Process -Project and Product Metrics -
Risk Management.
10 Hours
Unit III
Software Quality Assurance Models
Software Quality Assurance - Statistical Quality Assurance - Software Reliability - Models for Quality Assurance -
ISO-9000 – Series – CMM – SPICE - Malcolm Baldrige Award.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Software Processes & Testing
Software Process - Definition and implementation - internal Auditing and Assessments - Software testing – Concepts
– Tools – Reviews - Inspections and Walkthroughs - PCMM.
10 Hours
Unit V
TQM
Total Quality Management – Introduction, Software reuse for TQM - Software testing method for TQM - Defect
Prevention and Total Quality Management - Zero Defect Software Development - Clean room Engineering.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

149
Textbooks:
1. Watt.S. Humphery, “Managing Software Process”, Addison - Wesley, 1998.
2. Allan Gillies,”Software Quality Theory & Management”, Thomson International Press, 1997.

References:
1. Roger Pressman, “Software Engineering”, 5th edition, McGraw Hill, 1999.
2. Gordan Schulmeyer G., James, “Total Quality Management for Software”, International Thomson Computer
Press, 1998.
3. Philip B Crosby, “Quality is Free: The Art of Making Quality Certain”, McGraw-Hill, 1992.

07SE22 SOFTWARE METRICS


4004
Unit I
Software Measurement
The representational theory of measurement – Measurement and models – Scales – Scale types – Meaningfulness in
measurement – Goal based framework for software measurement
10 Hours
Unit II
Software Metrics
Metrics Choices – Simple and Complex Metrics –Object oriented Metrics - Designing a Metric System – Metrics Data
Collection - Data Visualization
10 Hours
Unit III
Software Engineering Measurement
Measuring internal product attributes: Size, Structure – Measuring external product attributes
10 Hours
Unit IV
Software Reliability
Measurement and prediction – Resource measurement: productivity - teams and tools - Making process predictions:
cost estimation – models of effort and cost – problems in models
10 Hours
Unit V
Measurement and Management
Planning a measurement program – Measurement in practice – Empirical research in software engineering
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Alan Perlis, Frederick G. Sayward, Mary Shaw, “Software Metrics: An Analysis and Evaluation”, the MIT Press,
2003

References:
1. Norman E. Fenton, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Software Metrics: A Rigorous and Practical Approach”,
Course Technology Publisher, 1998
2. Engineering David A. Gustafson, “Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of Software”,
Net Library, Inc, 2002

07SE23 SOFTWARE AGENTS


4004
Unit I
Agent and User Experience
Interacting with Agents - Agent from Direct Manipulation to Delegation - Interface Agent Metaphor with Character -
Designing Agents - Direct Manipulation versus Agent Path to Predictable
10 Hours

150
Unit II
Agents for Learning
Agents for Information Sharing and Coordination - Agents that Reduce Work Information Overhead - Agents without
Programming Language - Life like Computer character - Software Agents for cooperative Learning - Architecture of
Intelligent Agents
10 Hours
Unit III
Agent Communication and Collaboration
Overview of Agent Oriented Programming - Agent Communication Language - Agent Based Framework of
Interoperability
10 Hours
Unit IV
Agent Architecture
Agents for Information Gathering - Open Agent Architecture - Communicative Action for Artificial Agent
10 Hours
Unit V
Mobile Software Agents
Mobile Agent Paradigm - Mobile Agent Concepts -Mobile Agent Technology - Case Study: Tele Script - Agent Tel
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Jeffrey M.Bradshaw, “Software Agents”, MIT Press, 2000
2. William R. Cockayne, Michael Zyda, “Mobile Agents”, Prentice Hall of India, 1998

References:
1. Russel & Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
2002
2. Joseph P.Bigus & Jennifer Bigus, “Constructing Intelligent agents with Java: A Programmer's Guide to
Smarter Applications”, John Wiley and Sons Publishers, 1997.
3. http://www.agents.media.mit.edu
4. http://www.cs.umbc.edu

07SE24 AGENT BASED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Definitions - Foundations - History - Intelligent Agents - Problem Solving-Searching - Heuristics - Constraint
Satisfaction Problems - Game playing.
10 Hours
Unit II
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning
Logical Agents - First order logic - First Order Inference - Unification - Chaining - Resolution Strategies - Knowledge
Representation - Objects - Actions-Events
10 Hours
Unit III
Planning Agents
Planning Problem - State Space Search - Partial Order Planning - Graphs - Nondeterministic Domains - Conditional
Planning - Continuous Planning – Multi Agent Planning. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Agents and Uncertainity
Acting under uncertainty – Probability Notation - Bayes Rule and use - Bayesian Networks - Other Approaches - Time
and Uncertainty-Temporal Models - Utility Theory - Decision Network - Complex Decisions.
10 Hours

151
Unit V
Higher Level Agents
Knowledge in Learning - Relevance Information - Statistical Learning Methods - Reinforcement Learning -
Communication - Formal Grammar - Augmented Grammars - Future of AI.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach”, 2nd Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2002
2. Michael Wooldridge, “An Introduction to Multi Agent System”, John Wiley and Sons Publishers,
2002.

Reference:
Patrick Henry Winston, “Artificial Intelligence”, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley, 1999.
Nils.J.Nilsson, “Principles of Artificial Intelligence”, Narosa Publishing House, 1992

07SE25 COMPUTER COMMUNICATION


4004
Unit I
Data Communication Fundamentals
Overview of Data Communication and Networking - Analog and Digital signals and transmission - Simplex / Half
and Full duplex and Synchronous / Asynchronous communication - Multiplexing - Transmission Media - Circuit
switching and Telephone network - DSL - ADSL and Cable Modem - Network Configuration.
10 Hours
Unit II
Packet Switched Networks
OSI and IP models, Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) - Token ring (IEEE 802.5) - Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) FDDI - DQDB -
SMDS: Internetworking with SMDS
10 Hours
Unit III
High Speed Networks
Frame Relay Networks - Asynchronous transfer mode - ATM Protocol Architecture - ATM logical Connection - ATM
Cell - ATM Service Categories - AAL - High Speed LAN’s - Fast Ethernet - Gigabit Ethernet - Fibre Channel -
Wireless LAN’s.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Congestion and Traffic Management
Queuing Analysis - Queuing Models - Single Server Queues - Effects of Congestion - Congestion Control - Traffic
Management - Congestion Control in Packet Switching Networks - Frame Relay Congestion Control.
10 Hours
Unit V
Protocols for QOS Support
RSVP - Goals and Characteristics - Data Flow - RSVP operations - Protocol Mechanisms - Multiprotocol Label
Switching - Operations - Label Stacking, Protocol details - RTP - Protocol Architecture - Data Transfer Protocol -
RTCP 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, Tata McGraw Hill Company, 3rd Edition, 2004.
2. Brijendra Sing, “Data Communication and Computer Networks”, Prentice Hall of India, 2004.

152
References:
1. Michael A. Gallo, William A. Hancock, “Computer Communication and Networking Technologies”,
Thomson Asia, 2003.
2. Warland, Pravin Varaiya, “High Performance Communication Networks”, Second Edition, Jean Harcourt
Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2001.
3. Irvan Pepelnjk, Jim Guichard, Jeff Apcar, “MPLS and VPN Architecture”, Cisco Press, Volume 1 and 2,
2003.

07SE26 ADVANCED NETWORK CONCEPTS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Circuit Switched Networks: SONET - Introduction – Layers - Frame structure - SONET multiplexing - DWDM -
Fiber to the Home - Passive optical networks - Passive Photonic loop-Hybrid Scheme - DSL - ADSL – ISDN –
BISDN – CATV – Layout -Layer network - Services
10 Hours
Unit II
ATM
Main features of ATM – ATM protocols - Addressing Signaling & Routing - Meta signaling-ATM adaptation layer for
signaling - Signaling Protocols for CS1 – PNNI - Header Structure – ATM Adaptation layer - Type 0-Type 1-Type2-
Type 3/4 - Type 5.
10 Hours
Unit III
Management and control
Fault Management - ATM Traffic & Congestion control - Network status monitoring and Configuration - Flow control
- Error detection - Error control Internetworking with ATM: LAN - IP over ATM - Multiprotocol over ATM - Frame
Relay over ATM
10 Hours
Unit IV
Wireless Networks
The wireless channel - Link level design - Channel access - Network design - standards.
10 Hours
Unit V
Recent Trends
Optical Networks - Cross-connects - LANs - Voice Over IP - Multimedia Networks.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Walrand J. Varaiya, “High Performance Communication Network”, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kauffman-Harcourt
Asia Pvt., Ltd., 2000.
2. Bates & Donald W. Gregory “Voice & Data Communications Handbook”, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2000.

References:
1. William Stallings, “ISDN & Broadband ISDN with Frame Relay & ATM P III”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall
2000.
2. Rainer Handel, Manfred N. Huber, Stefen Schroder, “ATM Networks, Concepts, Protocols Applications”, 3rd
Edition, Addison Wesley, 1999.
3. Kurose J.F. & Ross K.W., “Computer Networking- A Top-down Approach Featuring the Internet”, Addison
Wesely, 2001.

153
07SE27 ADHOC NETWORKS
4004
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction - Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology - The Electromagnetic Spectrum - Radio
Propagation Mechanisms - Characteristics of the Wireless Channel - IEEE 802.11a,b Standard – Origin of Ad hoc
Packet Radio Networks - Technical Challenges - Architecture of PRNETs - Components of Packet Radios – Ad hoc
Wireless Networks -What Is an Ad Hoc Network? Heterogeneity in Mobile Devices - Wireless Sensor Networks -
Traffic Profiles - Types of Ad hoc Mobile Communications - Types of Mobile Host Movements - Challenges Facing
Ad Hoc Mobile Networks-Ad hoc wireless Internet
10 Hours
Unit II
Ad Hoc Routing Protocols
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Classifications of Routing
Protocols -Table-Driven Routing Protocols - Destination Sequenced Distance Vector (DSDV) - Wireless Routing
Protocol (WRP) - Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR) - Ad Hoc On-Demand Distance Vector Routing (AODV)
- Dynamic Source Routing (DSR) -Temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA) - Signal Stability Routing (SSR)
-Location-Aided Routing (LAR) - Power-Aware Routing (PAR) - Zone Routing Protocol (ZRP)
10 Hours
Unit III
Multicast routing in Ad Hoc Networks
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Multicast Routing Protocol - Operation of Multicast Routing Protocols - An
Architecture Reference Model for Multicast Routing Protocols -Classifications of Multicast Routing Protocols - Tree-
Based Multicast Routing Protocols- Mesh-Based Multicast Routing Protocols - Energy-Efficient Multicasting -
Multicasting with Quality of Service Guarantees - Application-Dependent Multicast Routing - Comparisons of
Multicast Routing Protocols
10 Hours
Unit IV
Transport Layer, Security Protocols
Introduction - Issues in Designing a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Design Goals of a
Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks -Classification of Transport Layer Solutions - TCP Over Ad
Hoc Wireless Networks - Networks - Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Network Security Requirements -
Issues and Challenges in Security Provisioning - Network Security Attacks - Key Management - Secure Routing in Ad
Hoc Wireless Networks
10 Hours
Unit V
QoS and Energy Management
Introduction - Issues and Challenges in Providing QoS in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks -Classifications of QoS
Solutions - MAC Layer Solutions - Network Layer Solutions - QoS Frameworks for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks
Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks –Introduction - Need for Energy Management in Ad Hoc Wireless
Networks - Classification of Energy Management Schemes - Battery Management Schemes - Transmission Power
Management Schemes - System Power Management Schemes
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Siva Ram Murthy C. and Manoj B.S., “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2004.

References:
1. Toh C.K., “Ad Hoc Mobile Wireless Networks: Protocols and Systems”, Prentice Hall of India , 2001
2. Charles E. Perkins, “Ad Hoc Networking”, Addison Wesley, 2000

154
07SE28 DATA BASE TECHNOLOGY
4004
Unit I
Data Base System Concept
File systems - Database systems - Database systems architecture - Data models - Relational model – Hierarchical
model - Network model - Entity-Relationship model - Data Dictionary - Database Administration and control.
10 Hours
Unit II
Relational Databases
Codd's rules - Base tables - Views - Domains and key concept - Integrity rules - Relational Algebra – Relational
calculus - Commercial query languages - Embedded SQL - Normalization and database design.
10 Hours
Unit III
Database System Design
File and storage structures - Indexing and Hashing - Query processing - Database recovery - Concurrency control -
Transaction processing - Security and Integrity - Triggers.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Distributed Databases
Centralized versus distributed databases - Fragmentation - Distributed database architecture - Client / Server databases
- Distributed transactions - Locking and Commit protocols - Distributed concurrency Control – Security and reliability
- Parallel databases.
10 Hours
Unit V
Advanced Databases
The World Wide Web - Object oriented database - Object Relational database – XML - XML/QL - Data Analysis and
OLAP - Data mining - Data warehousing.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S.Sudharsan, “Database System Concepts”, 4 th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill Book Company, 2002.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 3 rd Edition, Addison Wesley,
2004.

References:
1. Jim Buyens, “Step by Step Web Database Development”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
2. Stefano Ceri & Giuesppe Pelagatti, “Distributed Databases - Principles and Systems”, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1987.
3. Date C.J., “An Introduction to Database System”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2003

07SE29 DATA MINING AND DATA WAREHOUSING


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Data Mining – Functionalities – Patterns Classification - Major issues - Data Warehouse and
OLAP technology for data mining- Data warehouse - Multidimensional data model - Data warehouse
architecture – Implementation - Development of data cube technology - Data mining to data warehousing

10 Hours

155
Unit II
Data Preprocessing
Data Preprocessing - Reason for data preprocess - Data cleaning - Data integration and transformation - Data
reduction - Discretization and concept hierarchy generation - Data mining primitives - Languages and System
Architecture: data mining primitives - Data mining query language - Designing graphical user interfaces-
architectures of data mining Systems
10 Hours
Unit III
Concept Description
Data Generalization and Summarization - Analytical Characterization - Mining class Comparisons - Mining
Descriptive Statistical Measures in Large databases - Discussion - Mining Association Rules in Large Databases
- Association Rule Mining - Mining Single-Mining Multilevel Association Rules from Transaction Databases -
Mining multidimensional Association Rules from Relational Databases and Data Warehouses - Association
Mining to Correlation Analysis - Constraint Based Association Mining
10 Hours
Unit IV
Classification and Prediction
Issues Regarding Classification and Prediction - Classification by decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification -
Classification by Backpropagation - Classification Based on Concepts from Association Rule Mining - Classification
Methods -Prediction - Classifier Accuracy - Cluster Analysis: Types - Categorization of Major Clustering Methods -
Partitioning Methods - Hierarchical Methods - Density Based Methods - Grid Based Methods - Model Based
Clustering Methods - Outlier Analysis.
10 Hours
Unit V
Multidimensional Analysis
Multidimensional Analysis and Descriptive Mining of Complex Data Objects - Mining spatial Databases - Mining
Multimedia Databases - Mining Time Series And Sequence Data Mining Text Databases - Mining the World Wide
Web - Applications and Trends in Data Mining: Data Mining Applications - Data Mining System Products And
Research Prototypes - Additional Themes on Data Mining - Social Impacts of Data Mining-Trends in Data Mining.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining concepts and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,
2002.
References:
1. Mehmed Kantardzic, “Data Mining Concepts, Models, Methods and Algorithms”, John Wiley & Sons
Publications, 2003.
2. Margaret Dunham, “Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”, Pearson Education, NewDelhi, 2005.
3. Paulraj Ponnaiah, “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”, Wiley Publishers, Singapore, 2001.

07SE30 REAL TIME SYSTEMS


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Architecture of Real time Systems / Embedded Systems – Operating Systems issues – Performance Measures –
Estimating Program runtimes.
10 Hours
Unit II
Task Assignment and Scheduling
Uniprocessor Scheduling – IRIS Tasks – Tasks Assignment Mode charges – Fault tolerant scheduling.
10 Hours
Unit III
Programming Languages and Tools

156
Desired characteristics based on ADA – Data typing – Control Structures – Packages – Exception Handling –
Overloading – Multitasking – Timing specification – Task Scheduling – Just-in-time Compilation – Runtime support.

10 Hours
Unit IV
Real Time Databases
Basic Networking principles – Real time databases – Transaction processing – Concurrency control – Disk scheduling
algorithms – Serialization and Consistency.
10 Hours
Unit V
Fault Tolerance, Reliability and Synchronization
Fault types – Fault detection and containment – Redundancy – Data diversity – Reversal checks – Obtaining
parameter values – Reliability models for hardware redundancy – Software error models – Clocks – Fault tolerant
synchronization – Synchronization in software.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Krishna C.M., Kang G. Shin, “Real Time Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 1997.
2. Jane S Liu, “Real Time Systems”, Pearson Education, 2004.
References:
1. Prasad K.V.K.K., “Embedded, Real-Time Systems, concepts, Design and Programming”, DreamTeach, 2003.
2. Raymond J.A. Buhr, Donald L. Bailey, “An Introduction to Real Time Systems”, Prentice Hall International,
1999.

07SE31 PATTERN RECOGNITION


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Pattern recognition - Classification and Description - Patterns and feature Extraction with Examples -Training and
Learning in PR systems - Pattern recognition Approaches - Other Approaches to PR.
10 Hours
Unit II
Statistical Pattern Recognition
Introduction to statistical Pattern Recognition - Supervised Learning using Parametric and Non Parametric
10 Hours
Unit III
Linear Discriminant Functions and Unsupervised Learning
Introduction - Discrete and binary Classification problems - Techniques to directly obtain linear Classifiers -
Formulation of Unsupervised Learning Problems - Clustering for unsupervised learning and applications
10 Hours
Unit IV
Neural Networks
Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - Artificial Neurons, Basic-concepts - Perceptron - Representation - Linear
Separability - Learning - Training algorithm - Supervised and unsupervised learning networks, back propagation
networks (BPN) - The generalized delta rule – Practicalconsideration- BPN applications.
10 Hours
Unit V
Neural Network Architectures
Hopfield nets - Cauchy training - Simulated annealing - The Boltzmann machine - Associative memory -Bidirectional
associative memory - Applications. SOM data processing – Applications - ART network description - ART1 - ART2 -
Applications, Radial Basis Function Networks and Support Vector Machines - Applications.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:

157
1. Robert Schalkoff, “Pattern Recognition: Statistical, Structural and Neural Approaches”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc, 1992.
2. Duda R.O., Hart P.E. & Stork D.G, “Pattern Classification”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley Inc, 2001.
References:
1. James Freeman A. and David Skapura M., “Neural Networks - Algorithms, Applications & Programming
Techniques”, Addison Wesley, 1992.
2. Yegnanarayana B., “Artificial Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
3. Laurene Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture, Algorithms and Applications”, Prentice
Hall of India, 1994.
07SE32 SOFT COMPUTING
4004
Unit I
Fuzzy Set Theory
Introduction to Neuro Fuzzy and Soft Computing – Fuzzy Sets – Basic Definition and Terminology – Set-theoretic
operations – Member Function Formulation and parameterization – Fuzzy Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning - Extension
principle and Fuzzy Relations – Fuzzy If-Then Rules – Fuzzy Reasoning – Fuzzy Inference Systems – Mamdani
Fuzzy Models - Sugeno Fuzzy Models – Tsukamoto Fuzzy Models – Input Space Partitioning and Fuzzy Modeling.
10 Hours
Unit II
Optimization
Derivative-based Optimization – Descent Methods – The Method of steepest Descent – Classical Newton’s Method –
Step Size Determination – Derivative-free Optimization – Genetic Algorithms – Simulated Annealing – Random
Search – Downhill Simplex Search.
10 Hours
Unit III
Neural Networks
Supervised Learning Neural Networks – Perceptrons - Adaline – Backpropagation Multilayer perceptrons – Radial
Basis Function Networks – Unsupervised Learning and Other Neural Networks – Competitive Learning Networks –
Kohonen Self – Organizing Networks – Learning Vector Quantization – Hebbian Learning.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Neuro Fuzzy Modeling
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference Systems – Architecture – Hybrid Learning Algorithm – learning Methods that Cross-
fertilize ANFIS and RBFN – Coactive Neuro-Fuzzy Modeling – Framework – Neuron Functions for Adaptive
Networks – Neuro Fuzzy Spectrum.
10 Hours
Unit V
Application of Computational Intelligence
Printed Character Recognition – Inverse Kinematics Problems – Automobile Fuel Efficiency prediction – Soft
Computing for Color Recipe Prediction.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Jang J.S.R., Sun C.T. and Mizutani E., “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”, Pearson Education, 2004.

References:
1. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Application”, McGraw Hill, 1977.
2. Davis E.Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine Learning” Addison Wesley, New
york, 1989.
3. Eberhart R., Simpson P. and Dobbins R., “Computational Intelligence and PC Tools”, AP Professional,
Boston 1996.
07SE33 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS
4004
Unit I

158
Introduction and QoS
Introduction - QoS Requirements and Constraints - Concepts-Resources - Establishment Phase - Run-Time Phase -
Management Architectures.
10 Hours
Unit II
Operating Systems
Real Time Processing – Scheduling - Interprocess Communication - Memory and Management - Server Architecture -
Disk Management.
10 Hours

Unit III
File Systems and Networks
Traditional and Multimedia File Systems - Caching Policy – Batching - Piggy backing –Ethernet - Gigabit Ethernet -
Token Ring - 100VG Any LAN - Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI) - ATM Networks - MAN - WAN.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Communication
Transport Subsystem - Protocol Support for QoS - Transport of Multimedia - Computer Supported Cooperative Work
– Architecture - Session Management - MBone Applications.
10 Hours
Unit V
Synchronization
Synchronization in Multimedia Systems - Presentation-Synchronization Types -Multimedia Synchronization Methods
- Case Studies – MHEG – MODE - ACME.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Systems”, Springer, I Edition 2004.
2. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Media Coding and Content Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.

References:
1. Vaughan T, “Multimedia”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
2. Mark J.B., Sandra K.M., “Multimedia Applications Development using DVI technology”, McGraw Hill,
1992.
3. Rao K.R., Zoran S. Bojkovic, Dragorad A. Milovacovic, D. A. Milovacovic , “Multimedia Communication
Systems: Techniques, Standards, and Networks”, Prentice Hall of India, 1st Edition, 2002.
4. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson Education, 2004.

07SE34 C # and .NET


4004
Unit I
Fundamentals of C#
UNIX Operating System – History – Commands – System Structure – Shell, Shell Programming – System / Calls –
Unix Communications - Architecture – Kernel Data structures – File sub-system and Process – sub-system – User-
Kernel modes – Process States and Transitions – Sleep and Wakeup.
10 Hours
Unit II
C#
C# data types – Variables – Operators – Statements – Input/output – Control flow – Methods – Debugging and error
handling – Namespaces – Array – Structs – OOP concepts – Classes – Abstract data type – Constructors – Destructors
- Conversions
10 Hours
Unit III
Inheritance and Interfaces

159
Inheritance – operator overloading-Interfaces – Indexes – Delegates – Events – Variable argument Lists – Collection –
Reflection – Events – Variable argument lists – Collection – Reflection – Dynamic creation and invocation –
Preprocessor
10 Hours
Unit IV
I/O Operations
File and Folder operations – Dates and Times – browsing the Internet – Windows Form Controls – Advanced windows
– Form features using dialogs.
10 Hours

Unit V
Databases and Web Applications
Developing Windows Applications – Accessing data with ADO.NET, .NET assemblies - Web programming basics –
Web services – Case Study.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Balagurusamy E., “Programming in C #”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Stanley B.Lippman, “C# Primer: A practical approach”, Pearson Education, 1991.

References:
1. Eric Gunnerson, “A Programmers Introduction to C#” , A Press, 2000.
2. Ben Albahari, Pter Drayton, Brad Merrill, “C# Essentials”, Oreilly & Associates, 2001.
3. Conard.J, “Introduction to .Net”, Wrox Press, 2000.
4. David.S.Platt, “Introducing Microsoft. Net”, Microsoft Press, 3rd, Edition, 2003.

07SE35 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING


4004
Unit I
Enterprise Resource Planning
Principle – ERP framework – Business Blue Print – Business Engineering Vs Business process Re-Engineering –
Tools – Languages – Value chain – Supply and Demand chain – Extended supply chain management – Dynamic
Models – Process Models.
10 Hours
Unit II
Technology and Architecture
Client/Server architecture – Technology choices – Internet direction – Evaluation framework – CRM – CRM pricing –
Chain safety – Evaluation framework.
10 Hours
Unit III
ERP System Packages
SAP - People soft - Baan and Oracle – Comparison – Integration of different ERP applications – ERP as sales force
automation – Integration of ERP and Internet – ERP Implementation strategies – Organisational and social issues.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Oracle
Overview – Architecture – AIM – applications – Oracle SCM - SAP - Overview – Architecture – applications -Before
and after Y2k – critical issues – Training on various modules of IBCS ERP Package - Oracle ERP and MAXIMO -
Including ERP on the NET.
10 Hours
Unit V
ERP Procurement Issues

160
Market Trends – Outsourcing ERP – Economics – Hidden Cost Issues – ROI – Analysis of cases from five Indian
Companies. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
1. Sadagopan. S, “ERP-A Managerial Perspective”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
2. Jose Antonio Fernandez, “The SAP R/3 Handbook”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.

References:
1. Vinod Kumar Crag and N.K.Venkitakrishnan, “Enterprise Resource Planning – Concepts and Practice”,
Prentice Hall of India, 1998.
2. Garg & Venkitakrishnan, “ERPWARE, ERP Implementation Framework”, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
3. Thomas E Vollmann and Bery Whybark, “Manufacturing and Control Systems”, Galgothia
Publications, 1998.

07SE36 COMPONENT BASED SYSTEM DESIGN


4004
Unit I
Basic Concepts
Software Components - Component models and Component Services - Myths in Component Based Technology - Risk
Factors - Success Factors, Component Based Software Development.
10 Hours
Unit II
Components, Architecture and Process
Component Architecture - Component Frameworks - Component Development - Component distribution and
acquisition - Component assembly - Markets and components. 10 Hours

Unit III
Design of Software Component
Software Components and the UML Component Infrastructures - Business Components - Components and
Connectors - Designing Models of Modularity & Integration 10 Hours

Unit IV
Management of Component Based Software Systems
Measurement and Metrics for Software Components - Selecting the right Components - Software Component Project
Management - Trouble with Testing Components - Configuration Management and Component Libraries - Evolution
Maintenance of Management of Component based Systems. 10 Hours

Unit V
Component Technologies
Overview of the Following Component Models: CORBA - COM+ - Enterprise Java Beans - Software Agents.
10 Hours
Total 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. George T.Heinemen, William T. Councill, “Component Based Software Engineering”, Addison- Wesley
Professional, 2001.
2. Clemens Szyperski, “Component Software – Beyond Object Oriented Programming”, Pearson Education, 2nd
edition, 2004.

References:
1. Thomas J. Mowbray, William A.Ruh, “Inside CORBA Distributed Object Standards and Applications”,
Addison Wesley, 2001.
2. Dale Rojerson, “Inside COM”, Microsoft Press, 2001.

161
3. Andreas Vogel, Keith Duddy “Java Programming with CORBA” John Wiley & Sons. 1998.

07 SE37 DISTRIBUTED OPERATING SYSTEM


4004
Unit I
Introduction
Architectures of Distributed Operating Systems - System Architecture types communication networks- Theoretical
Foundations - Lamp ports logical clocks – Vector clocks – Casual ordering of messages – Global state – Cuts of a
distributed computation – Termination detection. Distributed Mutual Exclusion – The classification of mutual
exclusion and associated algorithms – A comparative performance analysis.
10 Hours
Unit II
Distributed Deadlock Detection
Deadlock handling strategies – Issues in deadlock detection and resolution – Control organizations for distributed
deadlock detection – Centralized and distributed deadlock detection algorithms –Hierarchical deadlock detection
algorithms - Agreement protocols – The system model - A classification of agreement problems - Solutions to the
Byzantine agreement problem - Applications of agreement algorithms - Distributed resource management -
Architecture – Mechanism for building distributed file systems – Design issues –Log structured file systems.
10 Hours
Unit III
Scheduling Algorithms
Distributed shared memory – Architecture – Algorithms for implementing DSM – Memory coherence and protocols –
Design issues - Distributed Scheduling – Issues in load distributing – Components of a load distributing algorithm –
Stability – Load distributing algorithm – Performance comparison – Selecting a suitable load sharing algorithm -
Failure Recovery and Fault tolerance – Classification of failures – Backward and forward error recovery - Backward
error recovery - Recovery in concurrent systems – Consistent set of check points – Synchronous and asynchronous
check pointing and recovery – Check pointing for distributed database systems- Recovery in replicated distributed
databases.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Security Systems
Protection and security - The access matrix model and its implementations-safety in matrix model - Advanced models
of protection. Data security – Cryptography - Model of cryptography - Conventional cryptography - Modern
cryptography - Private key cryptography - Data encryption standard - Public key cryptography – Multiple encryption
– Authentication in distributed systems.
10 Hours
Unit V
Case Study (Linux / Windows)
Case study(Linux / Windows) – Design and implementation of OS - Process model and structure in OS - Memory
management - File system - I/O management and device drivers.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Pradeep K.Sinha, “Distributed Operating System-Concepts and Design”, Prentice Hallo India,
2003.
2. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, “Distributed Operating System”, Pearson education, 2003.

References:
1. Naji, “Linux OS”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
2. Abraham Siberschetz and Peter B. Galvin, “Windows XP Update”, John Wiley, 2003.
3. Mukesh Singhal, Niranjan G.Shivaratri, “Advanced concepts in operating systems: distributed, Database and
multiprocessor operating”, Tata McGraw Hill Company, 2001.

162
Syllabi of

M.E. Structural Engineering

163
07ST 01 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
4004
Unit I
Fresh Concrete
Workability –Need-Factors affecting workability-Segregation-Bleeding-Mixing of concrete-Compaction of concrete-
Revibration-Self compacting concrete-Ready-mixed concrete-Pumped concrete-Preplaced concrete-Shotcrete-
Analysis of fresh concrete- 10 Hours

Unit II
Hardening of Concrete
Factors affecting strength of concrete-Curing-Maturity of concrete-High strength concrete-Ultra High strength
concrete-Properties of Hardened concrete and their significance-Structure of concrete-Structure concrete relationships
in hydrated cement paste-Dimensional stability-Durability-Transition zone in concrete-Micro concrete-Autogeneous
healing-Evaluation of heat and expansion-Creep-Shrinkage-Elasticity- 10 Hours

Unit III
Concrete Testing
Workability-Compression-Tension-Flexure-Bond strength-Factors affecting the results-Accelerated strength results-
Stress strain characteristics- Modulus of Elasticity-In site strength determination-Variation in results-Distribution of
strength-Standard deviation-Non destructive tests-I.S. code provision- 10 Hours

Unit IV
Concrete Mix Design
Basic consideration-Factors in the choice of mix proportions-Mix design methods- A.C.I .Methods -I.S. Methods-Mix
proportion- Correction for moisture content-Bulking-Yield of concrete-Design of High strength concrete and Self
compacting concrete-EFNARC Specifications- Design of concrete mix with Fly ash and silica fume. 10 Hours

Unit V
Special Concretes
Light weight concrete-Aerated concrete-No fines concrete-Heavy weight concrete for radiation shield- Fiber
reinforced concrete- Polymer concrete-High volume flyash concrete-High performance concrete-Concrete admixtures.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Properties of concrete - A.M.Neville -Second edition-2003-Pearson education.
2. Concrete –Micro structure, properties and materials- P.Kumar Mehta,Monteiro- First edition-2005-Indian
concrete institute-

References:
1. Concrete technology-A.R.Shantha kumar- I Edition-2007-Oxford university press.
2. Concrete technology-M.S.Shetty –IV Edition- 2005- S.Chand & Co-
3. Special structural concrete-Rafat siddique- I Edition-2000-Galgotia Publication-
4. Design of concrete mixes-N.Krishna raju-IV Edition-2002-C.B.S.Publication-
5. Concrete Manual-M.L.Gambhir-IV Edition-1992-Dhanpatrai & Sons-

7ST02 ADVANCED REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN


3204
Unit I
Design of Beams and Columns
Behaviour of r.c .beams in flexure, shear, torsion and combined loadings applied gradually-modes of failure-
interaction effects-analysis and design of beams circular in plan and spandrel beams-design for serviceability limit
states-calculations of deflections and crack width as per I.S 456-2000 code-behaviour of slender r.c.c. columns under
gradually increasing load-failure modes and interaction curves-calculation of design moments for braced and unbraced
long columns-design of slender columns. 10 Hours

164
UnitII
Design of Hyperstatic r.c Beams and Frames
Design and detailing of continuous beams and portal frames-design of multibay, multistoreyed r.c.frames: preliminary
design-use of substitute frames for calculating stress resultants caused by gravity loading-portal method for wind and
earthquake forces-design of members and detailing of reinforcements. 10 Hours

UnitIII
Design of Special R.C. Elements
Design and detailing of deep beams and corbels-braced and unbraced walls-approximate analysis and design of grid
floors. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Design of Slabs
Yield line theory of slabs-virtual work and equilibrium methods-Hillerborg method of design-design of flat slabs as
per I.S.456 code. 10 Hours

UnitV
Ultimate Load Analysis and Design of Hyperstatic Beams And Frames
Conditions which an ultimate load analysis should satisfy-moment-rotation characteristics of a r.c. section-plastic
hinges-moment redistribution-A.L.L Baker’s method of analysis and design-check for rotation capacity of sections.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Varghese, P.C. “Advanced reinforced concrete design,”prentice hall of India, 2002.
2. Krishnaraju,n.,”Advanced reinforced concrete design”,CBS publishers and distributers,(1975)

References:
1. Park,R and Paulay.T,”Reinforced Concrete Structures,”John wiley&sons(1975)
2. Purushothaman.P,”Reinforced concrete structural elements:behaviour, analysis and design,”Tata Mc graw
Hill,(1986)
3. Handbook on concrete Engineering”edited by Fintel, mark; 2nd edition;Van Norstrand Reinhold
Co,Newyork,1983
4. Sp-18”Torsion of structural concrete,”American concrete institute,Detroit,march 1966
5. Jones,l.l;”Ultimate load analysis of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures ,Chatto and Windus,1962

07ST03 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS


3204
Unit I
Fundamental Concepts of Structures
Introduction -Types of Matrices – Matrix addition, Matrix multiplication, Inverse of a matrix of fourth order – Force
and Displacement measurements - Force and Displacement Methods of Structural Analysis- Principles of
superposition.
Characteristics of Structures – Stiffness and Flexibility
Introduction to Equilibrium – Structures with single coordinate – Two coordinates – Stiffness and flexibility matrices
in n coordinates – Stiffness and flexibility matrices in constrained measurements. 10 Hours

Unit II
Energy Concepts in Structures
Strain energy in terms of stiffness and flexibility matrices – Properties of stiffness and flexibility matrices –
Interpretation of coefficients - Betti’s Law – Other energy theorems - using matrix notations.
Transformation of Information

165
Indeterminate Structures – Transformation of System force to element forces – Element Flexibility to System
Flexibility – System Displacement to Element Displacement - Stiffness and Flexibility matrices of the elements-
Normal coordinates and orthogonal Transformation. 10 Hours

166
Unit III
Flexibility Method
Statically Determinate and Indeterminate Structures – Choice of redundants leading to ill and well conditioned
matrices – Automatic choice of redundant – Rank technique – Transformation to one set of redundant to another –
Internal forces due to thermal expansion and lack of fit – Reducing the size of flexibility matrix – Application to pin-
jointed plane truss – Continuous beams – Frames – Grids. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Stiffness Method
Introduction – Development of the stiffness method – Analogy between flexibility and stiffness – Analysis due to
thermal expansion - lack of fit – Application of stiffness approach to pin jointed plane and space trusses – Continuous
beams – Frames. 10 Hours

Unit V
Analysis by Substructures
Analysis by substructures using the stiffness and flexibility method with tridiagonalisation.
Analysis by Iteration
Iteration method for frames with non-prismatic members – Iteration method applied to rigidly connected members –
Efficiency of iteration method. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Text books:
1. Rubinstein, F.M., Matrix computer methods of Structural Analysis, Prentice Hall, 1966.
2. McGuire and Gallagher, R.H., Matrix Structural Analysis, John Wiley, 1979

References:
1. Meek, J.L., Matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1971.
2. Prezemineicki, J.S., Theory of matrix Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984.
3. William Weaver J.R and James M. Gere, Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, 1986.
4. Wang C.K., Intermediate Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill International Editions, 1983.
5. Ghali A. and Neville A.M., Structural Analysis A unified Classical and Matrix Approach, Fourth Edition,
E & FN Spon, Taylor & Francis Group, 1997.

07ST04 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY


3204
Unit I
Analysis of Stress and Strain in Cartesian Coordinates
Analysis of stress (two and three dimension)- Body force, surface force - Uniform state of stress - Principal stresses -
stress transformation laws - Differential equations of equilibrium. Analysis of strain (two and three dimension) Strain
displacement relations - Compatibility equations - state of strain at a point - strain transformation - principal strain -
principle of superposition. Stress - strain relations - generalized Hook's law - Lame's constants - methods of
formulation of elasticity problems - Equilibrium equations in terms of displacements - compatibility equations in
terms of stresses - Boundary value problems. 10 Hours

Unit II
Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian Coordinates
Introduction: Plane stress and Plane strain problems - Airy's stress function - polynomials - Direct method of
determining Airy's polynomial stress function - solution of Biharmonic equation by fourier series - St. Venant
principle. 10 Hours

Unit III
Two Dimensional Problems in Polar Coordinates

167
General equations in polar coordinates - stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - pure bending of curved bars
- strain components in polar coordinates - displacements for symmetrical stress distribution - Rotating Disc -
Bending of a curved bar by force at the end - Effect of circular hole on stress distribution - concentrated force at a
point of a straight boundary - Forces on wedges - A circular disc with diametric loading. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Torsion of Prismatic Bars
General solutions of the problem by displacement (St. Venant's warping function) and force (Prandtl's stress
function) approaches - Membrane analogy-Torsion of shafts of circular and noncircular (elliptic, triangular and
rectangular) cross sectional shapes. Torsion of thin rectangular section and hollow thin walled single and multicelled
sections. 10 Hours

Unit V
Introduction to Plasticity
Introduction to stress-strain curve - Ideal plastic body - criterion of yielding - Rankine's theory - St.Venant's theory
- Tresca's criterion - Beltramis theory - Von-mises criterion - Mohr's theory of yielding - yield surface - Flow rule
(plastic stress- strain relation) Prandtl Reuss equations - Plastic work - Plastic potential - uniqueness of stress
distribution - Elastoplastic problems of beams in bending - thick hollow spheres and cylinders subjected to internal
pressure - General relations - plastic torsion - perfect plasticity - bar of circular cross section - Nadai's sand heap
analogy. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
2. Sadhu Singh, “Theory of Plasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.

References:
1. Chow,P.C. and Pagano,N.J.,"Elasticity, Tensor, Dyadic and Engg. Approaches", D.Vannostrard Co., New
York, 1968.
2. Timoshenko, S and Goodier, J.N, "Theory of Elasticity", Mc Graw Hill Book Co., 1951.
3. Chakrabarthy, T., "Theory of Plasticity", Mc Graw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1988.
4. Mendelson, A., "Plasticity, Theory and Applications", MacMillan Co., New York, 1968.

07ST05 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN ENGINEERING


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Concept of an element - various element shapes - one, two and three dimensional elements - Finite Element
procedure, variational principles and method of weighted residual - Principle of virtual work - Rayleigh Ritz
method - Galerkin's method of weighted residual. Displacement, stress and hybrid models - principle of
minimum potential energy - principle of minimum complementary energy - Reissner's principle. Convergence and
compatibility requirements - Assumed displacement field – Pascal’s Triangle - Melosh criteria - Two dimensional
Truss problem. Review of Gaussian Elimination and Cholesky methods, Storage schemes - skyline, band forms - band
solver, Frontal solver - Cholesky LU decomposition in skyline storage. 10 Hours

Unit II
Two Dimensional Elements
Triangular Elements - constant strain triangle - Element stiffness matrix - various methods of evaluating element
stiffness Higher order triangular elements - comparison of different elements. Rectangular Elements - Serendipity
family - Lagrangean family - Hermitian family. Sub-Iso-Super Parametric elements - Shape function - Mapping -
Linear isoparametric quadrilateral. 10 Hours

Unit III
Three Dimensional Elements

168
Numerical Integration using Gaussian Quadrature - Weights and Gauss points. Selective and reduced integration.
Axisymmetric stress analysis - Tetrahedran element family - parallelopiped element - Hexahedran Element family
- ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements. 10 Hours
Unit IV
Plate/Shell Elements and Finite Strip Method
Triangular and Rectangular elements - BFS Element - Faceted element for shells - Semi - loof elements -
Degenerated shell elements - Axisymmetric shell elements. Finite strip method - Development of stiffness matrix and
consistent load vector - Application to folded plates and bridge decks - Applications to Reinforced Concrete.
10 Hours
Unit V
Non-Linear Analysis and Computer Applications
Types of non-linearities - Stability analysis - Load deformation response - Solution techniques - Newton Raphson
method - Modified Newton Raphson method, Alpha constant method, Riks Wempner method - classical Eigen Value
analysis - programming organisation of Finite Element Schemes - Input / output plotting - Mesh generation aspects -
software packages. Introduction to Analysis of 2D Truss by FEM - Stress Analysis of Deep Beams using ANSYS
Package - Analysis of Folded Plates & Shells, using ANSYS Package - Analysis of Grids using ANSYS Package. (Not
for Examination) 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Rajasekaran, S.,"Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design", Wheeler, 1993.
2. Krishnamoorthy C.S.,"Finite Element Method - Theory and Programming", Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Company", New Delhi 1994.

References:
1. Chandrakant, S. Desai and John F. Abel, "Introduction to the Finite Element method, A numerical
Method for Engg. Analysis", Affiliated East West press Pvt.Ltd., Madras, 1972.
2. Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla and Ashok D., Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering",
Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi 1991.
3. Bathe K.J., "Finite Element Procedure", Prentice Hall of India, and New Delhi 1997.
4. Zienkiewinz O.C., "The Finite Element method Vol. 1 & 2", Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New York
1991.
5. Mukhopadhyay.M., "Matrix, Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis", Oxford & IBH
publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.

07ST06 DESIGN OF SUB STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Design of soil investigation report for design of foundation structure – types – Selection of foundation - Basic
requirement of foundation – Computation of loads - Bearing Capacity of soil – Plate load test - General principle of
design of shallow and deep foundation. 10 Hours

Unit II
Pile Foundation
Introduction – Load carrying capacity of different types of piles and pile groups according to IS 2911 - Settlement of
piles - Negative skin friction - Lateral load resistance of individual piles and pile groups - Design of Piles and Pile
cap. 10 Hours

Unit III
Sheet Pile Walls and Cofferdams
Sheet pile structures - cantilever sheet pile walls in granular soils and cohesive soils - Anchored Bulk head - Free earth
support method - Fixed earth support method - lateral earth pressure on Braced sheet pile walls - Cofferdams - Types -

169
Cellular cofferdams - components - Dimensions - Cell fill - stability of cellular cofferdams - cofferdams in Rock -
Cofferdams on deep layers of sand or clay. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Machine Foundations
Introduction - Types of machine foundation – Basic principles of design of machine foundation- Dynamic properties
of soil - Vibration analysis of machine foundation - Natural frequency - Design of foundation for Reciprocating
machines and Impact machines - Reinforcement and construction details - Vibration isolation .
10 Hours
Unit V
Special Foundation
Foundation in Expansive Soils- Introduction - Identification of expansive soils Indian expansive soils - Swell potential
and swelling pressure - Methods of foundation in expansive soils - Under reamed pile foundation. Foundations for
concrete towers Chimneys Design of Anchors. Reinforced Earth:-Introduction - Basic Mechanism of reinforced earth
- Choice of soil and Reinforcement - Reinforced earth retaining walls.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Swamy Saran, "Analysis and Design of Substructures", Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.,Pvt.Ltd.,
2. Varghese P.C. “Foundation Engineering” Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi
2005.

References:
1. Thomlinson, M.J. and Boorman. R. “Foundation Design and Construction”, ELBS Longman VI edition, 1995.
2. Braja M. Das “Principles of Foundations Engineering” Thomson Asia (P) Ltd.
3. Bowels J. E “Foundation Analysis and Design” McGraw-Hill International Book Co.
4. Venkatramaiah.C, "Geotechnical Engineering", New Age International Ltd., New Delhi.
5. V.N.S.Murthy, “Advanced foundation engineering”, I edition, 2005, CBS publisher.

07ST11 ADVANCED CONCRETE TRCHNOLOGY LABORATORY


0032
List of Experiments

1. Tests on Cement
2. Tests on Aggregates
3. Concrete Mix Design for M20 and M50 Grades
4. Tests on Fresh Concrete
5. Tests on Hardened Concrete
6. Workability tests on High Performance Concrete
7. Non-Destructive Testing on Concrete
8. Effects of Aggregate Size on the Properties of Concrete
9. Workability Tests on Self-compacting Concrete
10. Tests on Concrete made of Recycled Aggregate.

07ST12 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LABORATRY


0032
List of Experiments:

1. Solution of Equations
 Linear System of Equations by Cramer’s Rule
 Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gaussian Elimination method

170
 Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gauss Siedel Iteration
 Solution of Linear System of Equations using Band Solver technique.
 Programs for Semi automatic Technique for Flexibility and Stiffness approach.
 Program for Direct Stiffness Method Analysis of Cylindrical Shells
(Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical)

2. Finite Element Method


 Analysis of 2D Truss by FEM using 2D Truss Program
 Analysis of Folded Plate (V Type, Trough Type)
 Analysis of square and circular Plates with and without holes.

3. Introduction to STAAD Pro


 Analysis and Design of Building Frames
 Analysis of Truss Structures
 Analysis of Structures for Moving Loads

07ST07 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS AND TECHNIQUES


4004
Unit I
Strain Measurement
Methods of Measurement -Calibration-Load calibration of testing machines-I.S. Code provisions - Measurement
system-Strain measurement-Strain gauges- Principle, Types, Performance, Uses- Strain Rosettes- Wheatstone Bridge-
Photo elasticity- Principle, Application-Moire fringe- Electronic load cells-Proving rings. 10 Hours

Unit II
Measurement of Vibration & Wind Flow
Measurement of vibration- Vibration galvanometers- Vibrometer-Characteristics of Structural vibration- Pressure
gauges-Velocity transducers- Seismic transducers – Linear Variable Differential Transformer- Cathode ray
oscilloscope – X Y Plotter- Wind Tunnels-Flow meters- Venturimeter- Digital Data Acquisition systems.
10 Hours
Unit III
Distress Measurement & Control
Diagnosis of distress in structures-Cracks in structures-Formation of cracks- Types of cracks-Causes of cracks- Crack
measurement- Monitoring and measurement of crack movement- Corrosion of reinforcement in RCC- Half cell-
Construction and use-Damage assessment-Controlled blasting for demolition. 10 Hours

Unit IV
N.D.T.Methods
Load testing on structures-In situ load testing-Ultimate load testing-Rebound hammer-Principle and Applications-
Limitations-Ultrasonic testing- Principles and Applications- Brittle coating- Principle and Applications-Stress coat-
All Temp- Comparison of brittle coatings- Evaluation of the coating. 10 Hours

Unit V
Model Analysis
Model laws- Laws of similitude-Model materials- Model testing- Necessity for Model analysis-Advantages-
Applications- Types of similitude- Scale effect in Models- Indirect model study- Direct model study- Limitations of
model investigations- Structural problems that may demand model studies- Usage of influence lines in model studies.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Dally J W and Riley W.F, “Experimental stress Analysis”, McGraw-Hill,Inc. New York, 1991.
2.Srinath L S et al, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi, 1984.

References:

171
1. Rangan C S, “Instrumentation – Devices and Systems”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., NewDelhi, 1983.
2. Sadhu Singh, “Experimental Stress Analysis”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.

07ST08 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
General
Classification of Industries and Industrial Structures – Specific requirements for Industries like Engineering, Textiles,
Chemicals, etc. – Site layout and external facilities required. 10 Hours

Unit II
Functional Requirements
Natural and artificial lighting – protection from the sun light – Services – Electrical wiring fixtures – cable and pipe
bridge – Electrical installations – substations – Effluent disposal – Heating and Ventilation – Air conditioning – Fire
expanse and chutes – fire alarm, extinguishers and hydrants – Guidelines from factories act. 10 Hours

Unit III
Industrial rc Structures
Design and detailing of R.C. gable frames, corbels, bunkers, silos and chimneys – North light shell roofs and folded
plates – Cooling towers – Application of prefabrication techniques. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Power Transmission Structures
Cables – Transmission line towers – Substation Structures – Tower Foundation – Testing of towers.
10 Hours
Unit V
Other Structures
Design of Nuclear containment structures – Gantry girders – Design of corbels and nibs – Machine Foundations.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks
1. Proceedings of Advanced course on Industrial Structures, Structural Engineering Research Centre, 1982.
2. Manokar, S.N., Tall Chimneys – Design and Construction, Tata McGraw Hill, 1985

References
1. Santhakumar, A.R. and Murthy, S.S., “Transmission Line Structures”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.
2. Dayaratnam, P., “Deign of steel structures”, A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd., Allahabad, 1996.
3. Handbook on Fundamental Requirements of Industrial Buildings (Lighting and Ventilation), BIS.
4. IS: 9178 Part I and Part II
5. IS: 3483 and IS: 6060
07ST09 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
3204
Unit I
Introduction and Principles of Dynamics
Vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering problems elements of vibratory systems and simple
harmonic motion - Vibration with and without damping - constraints - generalized mass D' Alembert's principle -
Hamilton's principle - Lagrange equations coupling. Single Degree of freedom: Degree of freedom - Equation of
motion for S.D.O.F. - damped and undamped free vibrations - Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping -
Logarithmic decrement Response to support motion - Response of one degree freedom system to harmonic excitation,
damped or undamped - Evaluation of damping resonance - band width method to evaluate damping - force transmitted
to foundation - vibration isolation. 10 Hours

Unit II
Response to General Dynamic Loading

172
Fourier series expression for loading-Response to general dynamic loading - (blast or earthquake) - Duhamel's integral
- Numerical evaluation - Fast fourier transforms. Generalized distributed flexibility: Expression for generalized
system properties – Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational method - Rayleigh - Ritz method.
10 Hours
Unit III
Distributed Parameter System
Differential equation of motion - analysis. of undamped free vibration of simply supported and cantilever beams -
effect of axial loads - numerical evaluation of modes - frequencies and response spectrum - vibration analysis using
finite element method for beams and frames- component mode synthesis. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Multidegree Freedom System
Evaluation of structural property matrices- Natural vibrations - solution of the eigen value problem - vector interaction
methods - Stodala and Subspace iteration techniques, Transformation methods - Jacobi and Given's method,
Frequency search methods - Holzer and Transfer matrix methods - Dunkerlay's equation and Rayleigh - Ritz methods
- Orthogonality of natural modes. 10 Hours

Unit V
Solution of Equilibrium Equations in Dynamics
Introduction - Direct integration methods - The central difference method - The Houbolt method - Wilson-q-method
and the Newmark method. Analysis of structures subjected to dynamic loads: Idealisation of multi-storeyed frames for
dynamic analysis - analysis for blast loading - Wind induced vibration of Structures.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Clough, R. W., and Penzien, "Dynamics of Structures", McGraw Hill Book Co Ltd, 1986.
2. Paz Mario," Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation", CBS publishers, 1999

References:
1. Craig, R. R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to computer Methods", John Wiley & Sons, 1989.
2. Hurty W.C and Rubinstein, M.F "Dynamics of Structures", Prentice Hall, 1967.
3. Biggs, M., "Introduction to Structural Dynamics", McGraw-Hill, Co., 1964.
4. Thomson, W.T., "Theory of Vibration", Prentice Hall of India, 1975.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1987.

07ST13 STRUCTRURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY


0032
List of Experiments:
1. Tests on the behaviour and ultimate strength of Reinforced concrete beams.
2. Impact test on FRC specimens
3. Demonstration of prestressing operations.
4. Studies on electrical resistance strain gauges using a demonstration kit.
5. Measurement of strain using demountable mechanical strain gauges.
6. Tests on structural models
 Frames
 Shells
 Folded plates
 Grid floors
7. Tests on members made of light gauge steel sections.
8. Tests on different types of model steel trusses.

07ST21 EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES


4004

173
Unit I
Seismological Background
Introductory note – Seismicity – Earthquake faults and waves – Structure of the earth – Plate tectonics – Elastic
rebound theory of earthquakes – Measures of earthquake size, Earth quake Response of Linear Systems: Earth quake
Excitation - Equation of motion – Response quantities - Response History - Response Spectrum Concept - Peak
Structural Response from the response spectrum. 10 Hours

Unit II
Earthquake Analysis of Linear Systems
Response History Analysis - Modal Analysis - Multistorey Buildings with Symmetric Plan – Multistorey Buildings
with Unsymmetric Plan; Response Spectrum Analysis - Peak Response from Earthquake Response Spectrum -
Multistorey Buildings with Symmetric Plan – Multistorey Buildings with Unsymmetric plan. Earthquake response of
Linearly elastic buildings:Influence of fundamental period on response – influence of beam-column stiffness ratio on
response – modal contribution factors – influence on higher mode response – heightwise variation of higher mode
response. 10 Hours

Unit III
Earth Quake Response of Inelastic System
Force- deformation Relations - Normalized Yield strength, Yield reduction Factor, and Ductility Factor- Equation of
motion and controlling parameters - Effects of yielding - Response Spectrum for Yield deformation and Yield strength
- Design strength and deformation from the Response spectrum - Design Yield Strength, Earthquake response of
inelastic buildings: Allowable ductility and ductility demand – Buildings with weak and soft first storey – Buildings
designed with force distribution as per Indian Code. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Earthquake Dynamics of Base-Isolated Buildings
Soil - structure interaction - Isolation systems- Base isolated one-storey buildings – effectiveness of base isolation –
base isolated multistorey buildings – application of base isolation – design of damper-isolation systems. 10 Hours

Unit V
Structural Dynamics in Building Codes
Development of building codes – philosophy of seismic design – I S code provisions -base shear – storey shears and
equivalent static forces - Ductility in reinforced concrete members - Designing for ductility - I S code provisions-
Practical applications: Evaluation of earthquake vulnerability of existing structures and rehabilitation for seismic
deficiencies. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of structures – Theory and applications to earthquake Engineering’, Prentice hall
of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, “Earthquake Resistant Design of Stuctures”, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

References:
1. Ray W. Clough and Joseph Penzien, ‘Dynamics of structures’, Mc Graw Hill Inc, New Delhi.
2. Mario Paz, “Structural dynamics – Theory and applications”, CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi.
3. David Key, “Earthquake design practice for buildings’, Thomas Telford, London.
4. I S 1893 – 1984 “Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures”.
5. I S 4326 – 1976 “Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and construction of buildings”.
6. IS 13920-1993“Ductility detailing of reinforced concrete structures subjected to seismic forces”.

07ST22 STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION


3204
Unit I
Introduction

174
Optimization – Definition – Constrained Optimization – Unconstrained Optimization – Minimization and
Maximization problems – Local Optimum – Global Optimum – Continuous Optimization – Combinatorial
Optimization - Traditional Optimization Techniques – Traveling Salesman problem. 10 Hours

Unit II
Genetic Algorithm
Biological Inspiration – The Genetic Algorithm – Generic Operators (Crossover and Mutation) – Selection Method –
Population Size – Premature Convergence – Epistasis – Applications to Structural Optimization (not for examination)
10 Hours
Unit III
Simulated Annealing
Natural Motivation – Simulated Annealing Algorithm – Initial Solution – Assess Solution – Randomly Tweak Solution
– Acceptance Criteria – Temperature (Initial Temperature, Final Temperature, Temperature Function, iterations at
Temperature) – Applications to Structural optimization (not for examination) 10 Hours

Unit IV
Ant Colony Optimization
Natural Motivation – Ant Algorithm – Network – The Ant – Difference between Real and Virtual Ants – Initial
population/colony size – Ant Movement – Ant Tour – Pheromone and Pheromone Evaporation – Restart – Influence
of Number of Ants – Multiple Ant Colony Optimization – Application to Structural Optimization. 10 Hours

Unit V
Application to Structural Optimization
Weight Minimization and Topology Optimization of Truss Structures, Cost Minimization of R.C.C. Structures and
Prestressed Concrete Members. (Subject to continuous assessment) 10 Hours
Total: 50Hours

Text books:
1. Tim Jones M. “AI Application Programming”, Charles River Media Inc., U.S.A.
2. Rajasekaran S, Pai and G.A. Vijayalakshmi, “Neural Network, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic Algorithm”, PHI
Publishers, India.

References:
1. Rao S. S. “Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice”, John Wiley, New York.
2. Website: http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~nd/surprise_96/journal/vol4/tcw2/report.html
3. Web site: http://iridia.ulb.ac.be/~mdorigo/ACO/ACO.html
4. Dorigo, M., “Ant Colony Optimization”, Prentice Hall India Limited, India.
5. Journal: Engineering Optimization, Taylor & Francis and Journal of Heuristics.

07ST23 THEORY OF PLATES


3204
Unit I
Elements of Plate – Bending Theory
Introduction – General behaviour of plates – Assumptions – Small deflection theory of thin plates – Governing
differential equation for deflection of plate – Boundary conditions. Bending of Isotropic Rectangular Plates: Navier
solution for an all – round simply supported rectangular plate subjected to uniformly distributed load, sinusoidal load
and Patch load – Levy’s solution for a rectangular plate with different boundary conditions
and subjected to uniformly distributed load. 10 Hours

Unit II
Bending of Circular Plates
Symmetrical bending of circular Plates – Simply supported solid circular plate subjected to an uniformly distributed
load, an end moment and partially distributed load. 10 Hours

Unit III

175
Application of Numerical Methods in Plates
Finite difference method – Isotropic Rectangular plates – Boundary Conditions – All round simply supported squre
plate subjected to uniformly distributed load. Finite Element Method – Rectangular plate – All round clamped squre
plate subjected to an uniform load. 10 Hours
Unit IV
Bending Analysis of Laminated Composite Plates
Introduction – terminology – assumptions – Equilibrium equations –Strain displacement relations – Force
displacement relations – Governing differential equation – Determination of stresses and strains – Boundary
conditions – All round simply supported symmetric cross – ply laminated plate subjected to uniformly distributed
load.
10 Hours
Unit V
Design of Folded Plate Roofs
Structural behaviour of folded plates – Assumptions – Analysis of folded plates – Design of prismatic folded plate
roofs as per ASCE task committee recommendations – Reinforcements details. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Szilard, R., “Theory and Analysis of plates – Classical and Numerical Methods”, Prentice Hall Inc., 1995.
2. Timoshenko. S, and Kreiger S. W., “Theory of plates and Shells”, Mc Graw-Hill Book Company, Newyork,
1990.

References:
1. Chandrashekhara, K., “Theory of Plates”, Universities Press (India) Ltd., Hyderbad, 2001.
2. Ansel C. Ugural, “Stresses in Plate and Shells”, second edition, Mc Graw-Hill International Editions, 1999.

07ST24 DESIGN OF SHELL STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Introduction to Theory of Shells
Structural behaviour of thin Shells – General specification of shells – Analysis of shells – Membrane Theory of shells
– Edge disturbances – classification of shells – methods of generating the surface of different shells like conoid ,
hyperbolic and elliptic paraboloid. 10 Hours

Unit II
Design of Hyperbolic Paraboloid Shells
Geometry of hyper Shell – Analysis of membrane forces and moments – Determination of forces - forces in the edge
members – types of hyperbolic paraboloid roofs - Design of R. C. hypar shell roof of the inverted and tilted inverted
umbrella type. 10 Hours

Unit III
Design of Shells with Double Curvature
Surface definition – Design of spherical shell and conical shell – Reinforcement details. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Design of Cylindrical Shells
Surface definition – Design of cylindrical shells with edge beams using theory for long shells – Design of cylindrical
shell with ASCE manual coefficients – Detailing of reinforcement in shells and edge beams. 10 Hours
Unit V
Design of Northlight Shells
Analysis of stresses in North light shells – Design procedure – Design example. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Chatterjee, B.K., “Theory and Design of Concrete Shells”, Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, 1988.
2. Ramasamy, G. S, “Design and Construction of Concrete Shell roofs”, CBS Publishers & Distributions, New

176
Delhi, 1999.

References:
1. “Design of Cylindrical Concrete Shell roofs” ASCE – manuals of Engineering Practice – No.31, ASCE,
Newyork, 1952.
2. Kelkar, V. S. and Sewell, R. T., “Fundamentals of Shell Structures”, Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1987.
3. Krishnaraju, N, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi,
2003.
4. Timoshenko. S, and Woinowsky – Kreiger, “Theory of plates and shells”, Second edition, Mc Graw – Hill
Book Company, Newyork, 1990.
5. Billington, D. F., “Thin Shell Concrete Structures”, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1965.

07ST25 STEEL- CONCRETE COMPOSITES STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to steel - concrete composite construction – Advantages - Theory of composite structures - Introduction
to steel - Concrete - Steel sandwich construction. 10 Hours

Unit II
Design of Composite Beams, Columns And Trusses
Behaviour of composite beams - Design of composite beams - Behaviour of composite columns - Steel - Concrete
composite columns - Design of composite trusses. 10 Hours

Unit III
Design of Connections
Types of connections - Design of connections in the composite structures - Shear connections - Design of connections
in composite trusses. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Composite Box Grider Bridges
Introduction - Behaviour of box girder bridges - Design concepts. 10 Hours

Unit V
General
Seismic behaviour of composite structures - Case studies on steel - Concrete composite construction in buildings.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Johnson R.P., “Composite structures of steel and concrete”, Blackwell Scientific Publications, (Second
Edition), UK, 1994.
2. Owens, G.W. and Knowels.P. “Steel Designers Manual” (Fifth edition), Steel Concrete Institute (UK),
Oxford Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1992.

References:
1. Workshop on “Steel - Concrete Composite Structures”, conducted at Anna University, 2000.
2. Steel Concrete Composite Construction, INSDAG Publication, Kolkatta.

07ST26 TALL STRUCTURES BEHAVIOUR AND DESIGN


3204
Unit I

177
Introduction
History - advantages and disadvantages - economics - essential amenities - lifts (elevator) - fire safety - water supply -
drainage and garbage disposal - miscellaneous services - systems - structural and foundation systems.
Design criteria: Design philosophy, Loading, Sequential loading, materials - high performance Concrete - Fiber
reinforced Concrete - Light weight Concrete - Design mixes. 10 Hours

Unit II
Loading and Movement
Gravity Loading: Dead and live load, methods of live load reduction - Impact, gravity loading, construction load.
Wind loading: Static and dynamic approach, Analytical and wind tunnel experimental method.
Earthquake loading: Equivalent lateral force, modal analysis, combinations of loading, working stress design, Limit
state design, plastic design. 10 Hours

Unit III
Behaviour of Various Structural Systems
Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form. High rise behaviour, Rigid frames, braced frames,
Infilledframes, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubulars, cores, futrigger - braced and hybrid mega
system. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Analysis and Design
Modeling for approximate analysis, Accurate analysis and reduction techniques - Analysis of building as total
structural system considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, Analysis for member forces, drift and
twist, computerized general three dimensional analysis.
Structural elements: Sectional shapes, properties and resisting capacity - design, deflection, cracking, prestressing,
shear flow. Design for differential movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire resistance.
10 Hours
Unit V
Stability of Tall Buildings
Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall-frames, Approximate methods, second order effects of gravity loading, P-
Delta analysis, simultaneous first-order and P-Delta analysis, Translational, Torsional instability, out of plumb effects,
stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation rotation.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Taranath, B.S., “Analysis & Design of Tall Building ", McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1988.
2. Bryan Stafford Smith, Alexcoull, “Tall Building Structures, Analysis and Design”,John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
1991.

References:
1. Dr. Y.P.Gupta, Editor. “Proceedings National Seminar on High Rise Structures - Design and Construction
practices for middle level cities”, Nov. 14 -16, 1995, New Age International Limited, Publishers, Madras -20.
2. Ramaswamy, S.D. and Yam, C.T., “Proceedings of the International Conference on buildings", Singapore, 1984.
3. Mehta, S.B., "High Rise Buildings" M/S Skyline, 1978
4. T.Y.Lin, D.Stotes Burry, “Structural Concepts and system for Architects and Engineers”. John Wiley, 1988.
5. Lynn S.Beedle. “Advances in Tall Buildings”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi,
1986.

07ST27 REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES


4004
Unit I
Introduction
General Consideration - Distresses monitoring- Causes of distresses - Quality assurance - Defects due to
climate, chemicals, wear and erosion – Inspection - Structural appraisal – Economi / cappraisal.
10 Hours

178
Unit II
Building cracks
Causes - diagnosis - remedial measures - Thermal and Shrinkage cracks - unequal loading - Vegetation and trees -
Chemical action - Foundation movements - Techniques for repair - Epoxy injection. 10 Hours

Unit III
MoisturePenetration
Sources of dampness - Moisture movement from ground - Reasons for ineffective DPC - Roof leakage - Pitched roofs
- Madras Terrace roofs - Leakage of Concrete slabs -Dampness in solid walls - condensation - hygroscopic salts-
remedial treatments - Ferrocement overlay - Chemical coatings - Flexible and rigid coatings.
10 Hours
Unit IV
ConcreteStructures
Introduction - Causes of deterioration - Diagnosis of causes - Flow charts for diagnosis - methods of
repair - repairing, spalling and disintegration - Repairing of concrete floors and pavements.
SteelStructures: Types and causes for deterioration - preventive measures - Repair procedure- Brittle
fracture - Lammelar tearing - Defects in welded joints - Mechanism of corrosion - Design to protect
against corrosion - Design and fabrication errors - Distress during erection.
Masonry Structures:
Discoloration and weakening of stones - Biocidal treatments - Preservation -Chemical preservatives - Brick masonry
structures - Distresses and remedial measures.
10 Hours
Unit V
Strengthening of Existing Structures
General principle - relieving loads - Strengthening super structures - plating-Conversion to composite
construction - post stressing - Jacketing - bonded overlays- Reinforcement addition - strengthening
the substructures – under pinning-Increasing the load capacity of footing- Design for rehabilitation.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Johnson, S.M., “Deterioration, Maintenance and repair of Structures”, McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Newyork, 1965.
2. Richardson, B.A., "Remedial Treatment of Buildings", Construction Press, London, 1980.

References:
1. Dension, C Alien and Roper,H., "Concrete Structures, Materials, Maintenance and Repair" , Longman
Scientific and Technical, UK, 1991.
2. Alien, R.T. and Edwards, S.C., "Repair of Concrete Structures", Blakie and Sons, UK, 1987.
3. Guha R.K., “Maintenance and Repairs of Buildings", New Central Book Agency (P)Ltd, Calcutta, 1985.
4. Raikar, R.N., "Learning from failures - Deficiencies in Design, Construction and Service", - R & D Centre
(SDCPL), Raikar Bhavan, Bombay, 1987.
5. SP25-84 – Hand Book on Causes and Prevention of Cracks on Buildings, Indian Standards Institution, New
Delhi, 1984.

07ST28 DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Introduction
Basic concepts of prestressing – Advantages of Prestressed Concrete – Applications of Prestressed Concrete – Need
for High strength Steel and Concrete – Post tensioning and pretensioning – Thermo – electric Prestressing – Chemical
Prestressing - Calculation of stresses due to prestress and bending moment by stress approach, strength approach and
load balancing concept – Losses of prestress
10 Hours
Unit II
Design of Prestressed Concrete Beams

179
Design by the working stress approach – Types of flexural failure – Limit state moment of resistance of rectangular
and flanged sections – Deflection of beams and check for deflection
10 Hours
Unit III
Design for Shear, Torsion, Bond and Anchorage
Calculation of shear and Principal stresses – Ultimate Shear Resistance of members – Design of shear reinforcement –
Design of members subjected to combined bending, shear and torsion – Transmission of prestressing force by bond –
Transmission length Code provisions for bond and transmission length – Anchorage zone stresses in post-tensioned
members – Anchorage zone reinforcement
10 Hours
Unit IV
Composite Beams and Continuous Beams
Types of Composite beams – Analysis of stresses – Effect of differential shrinkage – Deflection of composite beams –
Flexural strength and shear strength of composite sections – Design of composite beams
Advantages of continuous beams – Methods of achieving continuity – Stresses due to prestressing force, self weight
and live load – Concordant cable and linear transformation – Guyon’s theorem – Steps in the design of continuous
beams
10 Hours
Unit V
Miscellaneous
Design of water tanks, pipes, poles and sleepers – Design of tension members – Methods of achieving partial
prestressing, its merits and demerits.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Text book:
Krishna Raju, N., ‘Prestressed Concrete’ Fourth Edition Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi,
2008.

References:

1. Lin.T.Y. and H.Burns Ned, ‘Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures,’ John Wiley and Sons, New York,1982.
2. Nilson Arthur, H., ‘Design of Pretressed Concrete, 2nd Edn., John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1987
3. Guyon, Y., “Prestressed Concrete”, Vols I and II, C.R.Books Ltd., London, 1960.
4. Leonhardt, F., “Prestressed Concrete Design and Construction”, Wilhelm Erust and Shon, Berlin, 1964.
5. Abeles, P.W., “An Introduction to Prestressed Concrete, Vol II, Concrete Publications Ltd., London, 1965.

07ST29 DESIGN OF BRIDGES


Unit I
Introduction
Types of Bridges and Loading Standards- Standard specifications for road bridges-Design of R.C.C Solid Slab
bridges- Design of footpath- Hand rails – Types of Bearings- Design of Bearings for slab bridges- Bearings for girder
bridges-Bearings for skew bridges-Joints -T-Beam and Slab Bridges 10 Hours

Unit II
Other Reinforced Concrete Bridges
Design of Balanced Cantilever Bridges, Continuous girder Bridges-Rigid Frame Bridges – Arch Bridges –Bow String
Girder Bridges- Box culverts 10 Hours
.
Unit III
Steel Bridges
General- Railway laodings- Dynamic effect-Railway culvert with steel beams-Plate Girder Bridges-Box Girder
Bridges-Truss bridges- Vertical and horizontal stiffeners. 10 Hours

Unit IV

180
Substructures and Foundations:
Design of Piers and abutments of different Types- Foundations: Shallow Foundations, Deep Foundations, Piles, Wells
and Pneumatic Caissons 10 Hours

Unit V
Prestressed Concrete Bridges
Design of prestressed Concrete Bridges- Preliminary Discussions – Flexural and torsional parameters – Design of
Girder Section- Cable layout – check for stresses at various sections – Check for diagonal tension – Diaphrams – End
Blocks – Short term and Long term Deflections 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Johnson Victor D, “Essentials of Bridge Engineering”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2001
2. Ponnuswamy S, “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2003

References:
1. Krishna raju N, “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2005
2. Jai Krishna, “Reinforced Concrete Vol II”, Nemchand & Bros, Civil lines, Roorkee, India
3. I.S.456-2000, “Plain and reinforced concrete-Code of practice (Third revision)”
4. I.S.800-1984, “Indian Standard Code of practice for general construction in steel”
5. SP: 16 (S&T)-1980, “Design aids to I.S.456-1978”

07ST30 ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Structural Connections
Design of high strength function grip bolts - Design of riveted and bolted connections at the junctions of beams and
columns in frames - Design of un-stiffened & stiffened seat connections - Welded connections - eccentric connections
- Beam end connections - Direct web fillet welded connections - Direct web Butt welded connection - Double plate
web connection - Double angle web connection - Un-stiffened and stiffened seat connection - Moment resistant
connection - Behaviour of welded connections – problems 10 Hours

Unit II
Industrial Building
Industrial building frames - General - Framing - Bracing - Crane girders and columns - Analysis of Trussed bents -
Design example - Design of rigid joints knee for gable frames.Structure of Multistoreyed Buildings - Bracing of
Multistorey frames - Loads - Lateral load of Frames - Design. 10 Hours

Unit III
Analysis and Design of Special Structures
Design of steel bunkers and silos - Janssen's theory - Aiy's theory - design parameters-design criteria. Design and
detailing of guyed steel chimneys. Analysis and Design of Steel Water Tanks.Transmission line towers - Introduction,
types of towers - tower configuration, load analysis and design of members. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Light Gauge Sections
Design of cold formed sections - concepts - effective width - stiffened sections - multiple stiffened sections - design
for flexure – design of two span continuous beams - design of light gauge columns – Torsional – Flexural buckling –
Tension Members - beam column - connections. 10 Hours

Unit V
Plastic Analysis and Design
Plastic design of tension & compression members - Theory of plastic bending - Plastic hinge - redistribution of

181
moments - failure mechanisms - plastic analysis and design of fixed beams, continuous beams and portal frames by
mechanism method. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Dayaratnam, P. "Design of steel structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd, Allahabad, 1996.
2. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain & Arunkumar Jain, "Design of Steel Structures", Vol I & II, Arhant
Publications, Bombay, 1995.

References:
1. S.Ramchandra,” Design of Steel Structures”, Vol.-II, Standard Publication, New Delhi.
2. Arya and Ajmani, "Design of steel Structures", Nemchand Brothers, Roorkee, 1989.
3. Alexander Newman, “Metal Building Systems – Design and Specifications”, Second Edition Mc Graw Hill,
NewDelhi, 2004.
4. Gaylord E H, Gaylord N C and Stalimeyer J E, “Design of Steel Structures”, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill,
NewDelhi, 1992.

07ST31 STABILITY OF STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Concepts of Stability
Introduction - Stability Criteria - Equilibrium, Energy and Dynamic approaches- South well Plot - Stability of Link
models. Compression Members: Higher order Differential equations - analysis for Various boundary
conditions- behaviour of imperfect column - initially bent column - eccentrically loaded column-Energy
method- Rayleigh Ritz , Galerkin methods - Effect of shear on buckling – Large deflection of columns.
10 Hours

Unit II
Inelastic Buckling
Introduction - Double modulus theory (reduced modulus) - tangent modulus theory - Shanley's theory - determination
of double modulus for various sections. Beam Columns: Introduction - Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads
- distributed loads - effect of axial loads on bending stiffness - stability of frames - stability functions.
10 Hours
Unit III
Lateral Stability of Beams
Differential equations for lateral buckling - lateral buckling of beams in pure bending - lateral buckling of cantilever
and simply supported I beams. Buckling of Thin Walled Open Sections: Introduction - torsional buckling
- torsional flexural buckling - Equilibrium and energy approaches.
10 Hours

Unit IV
Stability of Plates
Governing Differential equation-Equilibrium, energy concepts - Buckling of rectangular plates of various end
conditions -Finite difference method - post-buckling strength
10 Hours
Unit V
Buckling of Shells
Donnels Equation – Symmetrical Buckling of Cylinder under uniform axial Compression – Cylinder under uniform
external lateral pressure – Cylinder subjected to torsion. Elements of Nonlinear theory of bucking: Perfect systems –
Imperfect systems – Imperfection insensitive and sensitive systems – Symmetric and Asymmetric bifurcation –
Computational bifurcation theory – Bifurcation and limit points – Path tracing – Point matching – Path switching –
simple examples. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Chajes, A., "Principles of Structural Stability Theory", Prentice Hall, 1974.

182
2. Iyengar, N.G.R., "Structural Stability of columns and plates", Affiliated East West press Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi -
1986.

References:
1. Brush, D.O., and Almorth, B.O., "Buckling of Bars, Plates and Shells", McGrawHill, 1975..
2. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere, J.M., "Theory of Elastic Stability", 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill, 1961.
3. El Naschie M S., "Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy Approach", McGraw Hill
International al Editions, 1992.
4. Ashwini Kukar, "Stability of Structures ", Allied Publishers LTD, New Delhi, 1998.

07ST32 OFF SHORE STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Wave Theories
Wave generation process, small and finite amplitude wave theories. 10 Hours

Unit II
Forces of Offshore Structures
Wind forces, wave forces on vertical, inclined cylinders, structures – Current forces and use of Morison equation.
10 Hours

Unit III
Offshore and Soil Structure Modeling
Different types of offshore structures, foundation modeling, structural modeling. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Analysis of Offshore Structures
Static method of analysis, foundation analysis and dynamics of offshore modeling 10 Hours

Unit V
Design of Offshore Structures
Design of Platforms, helipads, Jacket tower and mooring cables and pipe lines. 10 Hours

Textbooks:
Chakrabarti S.K., “Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures” Computational Mechanics Publication, 1987.

References:
1. APl, Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms,
American Petroleum Institute Publication, RP2A, Dalls, Tex, 2000.
2. Wiegel R.L., “Oceanographical Engineering”, Prentice Hall Inc, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.1964.
3. Brebia C.A.Walker S., “Dynamic Analysis of Offshore Structures”, New-nes Butterworths, U.K.1979.
4. Reddy D.V.and Arockiasamy M., “Offshore Structures”, Vol.1 and Vol.2, Krieger Publishing Company,
Malabar, Florida, 1991.
5. Thomas H.Dawson, “Offshore Structural Engineering”, Prentice Hall Inc Englewood Cliffs, N.J.1983.

07ST33 PREFABRICATED STRUCTURES


4004
Unit I
General Principles of Fabrication
Comparison with monolithic construction – Types of prefabrication – site and plant prefabrication - Economy of
prefabrication – Modular coordination – Standardization – Planning for Components of prefabricated structures –
Disuniting of structures – Design of simple rectangular beams and I beams – Handling and erection stresses –
Elimination of erection stresses – Beams, columns - Symmetrical frames 10 Hours

Unit II

183
Prefabricated Elements
Roof and floor panels, ribbed floor panels – wall panels – footings – Joints for different structural connections –
Effective sealing of joints for water proofing – Provisions for non-structural fastenings – Expansion joints in pre-
cast construction. 10 Hours

Unit III
Production Technology
Choice of production setup – Manufacturing methods – Stationary and mobile production – Planning of
production setup – Storage of precast elements – Dimensional tolerances – Acceleration of concrete hardening.
10 Hours

Unit IV
Hoisting Technology
Equipments for hoisting and erection – Techniques for erection of different types of members like Beams, Slabs,
Wall panels and Columns – Vacuum lifting pads. 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications
Designing and detailing of precast unit for factory structures – Purlins, Principal rafters, roof trusses, lattice
girders, gable frames – Single span single storeyed frames – Single storeyed buildings – slabs, beams and
columns. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Mokk L., “Prefabricated Concrete for Industrial and Public Structures”, Publishing House of the Hungarian
Academy of Sciences, Budapest 1964.

References:
1. Glover C.W., “Structural Precast Concrete”, Asia Publishing House, India, 1965.
2. Koncz I.T., “Manual of Precast Concrete Construction”, Vol.I,II,III & IV, Berlin, 1968.
3. Lewicki B.,“Building with Large Prefabricates”, Elsevier Publishing Company,
Amsterdam/London/New York, 1966.
4. “Structural Design Manual, Precast Concrete Connection Details”, Society for the Studies in the use of
Precast Concrete, Netherland Betor Verlag, 1978.

07ST34 SPACE STRUCTURES


3204
Unit I
Principles
Definition – Historical development – Types – Materials – Practical difficulties – Construction – Support
conditions – Cladding – Aesthetics Failure of space structures – Formex data generation of space structure –
Single and Multi – layer grids and domes – Advantages – Water drainage – Progressive collapse and composite
space trusses – Network domes – Geodesic domes – Double dome – Ice dome – erection – Folded plate roofs.
10 Hours
Unit II
Connectors
Classification – Ball joint systems – Socket joint – Plate joint – Slot joint – Shell joint – Modular systems –
Composite system – Prefabricated systems – Patented systems – MERO joints – simple connectors. 10 Hours

Unit III
Stressed Skin-Cable Suspension Structures
Stressed skin steel buildings – Stressed skin grids – Cable suspended roofs – Design of cable roofs – Erection of
cable roofs – Economy – New trends. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Tensile Membrane and Tensegritic Structures

184
Pneumatic structures – Materials and coatings – Fans and pressure control – Lighting anchor design – Trends in
pneumatic construction – Failures – Tensegritic structures – Maxwell’s rules – Stability of tensegritic structures –
Cable tenstar dome – Flying mast fabric roof system. 10 Hours

Unit V
Analysis
Finite element analysis of skeletal structures – Approximate methods – Optimal design of space structures using
non – traditional optimization methods such as (Genetic Algorithm) GA, (Evolution Strategies) ES or (Ant colony
Optimization) ACO – Space structures with changing geometries.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Subramaniam N., “Space Structures: Principles and Practice”, Multi Science Publishing Company, 1983.

References:
1. Ramaswamy G.S, Eekhout M and Suresh G.R., “Analysis, design and Constructions of space
structures”, Thomas Telford, 2002.
2. Bin Bing Wang, “Free Standing Tension Structures”, Taylor & Francis, 2007.

185
Syllabi of

M.E. VLSI Design

186
07VL01 APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS
(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE01)

07VL02DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE33)

07VL03 ADVANCED DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE03)

07VL04 VLSI DESIGN TECHNIQUES


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE04)

07VL05 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND PARALLEL PROCESSING


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE08)

07VL06 SOLID STATE DEVICE MODELING AND SIMULATION


40 04
Unit I
Basic Semiconductor Physics
Quantum Mechanical Concepts - Carrier Concentration - Transport Equation - Bandgap -Mobility and Resistivity -
Carrier Generation and Recombination - Avalanche Process - Noise Sources.
10 Hours
Unit II
Bipolar Device Modeling
Injection and Transport Model - Continuity Equation - Diode Small Signal and Large Signal (Change Control Model)
- Transistor Models: Ebber - Molls and Gummel Port Model - Mextram model - SPICE modeling temperature and
area effects.
10 Hours
Unit III
MOSFET Modeling
Introduction - Inversion Layer - MOS Transistor Current - Threshold Voltage - Temperature Short Channel and
Narrow Width Effect - Models for Enhancement - Depletion Type MOSFET - CMOS Models in SPICE.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Parameter Measurement
General Methods - Specific Bipolar Measurement - Depletion Capacitance - Series Resistances - Early Effect -
Gummel Plots - MOSFET: Long and Short Channel Parameters - Statistical Modeling of Bipolar and MOS
Transistors.
10 Hours
Unit V
Optoelectronic Device Modeling
Static and Dynamic Models - Rate Equations - Numerical Technique - Equivalent Circuits - Modeling of LEDs - Laser
Diode and Photodetectors. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Philip E. Allen, Douglas R.Hoberg, “CMOS Analog Circuit Design”, 2nd Edition, Oxford Press - 2002.
2. Kiat Seng Yeo, Samir S.Rofail, Wang-Ling Gob, “CMOS / BiCMOS ULSI - Low Voltage, Low Power”,
Person education, Low price edition, 2003.

187
References:
1. Sze S.M. “Semiconductor Devices - Physics and Technology”, John Wiley and sons,
1985.
2. Giuseppe Massobrio and Paolo Antogentti, “Semiconductor Device Modeling with
SPICE” Second Edition, McGraw-Hill Inc, New York, 1993.
3. Mohammed Ismail & Terri Fiez “Analog VLSI-Signal & Information Processing” 1st
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company Ltd 2001.

07VL11 VLSI DESIGN LABORATORY I


0032
1. Modeling of Sequential Digital system using VHDL.
1. Modeling of Sequential Digital system using Verilog.
2. Design and Implementation of ALU using FPGA.
3. Simulation of NMOS and CMOS circuits using SPICE.
4. Modeling of MOSFET using C.
5. Implementation of FFT, Digital Filters in DSP Processor.
6. Implementation of DSP algorithms using software package.
7. Implementation of MAC Unit using FPGA.

07VL12 VLSI DESIGN LABORATORY II


0032
1. Implementation of 8 Bit ALU in FPGA / CPLD.
2. Implementation of 4 Bit Sliced processor in FPGA / CPLD.
3. Implementation of Elevator controller using embedded microcontroller.
4. Implementation of Alarm clock controller using embedded microcontroller.
5. Implementation of model train controller using embedded microcontroller.
6. System design using PLL.

SEMESTER II

07VL07 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE07)

07VL08 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN OF VLSI CIRCUITS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE35)

07VL09 ASIC DESIGN


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE34)

07VL13 ADVANCED VLSI DESIGN LABORATORY


0032
1. Layout design and simulation of static digital circuits.
2. Layout design and simulation of dynamic digital circuits.
3. Design and simulation of LFSR.
4. Power Analysis for digital circuits.
5. IC layout design for Analog circuits.
6. IC layout design for digital circuits.
7. Group projects on design, analysis, and layout for digital circuits.

188
ELECTIVES
07VL21 CMOS VLSI DESIGN
4004
Unit I
MOS Transistor Theory
Introduction to I.C Technology. Basic MOS transistors. Threshold Voltage. Body effect. Basic D.C. Equations. Second
order effects. MOS models. Small signal A.C characteristics. The complementary CMOS inverter. DC characteristics.
Static Load MOS inverters. The differential inverters. Transmission gate.
10 Hours
Unit II
CMOS Processing Technology.
Silicon semiconductor technology. Wafer processing, Oxidation, epitaxy, deposition, Ion implantation. CMOS
technology. N-well, p-well process. Silicon on insulator. CMOS process enhancement. Interconnect and circuit
elements. Layout design rules. Latchup.
10 Hours
Unit III
Circuit Characteristics and Performance Estimation
Resistance estimation. Capacitance estimation. MOS capacitor characteristics. Device capacitances. Diffusion
capacitance. SPICE modeling of MOS capacitance. Routing capacitance. Distributed RC effects. Inductance.
Switching characteristics. Rise time. Fall time. Delay time. Empirical delay models. Gate delays. CMOS gate
transistor sizing. Power dissipation. Scaling of MOS transistor dimensions.
10 Hours

Unit IV
CMOS Circuit And Logic Design
CMOS Logic gate design. Fan in and fan out. Typical CMOS NAND and NOR delays. Transistor sizing. CMOS logic
structures. Complementary logic. BICMOS logic. Pseudo nMOS logic. Dynamic CMOS logic. Clocked CMOS logic.
Pass transistor logic. CMOS domino logic. NP domino logic. Cascade voltage switch logic. Source follower pull up
Logic (SFPL). Clocking strategies – I/O structures.
10 Hours
Unit V
CMOS Subsystem Design
Data path operations. Addition/subtraction. Parity generators. Comparators. Zero/one detectors. Binary Counters.
ALUs. Multiplication. Array, Radix-n, Wallace Tree and Serial Multiplication. Shifters. Memory elements. RWM,
Rom, Content Addressable Memory. Control: FSM, PLA Control Implementation.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Neil.H.E. Weste and Eshragian K, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”. 2nd Edition. Addison-Wesley, 2000.
2. Douglas a. Pucknell and Eshragian.E , “Basic VLSI Design” 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India , 2000.

References:
1. Jacob Baker R., Harry W. LI., & David K. Boyce., “CMOS Circuit Design”, 3 rd Indian reprint, Prentice Hall
of India, 2000.
2. Douglas a. Pucknell, “Basic VLSI Design” 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.

07VL22 ANALOG VLSI DESIGN


(vide Applied Electronics 07AE30)

189
07VL23 TESTING OF VLSI CIRCUITS
4004
Unit I
Fault Simulation
Introduction to Testing - Faults in digital circuits - Modeling of faults - Logical Fault Models - Fault detection - Fault
location - Fault dominance - Logic Simulation - Types of simulation - Delay models - Gate level Event-driven
simulation. 10 Hours
Unit II
Test Generation
Test generation for combinational logic circuits - Testable combinational logic circuit design - Test generation for
sequential circuits - design of testable sequential circuits.
10 Hours
Unit III
Testable Design
Design for Testability - Ad-hoc design - Generic scan based design - Classical scan based design - System level DFT
approaches. 10 Hours
Unit IV
Built In Self Test
Built-In Self Test - Test pattern generation for BIST - Circular BIST - BIST Architectures - Testable Memory Design -
Test algorithms - Test generation for Embedded RAMs
10 Hours
Unit V
Fault Diagnosis
Logic Level Diagnosis - Diagnosis by UUT reduction - Fault Diagnosis for Combinational Circuits - Self-checking
design - System Level Diagnosis. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Abramovici .M, Breuer M.A and Friedman A.D, "Digital Systems and Testable Design" Jaico Publishing
House, 2002.
2. Bushnell M.L and Agrawal V.D, "Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital, Memory and Mixed-Signal
VLSI Circuits", Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2002.

References:
1. Lala P.K, "Digital Circuit Testing and Testability", Academic Press, 2002.
2. Crouch.A.L, "Design for Test for Digital IC's and Embedded Core Systems",
Prentice Hall International, 2002.

07VL24 LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE31)

07VL25 DESIGN OF SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORIES


4004
UnitI
Random Access Memory Technologies Static random access memories (srams)
SRAM Cell Structures-MOS SRAM Architecture-MOS SRAM Cell and Peripheral Circuit Operation-Bipolar SRAM
Technologies-Silicon On Insulator (SOl) Technology-Advanced SRAM Architectures and Technologies-Application
Specific SRAMs.
Dynamic random access memories (drams):
DRAM Technology Development-CMOS DRAMs-DRAMs Cell Theory and Advanced Cell Strucutures-
BiCMOS,DRAMs-Soft Error Failures in DRAMs-Advanced DRAM Designs and Architecture-Application Specific
DRAMs. 10 Hours

190
Unit II
Nonvolatile memories
Masked Read-Only Memories (ROMs)-High Density ROMs-Programmable Read-Only Memories (PROMs)-
BipolarPROMs-CMOS PROMs-Erasable (UV) - Programmable Road-Only Memories (EPROMs)-Floating-
GateEPROM Cell-One-Time Programmable (OTP) Eproms-Electrically Erasable PROMs (EEPROMs)-EEPROM
Technology And Arcitecture-Nonvolatile SRAM-Flash Memories (EPROMs or EEPROM)-AdvancedFlash Memory
Architecture.
10 Hours
Unit III
Memory fault modeling, testing, and memory design for Testability and fault tolerance
RAM Fault Modeling, Electrical Testing, Peusdo Random Testing-Megabit DRAM Testing-Nonvolatile Memory
Modeling and Testing-IDDQ Fault Modeling and Testing-Application Specific Memory Testing.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Semiconductor Memory Reliability and Radiation Effects
General Reliability Issues-RAM Failure Modes and Mechanism-Nonvolatile Memory Reliability-Reliability Modeling
and Failure Rate Prediction-Design for Reliability-Reliability Test Structures-Reliability Screening and Qualification.
RAM Fault Modeling, Electrical Testing, Peusdo Random Testing-Megabit DRAM Testing-Nonvolatile Memory
Modeling and Testing-IDDQ Fault Modeling and Testing-Application Specific Memory Testing.
10 Hours
Unit V
Packaging Technologies
Radiation Effects-Single Event Phenomenon (SEP)-Radiation Hardening Techniques-Radiation Hardening Process
and Design Issues-Radiation Hardened Memory Characteristics-Radiation Hardness Assurance and Testing -
Radiation Dosimetry-Water Level Radiation Testing and Test Structures. Ferroelectric Random Access Memories
(FRAMs)-Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) FRAMs-Analog Memories-Magnetoresistive Random Access Memories
(MRAMs)-Experimental Memory Devices. Memory Hybrids and MCMs (2D)-Memory Stacks and MCMs (3D)-
Memory MCM Testing and Reliability Issues-Memory Cards-High Density Memory Packaging Future Directions.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Ashok K. Sharma, “Semiconductor Memories: Technology, Testing, and Reliability”, Wiley-IEEE Press,
2002.
2. Ashok K. Sharma, “Semiconductor Memories, Two-Volume Set”, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003.

References:
1. Ashok K. Sharma, “Semiconductor Memories: Technology, Testing, and Reliability, Prentice Hall of India”,
1997.
2. Brent Keeth, R. Jacob Baker, “DRAM Circuit Design: A Tutorial”, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2000.
3. Betty Prince, “High Performance Memories: New Architecture DRAMs and SRAMs - Evolution and
Function”, Wiley, 1999.

07VL26 VLSI TECHNOLOGY


4004
Unit I
Crystal Growth, Wafer Preparation, Epitaxy and Oxidation
Electronic Grade Silicon, Czochralski crystal growing, Silicon Shaping, processing consideration, Vapor phase
Epitaxy, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Silicon on Insulators, Epitaxial Evaluation, Growth Mechanism and kinetics, Thin
Oxides, Oxidation Techniques and Systems, Oxide properties, Redistribution of Dopants at interface, Oxidation of
Poly Silicon, Oxidation induced Defects.
10 Hours

191
Unit II
Lithography and Reactive Plasma Etching
Optical Lithography, Electron Lithography, X-Ray Lithography, Ion Lithography, Plasma properties, Feature Size
control and Anisotropic Etch mechanism, reactive Plasma Etching techniques and Equipments,
10 Hours
Unit III
Deposition, Duffusion, Ion Implantation and Metalisation
Deposition process, Polysilicon, plasma assisted Deposition, Models of Diffusion in Solids, Fick’s one dimensional
Diffusion Equation – Atomic Diffusion Mechanisms – Measurement techniques - Range theory- Implant equipment.
Annealing, Shallow junction, High - energy implantation – Physical vapour deposition – Patterning.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Process Simulation and VLSI Process Integration
Ion implantation – Diffusion and oxidation – Epitaxy – Lithography – Etching and Deposition- NMOS IC Technology
– CMOS IC Technology – MOS Memory IC technology - Bipolar IC Technology – IC Fabrication.
10 Hours
Unit V
Analytical , Assembly Techniques and Packaging of VLSI Devices.
Analytical Beams – Beams Specimen interactions - Chemical methods – Package types – packaging design
consideration – VLSI assembly technology – Package fabrication technology.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sze S.M, “VLSI Technology”, Mc.Graw.Hill Second Edition. 1998.
2. Amar mukherjee, “Introduction to NMOS and CMOS VLSI System design”, Prentices Hall India.2000.

References:
1. James D Plummer, Michael D. Deal, Peter B.Griffin, “Silicon VLSI Technology: Fundamentals Practice and
Modeling”, Prentice Hall India.2000.
2. Wai Kai Chen,”VLSI Technology” CRC press, 2003.

07VL27 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE26)

07VL28 PHYSICAL DESIGN OF VLSI CIRCUITS


40 04
Unit I
Introduction to VLSI Technology
Layout Rules-Circuit abstraction Cell generation using programmable logic array transistor chaining, Wein Berger
arrays and gate matrices-layout of standard cells gate arrays and sea of gates,field programmable gate array(FPGA)-
layout methodologies-Packaging-Computational Complexity-Algorithmic Paradigms
10 Hours
Unit II
Placement Using Top-Down Approach
Partitioning: Approximation of Hyper Graphs with Graphs, Kernighan-Lin Heuristic- Ratio cut- partition with
capacity and i/o constrants. Floor planning-Rectangular dual floor planning- hierarchial approach- simulated
annealing- Floor plan sizing-Placement: Cost function- force directed method- placement by simulated annealing-
partitioning placement- module placement on a resistive network – regular placement- linear placement.
10 Hours

192
Unit III
Routing Using Top Down Approach:
Fundamentals: Maze Running- line searching- Steiner trees Global Routing: Sequential Approaches- hierarchial
approaches- multicommodity flow based techniques- andomised Routing- One Step approach- Integer Linear
Programming Detailed Routing: Channel Routing- Switch box routing. Routing in FPGA- Array based FPGA- Row
based FPGAs.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Performance Issues In Circuit Layout:
Delay Models: Gate Delay Models- Models for interconnected Delay- Delay in RC trees. Timing – Driven Placement:
Zero Stack Algorithm- Weight based placement- Linear Programming Approach Timing Driving Routing: Delay
Minimization- Click Skew Problem- Buffered Clock Trees. Minimization- constrained via Minimization-
unconstrained via Minimization- Other issues in minimization.
10 Hours
Unit V
Single Layer Routing, Cell Generation and Compaction
Planar subset problem (PSP)- Single layer global routing- Single Layer Global Routing- Single Layer detailed
Routing- Wire length and bend minimization technique – Over The Cell (OTC) Routing- Multiple chip modules
(MCM)- Programmable Logic Arrays- Transistor chaining- Wein Burger Arrays- Gate matrix layout- 1D compaction-
2D compaction. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sarafzadeh, C.K. Wong, “An Introduction to VLSI Physical Design”, Mc Graw Hill International Edition
1995
2. Preas M. Lorenzatti, “Physical Design and Automation of VLSI systems”, The Benjamin Cummins
Publishers, 1998.

References:
1. Ban Wong, Anurag Mittal, Yu Cao, Greg Starr, “Nano CMOS Circuit and Physical Design” Wiley, John &
Sons, Incorporated, 2004.
2. Naveed A. Sherwani “Algorithm for VLSI Physical Design Automation”, 3rd Edition, Springer, 1998.
3. Sadiq M. Sait, Habib Youssef, “VLSI Physical Design Automation, Theory and Practice” World Scientific
Publishing Company, 1st Edition, 1999.
4. Bryan T. Preas, “Physical Design Automation of VLSI system”, Michael Lorenzetti publisher, Benjamin –
Cummings Pub Co, 1998.

07VL29 VLSI SIGNAL PROCESSING


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE32)

07VL30 GENETIC ALGORITHMS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE36)

07VL31 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE05)

07VL32 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE40)

07VL33 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND COMPATIBILITY IN SYSTEM DESIGN


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE25)

193
07VL34 SPEECH AND AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING
(Vide Communication Systems 07CO26)

07VL35 DSP PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING


(Vide Communication Systems 07CO24)

07VL36NEURAL NETWORKS, ARCHITECTURES AND APPLICATIONS


(Vide Applied Electronics 07AE21)

194
Syllabi of

M.Tech. Biotechnology

195
07BT01 PROTEIN AND ENZYME ENGINEERING
4 0 0 4
Unit I
Introduction to Protein Structure
Levels of protein architecture, motifs in protein structures, posttranslational modifications of proteins, covalent
chemical modification of proteins, protein sequencing methodologies. 8 Hours

Unit II
Protein Stability, Folding and Dynamics
Factors determining the intrinsic and extrinsic stability of proteins, thermodynamic stability versus kinetic stability of
proteins, unfolding and folding of proteins, molecular dynamics, techniques for the study of protein structure (UV
Spectrophotometry, Circular Dichroism, Fluorescence, Mass Spectrometry, NMR Spectroscopy, X-Ray Diffraction)
prediction of protein structure from sequence data. 10 Hours

Unit III
Structure Function Relationship of Proteins
Nucleotide and Nucleic acid binding proteins; Fibroblast growth factor, epidermal growth factor as examples of
receptor-protein interactions; phosphorylation and dephosphorylation as signaling events; apoptosis for protein-
protein interaction. Serine Proteinases. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Engineered Proteins and Immobilized Enzyme Systems
Susceptibility of amino acid side chains for chemical modification, residue specific modifications, monofunctional,
bifunctional and polyfunctional cross linkers, modification using carbohydrate polymers, insulin and cytochrome c
semi-synthesis, clinical and industrial applications of protein conjugates; Analysis of film and pore diffusion effects on
kinetics of immobilized enzyme reactions; Formulation of dimensionless groups and calculation of Effectiveness
Factors. 11 Hours

Unit V
Applications of Enzymes
Extraction of commercially important enzymes from natural sources; Commercial applications of enzymes in food,
pharmaceutical and other industries; Enzymes for diagnostic applications. Use of enzymes in analysis; Types of
sensing-gadgetry and methods. Case studies - chiral conversion, esterification; Design of Enzyme Electrodes; Enzyme
biosensors and their applications. 11 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Branden C and Tooze J, Introduction to Protein structure, Garland Pub. Inc., New York, 1999
2. Crieghton T E, Proteins – Structures and molecular properties, WH Freeman and Company, New York, 2002
3. Wallace CJA, Protein Engineering by semisynthesis, CRC Press, 2000

References:
1. Whitfield D, Protein: Structure and Function, John Wiley and Sons, 2005
2. Cleland JL and Craik CS, Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Eds. John Wiley and Sons, 1996
3. Blanch H.W and Clark D.S, Biochemical Engineering, Marcel Dekker, 1997
4. Lee, James M. Biochemical Engineering, Prentice Hall, USA, 1992
5. Bailey J.E. & Ollis, D.F. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, 1986
6. Wiseman, Alan. Hand book of Enzyme Biotechnology, 3rd ed., Ellis Harwood 1995

07BT02 BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 4

Unit I
Introduction to Bioprocesses
Historical development of bioprocess technology, Role of a bio-process engineer in the biotechnology industry,
Outline of the various unit operations involved in an integrated bio-process, Process flow sheeting, A brief survey of
organisms, processes products and market economics relating to modern industrial bio-technology. An overview of

196
traditional and modern applications of biotechnological processes, general requirements of fermentation processes.
8 Hours
Unit II
Metabolic Stoichiometry and Energetics
Stoichiometry of Cell growth and product formation, elemental balances, degrees of reduction of substrate and
biomass, available electron balances, yield coefficients of biomass and product formation, maintenance coefficients
Energetic analysis of microbial growth and product formation, oxygen consumption and heat evolution in aerobic
cultures, thermodynamic efficiency of growth. 8 Hours

Unit III
Media Design for Fermentation Processes
Isolation, preservation and improvement of industrial micro-organisms for overproduction of primary and secondary
metabolites Medium requirements for fermentation processes, Carbon, nitrogen, minerals, vitamins and other complex
nutrients, oxygen requirements, medium formulation of optimal growth and product formation, examples of simple
and complex media. Medium for plant cell culture and animal cell culture. Medium design of commercial media for
industrial fermentations – Plackett burman design, response surface methodology, simplex design, continuous
cultivation method to determine the kinetic parameters and maintenance coefficient and pulse &shift method of
medium optimization. Case studies on each medium design methods. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Production of Primary and Secondary Metabolites
A brief outline of processes for the production of some commercially important organic acids (e.g. citric acid, itaconic
acid, lactic acid, acetic acid, gluconic acid etc.), amino acids (glutamic acid, lysine, aspartic acid, phenylalanine etc.)
and alcohols (ethanol 2.3, butanediol etc.) Study of production processes for various classes of low molecular weight
secondary metabolites, Antibiotics-beta-lactams (penicillins, cephalosporins etc.), aminoglycosides (streptomycin,
kanamycin etc.), macrolides (erythromycin), quinines, aromatics, Vitamins and steroids, Production of commercially
important enzymes and recombinant proteins: Proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, pectinases, isomerases and
other commercially important enzymes for the food and pharmaceutical industries, Production of recombinant
proteins having therapeutic and diagnostic applications, Production of vaccines.
12 Hours
Unit V
Speciality Bio products for Agricultural, Food and Pharmaceutical Industries
Biopesticides, biofertilizers and plant growth factors, Natural biopreservatives (nisin), biopolymers, Production of
synthetic penicillins and cephalosporin, racemically pure drug intermediates, Steroid bioconversion, High-fructose
corn syrup, Bioconversion of vegetable oils, Biological waste treatment processes: A brief overview of various
aerobic and anaerobic processes for removal of organic waste. Modern biotechnological processes: Recombinant cell
culture processes, Guidelines for choosing host vector systems, plasmid stability in recombinant cell culture, limits to
over expression, modelling of recombinant bacterial cultures. 12 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Shuler and Kargi F, Bioprocess Engineering. Prentice Hall (I) Ltd., N. Delhi, 2002.
2. Cruger and Crueger.W, Biotechnology: A Textbook: of industrial Microbiology, PPC, 1995.

References:
1. Bailey and Ollis, Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals. McGraw Hill (2nd Eds.), 1986.
2. Pauline.D. M, Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Academic Press, 1995.
3. Stanbury, P.F., Stephen J. Hall and Whitaker.A, Principles of Fermentation Technology, Science &
Technology Books, 2002

07BT03 UNIT OPERATIONS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Dimensional Analysis and Material balance
Units, dimensions and dimensional analysis, material balance with and without chemical reactions, .Overview of unit
operations and their application in biotechnology. 9 Hours

197
Unit II
Thermodynamics and Energy Balance
Principles of thermodynamics, concept of first law of thermodynamics and concept of equilibrium, energy balance
without chemical reaction and with chemical reaction. 9 Hours

Unit III
Fluid Flow and Agitation
Classification of fluids: non-newtonian fluids, rhelogical properties of Fermentation broths, Application of continuity
and Bernoulli’s equation, concept of friction factor, piping system and its components, factors and selection of pipe
size, good piping system, types of valves and fitting. Flow measurements: Transportation devices, pumps and their
working. Types of agitators, flow patterns in agitated vessels, calculation of power consumption, scaleup of mixing
system – applications in bioreactor design. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Heat Transfer
Basic mechanisms of heat transfer, conduction, convection, radiation; conduction through slab and multi-cylinder,
principles of free and forced convection, concept of heat transfer coefficient, heat exchange equipments for
bioprocessing. 10 Hours

Unit V
Reaction Engineering
Chemical equilibrium, reaction isotherm, and chemical equilibrium standard free energy of formation, effect of
temperature on reaction rate reactor design: General reaction kinetic for biological system, kinetics of enzyme
deactivation chemical reactors, configuration of reactor and design considerations, reactor classification, stirred tank
reactor, tubular reactor, column reactor, design of batch and mixed reactors. 12 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. McCabe W.L., Smith J.C and Harriot P. Unit Operations In Chemical Engineering, 7th Edition. McGraw-Hill
Inc., 2005.
2. Levenspiel, O. Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd Edition. John Wiley.1999.

References:
1. Pauline M. Doran, Bio Process Engineering Principles, Elsevier Academic Press. 1995
2. Christie J. Geankoplis, Transport Processses and Unit Operations, Prentice Hall India Limited, New
Delhi., 2002
3. J.M.Coulson and J.F.Richardson “Chemical Engineering” Volume -1, Butterworth Heinemann, 5th
Edition,1996.

07BT004 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Unit I 4 0 0 4
Research Methodology: An Introduction
Meaning of Research; Objectives of Research; Motivation in Research; Types of Research; Research Approaches;
Significance of Research; Research Methods versus Methodology; Research and Scientific Method; Importance of
knowing How Research is Done; Research Process; Criteria of good Research; Problems Encountered by Researches
in India. 10 Hours

Unit II
Defining the Research Problem
What is a Research Problem? Selecting the problem; Necessity of Defining the Problem; Technique Involved in
Defining a Problem; An Illustration; Conclusion. 10 Hours

198
Unit III
Research Design
Meaning of Research Design; Need for Research Design; Features of a good Design; Important Concepts Relating to
Research Design; Different Research Design; Basic Principles of Experimental Designs; Appendix: Developing a
Research Plan. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Data Collection Methods and Statistical Analysis
Sampling: Deliberate sampling, simple random sampling, systematic samples, stratified sampling, quota sampling,
cluster sampling, multistage sampling, sequential sampling. Sampling errors, and sample size. Data collection-by
observation, through personal interviews, telephone interviews, mailing questionnaires, through schedule. Processing
and analysis of data -editing, mailing, coding, classification, tabulation, Statistical analysis-DMRT, ANOVA. MS
excel-statistical functions. 10 Hours

Unit V
Interpretation and Report Writing
Meaning of interpretation; Why Interpretation? Technique of Interpretation: Precaution in Interpretation;
Significance of Report Writing: Different Steps in Writing Report; Layout of the Research Report; Types of Reports;
Oral Presentation; Mechanics of Writing a Research Report; Precautions for Writing Research Reports; Conclusions.
10 Hours
Total : 50 Hours
Textbook:
Kothari, C R, Research Methods and Techniques, Willey Eastern, New Delhi, 1990.

References:
1. Kidder LH, Research methods in social relations, Hall Saunders International, Japan, 1981.
2. Sedhu AM and Singh A, Research Methodology in Social Sciences, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,
1998.

07BT05 MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY


3 0 0 4
Unit I
Cloning and Expression of Genes
Cloning vehicles, restriction enzymes, restriction modification, linkers, adaptors, homopolymeric tailing, restriction
mapping expression and purification of recombinant proteins, prokaryotic and eukaryotic expression vectors, in vivo
homologous recombination, large scale expression and purification of proteins. 10 Hours

Unit II
Library Construction
cDNA and genomic DNA library construction and screening, preparation of DNA, RNA probes immunoscreening and
blotting techniques. 10 Hours

Unit III
Sequencing
Methodology – Chemical & enzymatic, Automated sequence, Genome sequencing methods – top down approach,
bottom up approach. 10 Hours

Unit IV
PCR and Mutagenesis
PCR principle, applications, different types of PCR, mutagenesis and chimeric protein engineering by PCR, RACE,
Kuntels’ method of mutagenesis. 10 Hours

199
Unit V
Gene Transfer and Gene therapy
Introduction of foreign genes into plant and animal cells, creation of transgenic plants and animal knockouts, gene
therapy, types and vectors. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Primrose S.B.., Twyman R.H. and Old R.W. Principles of Gene Manipulation, 6th ed., Blackwell Science,
2001.

References:
1. Winnacker E.L. From Genes to clones: Introduction to Gene Technology, Panima, 2003.
2. Glick B.R. and Pasternak J.J. Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and applications of recombinant DNA, 3 rd
ed., ASM Press, 2003.
3. Lemonie, N.R. and Cooper, D.N. Gene therapy, BIOS Scientific, 1996.

07BT06 NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction to Nanotechnology and Interphase Systems: Principles in nanotube formation, characteristics of
nanoparticles, particle agglomeration, carbon nanotubes, nanostructured polymers, Biocompatible inorganic devices,
Lab-on-a-chip devices, microcontact printing of proteins, cell nanostructure interactions, defined networks of neuronal
cells in vitro, quantum dots, DNA microarrays. 10 Hours

Unit II
Nanoanalytics: Lumuniscent quantum dots for biological labeling, nanoparticle molecular labels, Atomic force
microscopy and molecular pulling; Scanning (optical) probe microscopy; scanning tunneling microscopy, Force
spectroscopy, surface enhanced Raman scattering and Surface plasmon resonance, Nano LC and capillary
electrophoresis, interphases with mass spectroscopy. 10 Hours

Unit III
DNA-based Nanostructures: DNA-Protein nanostructure, DNA-templated electronics, biomimetic fabrication of
DNA-based metallic nanowires and networks, biomimetic ferritins for high-density data storage, DNA-gold particle
conjugates, DNA nanostructrures for mechanics and computing; nanoparticles as non-viral transfection agents.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Protein-based Nanostructures: Engineering nanopores, genetic approaches to programmed assembly, microbial
nanoparticle production, magnetosomes, polymer nanocontainers, nanoparticle-biomaterial hybrid systems, protein
self-assembly, protein nanotubes. 10 Hours

Unit V
Application of Nanobioparticles: Bacteriorhodopsin and its potential in technical applications, Nanoscale
biosensors, Tissue engineering, bacterial and biomolecular motors, nanomechanistic devices from DNA, biosensors
applications of colloidal particles, novel drug delivery systems, smart drugs. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. CM Niemeyer, CA Mirkin, Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, applications and perspectives, Wiley-VCH Verlag
GmbH & Co., KgaA, Weiheim, 2004.
2. M Kohler, W Fritzsche, Nanotechnology: An introduction to nanostructuring techniques, Wiley-VCH Verlag
GmbH & Co., KgaA, Weiheim.

References:
1. Handbook of nanotechnology, ed. Bhusan, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, Germany.

200
2. Nanocomposite science and technology, eds. PM Ajayan, LS Schadler, PV Braun, Wiley-VCH Verlag, GmbH
& Co., KgaA, Weiheim.

07BT07 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETIC ENGINEERING LAB


0 0 4 2
1. Plasmid DNA extraction
2. Genomic DNA extraction
3. Agarose gel electrophoresis
4. RNA isolation
5. Restriction & gel elution of DNA fragments
6. Ligation and transformation
7. SDS-PAGE
8. Western blot
9. ELISA
10. PCR
07BT08 BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY LAB

0 0 6 2

1. Enzyme kinetics, inhibition


2. Factors affecting reaction ph, temp
3. Enzyme immobilization studies
4. Batch cultivation – recombinant microorganism – growth rate, substrate utilization kinetics, plasmid stability,
product analysis after induction.
5. Fed batch cultivation
6. Continuous cultivation – x - d construction
7. Continuous cultivation – Pulse and shift techniques
8. Gas analysis – CPR, OUR, RQ estimation and carbon balancing
9. Sterlisation kinetics
10. Scaleup –Kla determination – power correlation
11. Residence time distribution
12. Ethanol production and purification
13. Activated sludge process.

07BT09 BIOSEPARATION TECHNOLOGY

Unit I 4 0 0 4
Overview of Bioseparation Processes
Characteristics of biomolecules and fermentation broths. Cell disruption methods, Primary purification, Separation of
in-solubles, centrifugation, filtration and sedimentation. 11 Hours

201
Unit II
Extraction and Filtration Methods
Isolation of products, Solvent extraction, aqueous two-phase extraction, precipitation and adsorption. Membrane
processes, dialysis, Ultra filtration, reverse osmosis and electrodialysis. 11 Hours

Unit III
Chromatography
Principles of chromatographic separations, Gel filtration, Reversed phase, Ion exchange, Immobilized metal affinity
chromatography and bio-affinity chromatography. Modes of operation, design and selection of chromatographic
matrices. Design and large scale chromatographic separation processes. 12 Hours

Unit IV
Product Purification
Final product purification and preparation, Crystallization, drying and lyophilization. 8 Hours

Unit V
Advances in Bioseparations
Reverse miceller extraction, super critical fluid extraction. 8 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sivasankar B. Bioseparations: Principles and Techniques. Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., 2005.
2. Roe S. Protein Purification Techniques: A Practical Approach. Oxford University Press, First Indian Edition
2004.
3. Rosenberg IM. Protein Analysis and Purification: Benchtop Techniques. Birkhauser, Boston. 1996.
4. Belter PA, Cussler EL, Hu WS. Bioseparation – Downstream Processing for Biotechnology. Wiley Inter
Science Publication, 1988
5. Butterworth Heinmann, Product Recovery in Bioprocess Technology, BIOTOL Series, 1992
6. Asenjo J. Separation Processes in Biotechnology, Marcel Dekker, 1993
7. Verrall, MS and Hudson MJ. Separations for Biotechnology. Ellis Horwood Ltd., 1990
8. Janson JC and Ryden L. Protein Purification: Principles, High Resolution Methods and Applications. VCH
Publishers, 1989
9. Scopes RK. Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, Narosa Publishers, 1994

07BT10 COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 2 4
Introduction to Computational Biology
Molecular sequences. Sequence analysis. Dynamic programming. Pairwise and multiple sequence alignment and
motifs. Applications 8 Hours

Unit II
Databases
Scoring matrices, heuristic methods of database searching: BLAST family of programs, FASTA. Phylogenetic trees
8 Hours
Unit III
Introduction to Genomics and Proteomics
Functional, structural and comparative genomics. Gene finding and annotation. Protein structure. Homology
modeling. Differential gene expression 10 Hours
Unit IV
Machine Learning Techniques
Hidden Markov models, Neural nets, Decision trees and their application in computational biology. Eukaryotic and
prokaryotic gene finding. DNA Computing 12 Hours

202
Unit V
Introduction to Perl
Variables, Data types, control flow constructs, arrays, lists and hashes, String manipulation, File handling
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Mount DW, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis
2. Arthur M. Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics
3. Dan E.Krane, Michael L. Raymer Fundamental concepts of Bioinformatics

References:
1. Baxevanis A.D. and Oullette, B.F.F. A Practical Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins, Editon John
Wiley, 2002
2. Attwood T.K and Parry J.H. Introduction to Bioinformatics
3. Gibas and Jambeck.Developing Bioinformatics computer skills
4. Gusfield, Dan. Algorithms on strings Trees and Sequences, Cambridge University Press
5. Baldi, P., Brunak, S. Bioinformatics: The Machine Learning Approach, Edition 2, East West Press, 2003
6. Mount D.W. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2001
7. Tisdall, James, Beginning PERL for Bioinformatics, O’Reilley, 2001
8. Durbin, R. et al., Biological Sequence Analysis: Probabilistic Models of Proteins and Nucleic Acids,
Cambridge University Press, 1998

Laboratory Exercises

1. Retrieval of biological sequences – Amino acid sequence, DNA sequences from database
2. Pair wise sequence alignment - using Dot plot
3. Pair wise sequence alignment - using dynamic programming
4. Multiple sequence alignment - using ClustalW.
5. Database searching – using BLAST, PSIBLAST, PHIBLAST, FASTA
6. Gene Finding – using Genscan, HMMGene
7. Creating Phylogenetic Trees
8. Tools for Prediction of Protein Secondary Structure
9. Secondary structure prediction: alpha helices and beta sheets
10. Homology modeling

07BT11 BIOPHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction
History of pharmacy, the pharmaceutical industry & development of drugs; economics and regulatory aspects, quality
management; GMP. Methods of measurements in pharmacology. 10 Hours

Unit II
Drug Kinetics and Biopharmaceutics
Mechanism of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion – factors affecting the ADME process,
bioequivalence, pharmacokinetics. 10 Hours

203
Unit III
Principles of Drug Manufacture
Liquid dosage forms – solutions, suspensions and emulsions, Topical applications – ointments, creams, suppositories,
Solid dosage forms – powders, granules, capsules, tablets, coating of tablets, Aerosols. Preservation, packing
techniques. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Advances in Drug Delivery
Advanced drug delivery systems – controlled release, transdermals, liposomes and drug targeting. 10 Hours
Unit V
Biopharmaceuticals
General understanding of peptides and protein mediators, biosynthesis, regulation of peptides, peptide antagonists and
peptides as drugs. Under-standing principles of pharmacology, pharmacodynamics. Molecular basis of chemotherapy.
Study of a few classes of therapeutics like laxatives, antacids and drugs used in peptic ulcers, drugs used in coughs
and colds, analgesics, contraceptives, antibiotics, hormones. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

References:
1. Gareth Thomas. Medicinal Chemistry. An introduction. John Wiley. 2000.
2. Katzung B.G. Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, Prentice Hall of Intl., 1995.

07BT12 BIOSEPARATION LAB


0 0 6 2
1. Cell separation – centrifugation, microfiltration
2. Cell disruption – homogenizer, dynomill, sonication
3. Aqueous two phase extraction
4. Ammonium sulphate precipitation
5. Ion exchange Chromatography
6. Affinity chromatography
7. Hydrophobic interaction chromatography
8. Gelfiltration chromatography
9. Freeze drying, spray drying
10. Biosorption -batch and continuous.
11. Perevaporation
12. Ultrafiltration
13. Packedbed distillation

07BT51 BIO-BUSINESS

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Overview of the Biotechnology Industry
Class introduction and syllabus discussion. Discussion of case study methods .General introduction to life sciences
(biotechnology) and device industry. Scope of industry discussed. Trends and key issues in biotechnology and devices
industry. Technology basis in industry segments, Emerging technologies, technical convergence issues.
10 Hours
Unit II
Product Development
Industrial R&D and product development. Product development and project management. Transition from R&D to
business units. Management of radical innovation technologies vs. stage gate approach in product development.
Discussion on regulatory issues and clinical trial process. FDA basics. PMA, 510K, IND, NDA. Case analysis,
Medtronics and Guidant cases.Scientists, engineers and innovation management. 10 Hours

204
Unit III
Intellectual Property
Business Models and R&D: Intellectual property in biotech, definitions. Managing and working with inter-company
partnerships and alliances. Product development for commercial partners, Transitioning an idea. Patent laws.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Bioethics and Legal Issues
Bioethics and current legal issues. Ethics of new technology. Bioethics and current legal issues. Marketing and public
perceptions in product development. 10 Hours

Unit V
Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurial business. New venture creation, technology transfer and business planning. Financing biotech
businesses and project finance. How to make the case for a project budget. SBIR, corporate partners. Case discussion
on Surface Logix– entrepreneurship issues. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Eric Grace, Biotechnology unzipped: Promises and realities, Wash DC: Joseph Henry Press, 1997.
2. Arthur Kornberg. Sausalito, CA The golden helix: University Science Books. 1995.

References:
1. Richard Oliver, The coming biotech age: The business of biomaterials. NY: McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Ruth Ellen Bulger et al., The ethical dimensions of the biological sciences. NY: Cambridge University Press.
1993.
3. David F. Betsch Principles of Biotechnology.

07BT52 BIODIVERSITY AND BIOPROSPECTING


Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction
Definition, Historical and geographical causes for diversity, Genetic diversity, Molecular taxonomy, Species and
population biodiversity, Species richness, Quantifying biodiversity, Maintenance of ecological biodiversity,
Morphological and molecular characterization of biodiversity, Hotspots, Endangered species. 10 Hours

Unit II
Microbial Diversity
Introduction, Distribution, Abundance, Ecological niche, and Principles of microbial diversity. Structural, Biochemical
and Molecular Phylogenetic relationships of microorganisms, Genomics of viable but nonculturable microorganisms.
10 Hours

Unit III
Plant Genetic Resources for Agriculture
Genetic diversity, Measurement of genetic diversity between and among species, Gene pool, Germplasm, Molecular
genetic markers, Isozyme studies, Phylogenetic relations, Estimation of biodiversity benefits, Agrobiodiversity and
cultivated taxa, National & International centres for germplasm. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Policy Concerns & Economic Value
Convention on Biological Diversity and its follow-up, Uses and values of Biodiversity, Biodiversity as a merit good,
Intellectual property rights relating to biological resources, Biopiracy, Indigenous systems of knowledge, National
policies/legislation and instruments relating the protection of the wild/ domesticated flora and fauna as well as
habitats, Biodiversity action plan, Conservation and management. 10 Hours

205
Unit V
Bio-prospecting
Biochemical resources from microbes, plants & animals, Natural products, Pharmaceuticals, Ethnobotanical
approaches and screening, Collection & sustainable harvesting of medicinal plants & storage, Bioprospecting
agreements, Bilateral & multilateral contracts, Material transfer agreements, Case studies. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Groombridge, Brian, Jenkins, Martin, Global Biodiversity: Earths Living Resources in the 21st Century,
Cambridge,WCMC, 2000.

References:
1. Atlas R.M. and Bartha R. 4 th ed, Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications, Benjamin Cummings,
1997.
2. Bull A.T. ed., Microbial Diversity and Bioprospecting, American Society for Microbiology, 2003.
3. Heywood V. H., Global Biodiversity Assessment, Cambridge University Press, 1995.
4. Meffe G.K. and Carroll C.R., 2 ed., Principles of Conservation Biology, Sinauer, Associates Inc, Sunderland,
Mass, 1997.

07BT53 METABOLIC ENGINEERING

Unit 1 3 0 0 4
Review of Cellular Metabolism
Overview of cellular metabolism, transport processes, glycolysis, fermentative pathways, biosynthetic reactions,
polymerization, cellular energetics 10 Hours

Unit II
Metabolic Flux Analysis
Theory, over-determined systems, underdetermined systems, linear programming, sensitivity analysis, methods for the
experimental determination of metabolic fluxes by isotope labeling, applications of metabolic flux analysis
10 Hours
Unit III
Material Balances and Data Consistency
Models of cellular reactions, stoichiometry of cellular reactions, reaction rates, dynamic mass balances, yield
coefficients and linear rate equations, analysis of over-determined systems, identification of gross measurement errors
10 Hours
Unit IV
Metabolic Control Analysis
Fundamentals of Metabolic Control Analysis (MCA), control coefficients and summation theorems, determination of
flux control coefficients, MCA of linear pathways, branched pathways, theory of large deviations
10 Hours
Unit V
Analysis of Metabolic Networks
Control of flux distribution at a single branch point, grouping of reactions, case studies, extension of control analysis
to intermetabolite, optimization of flux amplifications, consistency tests and experimental validation
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
References:
1. Stephanopoulos GNN, Jens Nielsen G, Stephanopoulos AA. Aristidou JN. Metabolic Engineering: Principles
and Methodologies, Elsevier Science & Technology Books, October 1998
2. Lee SY and Papoutsakis ET (Eds). Metabolic Engineering. Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1999.

206
07BT54 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
Unit I 3 0 0 4
Fluid Dynamics
Introduction, Reasons for CFD. Typical examples of CFD codes and their use. Validation strategies. Derivation of
Governing Equations of Fluid Dynamics: Mass conservation and divergence, Navier-Stokes and Euler equations.
Energy equations. Conservation formulation and finite volume discretisation. Partial differential equations:
classification, characteristic form. PDEs in science and engineering. 8 Hours

Unit II
Basic Numericals
Mathematical behavior of hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic equations. Well posedness. Discretization by finite
differences. Analysis of discretized equations; order of accuracy, convergence. and stability (von Neumann analysis).
Numerical methods for model equations related to different levels of approximation of Navier Stokes equation: linear
wave equation, Burgers equation, convection-diffusion equation. First and second order numerical methods such as
upwind, Lax-Friedrichs, Lax-Wendroff, MacCormack, etc. Modified equation - dissipation and dispersion.
10 Hours
Unit III
Compressible Flow
Euler equations, conservative/non-conservative form. ther-modynamics of compressible flow, scalar conservations
laws: Conservation, weak solutions, non-uniqueness, entropy conditions. Shock formation, Rankine-Hugoniot
relations. Numerical methods for scalar conservation laws. Properties of the numerical scheme such as CFL-condition,
conservation and TVD. First order methods. System of conservations laws. Numerical methods for Euler equations:
MacCormack and artificial viscosity for non-linear systems. Numerical/physical boundary conditions. Shock tube
problem. High resolution schemes for conservations laws. Numerical methods for Euler equations. Boundary
conditions, Riemann invariants. Compressible flow in 2D. Numerical methods for Euler equations, cont. Grids,
algebraic mesh generation by transfinite inter-polation. Flow around an airfoil. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Finite Volume and Finite Difference Methods
Laplace equation on arbitrary grids, equivalence with finite-differences, linear systems: Gauss-Seidel as smothers for
multi-grid. Staggered grid/volume formulation + BC. Unsteady equations: projection and MAC method, discrete
Poisson pressure equation. Time step restrictions. Steady equations: distributive iteration and SIMPLE methods.
10 Hours
Unit V
Finite Elements
Diffusion problem. Variational form of the equation, weak solutions, essential and natural boundary condition. Finite-
element approximations, stability and accuracy, the algebraic problem, matrix assembly. Navier–Stokes equations.
Mixed variational form, Galerkin and FE approximations, the algebraic problem. Stability, the LBB condition, mass
conservation. 12 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
Tannehill J.C. Anderson.D .and Pletche.R, Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, Taylor and
Francis. Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, New Delhi, India, 2002.

References:
1. Randall J and LeVeque, Finite Volume Method for Hyperbolic Problems, Cambridge University Press,1995.
2. Hoffman.K.A and Chiang,.S .”Computational fluid dynamics for scientists and engineers”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Edition, New Delhi, India, 2001.

07BT55 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Drug Design & Structure-Activity
Introduction to medicinal chemistry. Drug designing, discovery of lead structure (different approaches). Classification
of drugs on the basis of sources, structure, site and mode of action. Drug receptor interaction, structure activity

207
relationship, physico chemical properties and structural features of drugs. Drug metabolism, inactive and biologically
active metabolites, chemically reactive metabolites, phase I and phase II reactions. 8 Hours

Unit II
Chemistry, Structure, Mechanism of Action, Structure Activity Relationship and Therapeutic Applications of
i) Analgesic and Antipyretics: Paracetamol, salicylic acid analogues, quinolines derivatives pyrazolone and
pyrazolodines, N-arylanthranilic acids, aryl and heteroaryl acetic acid derivatives.
ii) Local Anaesthetics: Benzoic acid derivatives, lidocaine derivatives (anilides), amino benzoic acid, miscellaneous
compounds such as: Procaine, lignocaine, eucaine, cocaine and benzociane.
iii) Diuretics: Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, thiazide and thiazide like diuretics, high ceiling or loop diuretics,
potassium sparing diuretics and miscellaneous compounds such as mercaptomerin, meralluride, Thiazides,
sprironolactone, theophylline, furosemide, acetazolamide, ethacrynic acid, triametrene. 12 Hours

Unit III
Chemistry, Structure, Mechanism of Action, Structure Activity Relationship and Therapeutic Applications of
i)Central nervous system depressants: General anaesthetics, inhalation anesthtics, ultra-short acting barbiturates,
dissociative anesthetics such as cyclopropane, halothane, nitrous oxide, chloroform, thiopental sodium, ketmaine,
methohexital, thioamylal sodium, fanta-nyl citrate, tribromo ethanol. Anxiolytics, sedative, hypnotics, such as
benzodiazepines, barbiturates, paraldehyde, glutethimide, chloral hydrate and alcohols. Anti-convulsants such as
barbiturates, hydantoins, oxazolidinediones, succinimides, benzodiazepines. Antipsychotics, such as phenothiazines,
fluorobutyrophenones, aminoketones, banzamides, CNS depressants with Skeletal Muscle Relaxant Properties.
ii)Central nervous system stimulants: Analeptics, picrotoxin, methylxanthines, mono-amine oxidase inhibitors,
tricyclic compounds. Indolethylamines, 2phenylehylamines. 8 Hours

Unit IV
Chemistry, Structure, Mechanism of Action, Structure Activity Relationship and Therapeutic Appl ications of
i) Anti-Neoplastic agents: Alkylating agents, antimetabolites, antibiotics, plant products, miscellaneous compounds,
hormones, immunotherapy, such as mehtotrexate, fluorouracil, actinomycenes, anthracyclines, vincristine, tamoxifen.
ii) Cardiovascular Agents: Antianginal agents and vasodilators, antiarrhythmic drugs, antihypertensive agents,
angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, antihyperlipidemic agents, anticoagulants.
iii) Anti Tubercular AgentsL: Ethambutol, isonicotinic acid, hydrazid, rifempacin, thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluoracil,
dicarbazine, cycloserine, streptomycine.
iv)Anti Histaminics: H1-antagonists, H2-antagonists, aminoalkyl ethers, ethylenediamines, propylamine derivatives,
phenothiazine derivatives, piperazine derivatives, such as diphenhydramine, pyrilamine, promethazine, cyclizine,
terfenadine, sucralfate, cimetidine, ranitidine, omeprazole. 12 Hours

Unit V
Chemistry, Structure, Mechanism of Action, Structure Activity Relationship and Therapeutic Applications of
Vitamins and Hormones
Vitamins B1, B2, B6, B12, folic acid, nicotinic acid, biotin, pantothenic acid, ascorbic acid. A, D, E and K.Hormones
(steroidal and protenious) Testosterone, progesterone, estrogen, aldosteron, cortisol, insulin, glucagon, oxytocin and
vassopressin. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Wolf, E. (2003), Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 6th edition, Wiley-Inter Science, New
York
2. William O. Foye., Thomas L. Lemke., and David A. William. (1995), Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 4th
edition.
3. Wilson, and Gisvold.(1998), Textbook: of Organic Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, 10th edition,
Lippincott-Raven Publisher.

References:
1. Graham L. Patrick. (1995), An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Oxford University Press Inc., New
York.
2. Hansch, C., Sammes, P.G., and Toylor, J.B.(1990), Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Pergamon Press,
Oxford.

208
07BT56 MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Fermentation Technology
Types of bioreactors; operation of bioreactors; solid substrate fermentation; media for industrial fermentation; primary
and secondary metabolites; genetic improvement of strains; principles of microbial growth and culture system.
10 Hours
Unit II
Biotransformations
Biotransformations - reactions, techniques, product recovery; biotransformation of steroids, antibiotics, arachidonic
acid, glycerol; biotransformation for the production of ascorbic acid and indigo. 10 Hours

Unit III
Biomass, Bioenergy and Biomining
Sources and utilization of biomass, production of alcohol, acetone, glycerol, biogas, biohydrogen; commercial
biobleaching process, biobleaching of copper, uranium; biosorption of metals. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Biodegradation and Bioremediation
Definition, process of xenobiotic degradation, recalcitrant xenobiotics; biodegradation of hydrocarbons, pesticides,
and herbicides, aromatic compounds, polychlorinated biphenyls; bioremediation – types and process, bioremediation
of contaminated soils and waste lands. 10 Hours

Unit V
Microbial Waste Treatment
Biological treatment - aerobic and anaerobic suspended growth treatments and attached growth treatments, pond
treatment processes; sludge and solid wastes - treatment and disposal. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Sathyanarayana, U., Biotechnology, Books and Allied (P) Ltd. Kolkata, 2005.
2. Wulf Crueger and Anneliese Crueger, Biotechnology: A Textbook: of Industrial Microbiology, Panima
Publishing Corporation, Edition 2, 2003.

References:
1. Peter F. Stanbury, Stephen J. Hall & A. Whitaker, Principles of Fermentation Technology, 2/e, Adithya Books
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1997
2. Colin Ratledge and Bjorn Kristiansen. Basic Biotechnology, Cambridge University Press Edition 2, 2001.

07BT57 IMMUNOTECHNIQUES

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Isolation of Complement Components
Isolation and Purification of complement components from Human Plasma, Assays for Membrane Complement
Receptors Isolation and Functional Assay of the Membrane Complement Inhibitors CD55 (DAF) and CD59 (MIRL)
10 Hours
Unit II
Monoclonal Antibodies and Diagnostics
ELISA; Agglutination tests; Antigen detection assays; Plaque Forming Cell Assay. Technology for Purification of
antibodies and bioassays, Synthesis and Use of Multiple Antigen Peptide (MAP) Systems Synthesis of Peptides
Immobilized on Polypropylene Pins, Identification of Antigenic Determinants Using Synthetic Peptide Combinatorial
Libraries 10 Hours

Unit III
Engineering Immune Molecules and Receptors
Bacteriophage Library Construction and Selection of Recombinant Antibodies - Binding of Biotinylated Peptides to
MHC Class II Proteins on Cell Surfaces Measurement of MHC/Peptide Interactions by Gel Filtration and Spin

209
Column Filtration Assay. Affinity-Based Biosensors for Biomolecular Interaction Analysis
10 Hours
Unit IV
Isolation and Quantification of Cells
Isolation and purification of mononuclear cells, Enrichment and Fractionation of T and B Lympho cytes by Cell
Sorting, depletion of Accessory Cells by Adherence to Sephadex G-10, Induction and Measurement of Cytotoxic T
Lymphocyte Activity, HLA-Tetramer staining. Proliferative Assays for T Cell Function Production of T Cell Clones,
Quantitation of Functional T Cells by Limiting Dilution, Morphological, Biochemical, and Flow Cytometric Assays
for Apoptosis 10 Hours

Unit V
Gene Knock Out Animal Models
Study of Autoimmune and Allergic diseases, Autologous Stem cell transplantation technology using Haematopoietic
Stem Cell, Methods of Purification. Immunochemical techniques and applications 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbook:
Moran A. Immunotechnology: Principles, Concepts and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 2006

References:
1. Clackson T and Lawman HB. (2004). Phage Display: A Practical Approach. Oxford University Press, USA
2. George AJT and Urch CE. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Antibodies (Methods in Molecular Medicine),
Humana Press. 2000
3. Current Protocols in Immunology, Vo.1-5, Wiley Inter Sciences, 2006
4. Roitt I, Brostoff J and Male D. Immunology, Edition 6, Mosby, 2001
5. Goldsby RA, Kindt TJ, Osborne BA, and Kirby J. Immunology, Edition 5, W.H. Freeman, 2003

07BT58 BIOSTATISTICS

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Matrices and Calculus
Elementary and column operations, Inverse matrix, Rank matrix, Normal form, Gaussian elimination method. Linear
transform, Eigen values and Eigen vectors. Properties, Cayley-Hamilton theorm. Technique of differentiation, simple
function, integration, simple function. 10 Hours

Unit II
Probability Theory
Review of set theory, review of counting, introduction to probability, theorm on total probability. Baye’s theorm.
(Baye’s rule. Discrete and continuous probability distributions, exception. Moments and moment generating functions.
Chebyshev’s theorm. Binomial distribution, Poissom distribution, continuous uniform distribution, normal
distribution. Sampling distribution. 10 Hours

Unit III
Hypothesis Testing
Point estimation, interval estimation, Baye’s estimation, test of hypothesis, (TOH), TOH concerning mean, (Large
sample), TOH concerning two means, TOH concerning ones mean, (small sample), small sample test concerning
difference between two means, small sample test concerning differences between two means, paired sample test,
TOH one proportion, (large and small samples). TOH two proportions. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Curve fitting, Correlation and Regression
Curve fitting by method of least squares, regression analysis, inferences based on least squares estimation, curvilinear
(or non linear), regression, curve fitting byb sum of exponentials, linear weightage least square approximation,
correlation analysis, rank correlation. 10 Hours

210
Unit V
Numerical Analysis
Roots of transcendental equations (bisection, Regular Falsi and Newton-Raphson methods, finite differences,
interpolation, Lagrang’s interpolation, inverse interpolation by Lagranges interpolation, divided differences, Newton’s
divide differences formula. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Ramana. BV. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2007
2. Steve Selvin. Biostatistics: How it Works. Pearson Education, 2005
3. Jerrold H Zar. Biostatistical Analysis. Pearson Education, Edition 4, 1999

Reference:
Sundar Rao PSS and Richard J. An Introduction to Biostatistics and Research Methods, Edition 4. Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2006

07BT59 PROTEOMICS AND GENOMICS


Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction to Genomics
Organization and structure of genomes, Genome size, Sequence complexity, introns and exons, Principles of gene
Expression, Genome Mapping (Top down and bottom up approach; linking and jumping of clones; genome
sequencing; placing small fragments on map; STS assembly; gap closure; pooling strategies; cytogenetic mapping
techniques), Human Genome Project, Genomes of other organisms. 10 Hours

Unit II
Genome Annotation
Classical routes of gene identification, detecting open-reading frames, Identifying the function of a new gene, gene
ontology, comparative genomics, analysis, Protein structural genomics, introduction, determining gene function by
sequence comparison, software programs for finding genes, SAGE, TOGA. 10 Hours

Unit III
Introduction to Proteomics
Bridging Genomics and proteomics, Analysis of Proteomes, one dimensional and Two-Dimensional polyacrylmide gel
electrophoresis, solubilization, Reduction, Resolution, Image Analysis of 2-DE Gels. Image visualization, spot
detection. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Mass Spectrometry and Microarrays
2-DE gel electrophoresis coupled with Mass Spectrometry, (MALDI-TOF, Tandem MS/MS) De novo sequencing
using Mass Spectrometric data- correlative Mass Spectrometric based identification strategies, Peptide Mass
Fingerprinting, Micro array techniques, types of micro arrays-Designing Micro array experiment-Micro array
technology in treating disease. 10 Hours

Unit V
Genomics in Biopharmaceutical Industry
Functional Genomes, Genomics in relation to molecular Diagnosis, Molecular Therapeutic technologies. Gene
Therapy, New Targets for drug discovery, Application of proteome analysis-drug development and toxicology,
Proteomics in drug discovery in humans, Glycobiology and proteomics in plant genetics and breeding.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Pennington SR and Dunn MJ. Proteomics: from Protein Sequence to Function. BIOS Scientific Publishers
Ltd.
2. (Viva Books Private Ltd). First Indian Edition 2002
3. Primrose S.B.., Twyman R.H. Principles of Gene Manipulation, Revised Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
December 2005

211
4. Libeler DC. Introduction to Proteomics: Tools for the New Biology. Humana Press. Second Indian Reprint
2006
5. Bujnicki JM (Editor). Practical Bioinformatics. Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd. 2004

References:
1. Hunt, SP and Livesey, FJ. Functional Genomics. Oxford University Press, 2000
2. Sahai S. Genomics and Proteomics: Functional and Computational Aspects. Kluwer Academic/ Plenum
Publishers [Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd.]. 2002.
3. Simpson J. Proteins and Proteomics: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 2003

07BT60 BIOPROCESS ECONOMICS AND PLANT DESIGN

Unit I 3 0 0 4
General Design Consideration
Selection and specification of major equipment used in bioprocess industries; Utilities for biotechnology production
plants; Process economics; Bioprocess validation; Safety considerations; Case studies. Marketability of the product
,availability of technology, raw materials, equipment and utilities, human resources, land and utilities, site
characteristics, waste disposal, govt, regulation and legal restrictions, community factors and other factors affecting
investment and production cost. 10 Hours

Unit II
Bioprocess Plant Design and Development:
Technical feasibility survey ,process development. Review of mass and energy balance concepts. Development of the
flow sheet and its description. Piping and instrumentation diagrams. Detailed design of the following equipments:
Double pipe heat exchanger, shell and tube heat exchanger, distillation columns, driers, storage tanks, fermenter
reaction vessels. 10 Hours

Unit III
Cost Estimation
Capital investment: fixed capital investment including land, building, equipments and utilities,installation cost
(including equipments, instrumentation, piping, electrical installation and other utilities ),working capital investment.
Manufacturing cost: Direct production cost, fixed charges .Plant overheads: Administration, safety, and auxiliary
services, payroll warehouse storage facilities etc. Profitability Analysis :return on original investment, interest rate of
return ,accounting for uncertainty and variations and future developments. Optimization techniques: linear and
dynamic programming, optimization strategies. 10 Hours

Unit IV
Depreciation and Taxes
Equivalence and cost comparisons: Time value of money and equivalence , Equations that are used in economic
analysed , Compound interest as an operator. Depreciations and taxes: Nature of depreciations, Methods for
determining depreciation, Straight line method,- sinking fund method, Declining balance method, Double declining
balance method , Sum of digits methods, Units of production method. Taxes and depreciation method: Comparison of
depreciation methods, Cost comparison after taxes, Present worth after taxes three continuous interest and
discounting, Logic for continuous interest, Continuous interest as an operator.
10 Hours

Unit V
Capital requirement and Investment
Capital requirements and cost of production for process plants: Equipment for process plants, cost index, Nelson
refinery construction index, Material cost indices, Process equipment cost index , Material cost indices , Process
equipment cost index, Labour cost index - equipment costs , Williams six-tenths factor. Capital investments: Fixed
capital investment and working capital, Estimation of capital investment, direct cost and indirect costs. Types of
capital cost estimates : Order of magnitude estimates, study estimates, preliminary estimate definitive estimate and
detailed estimate. Cost factors in capital investment : Cost and installation of purchased equipment, insulation costs,
Instrumentation and controls, Piping ,Electric installation, Building, Yard improvements. Service facilities: Land

212
design engineering and supervision, construction expenses contractors fee, Contingencies, Start up expenses.Method
for estimating capital investment. 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Peters and Timmerhaus, "Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineers" McGraw-Hill, 4TH Edition
1989
2. G.S. Davies, "Process Engineering Economics" CEED III Madras.
3. F.C. Jelen, "Cost and Optimisation Engineering".

References:
1. Rudd and Watson,”Strategy of Process Engineering”,Willey,1987
2. Aries and Newton, "Chemical Engineering Cost Estimation " McGraw-Hill 4TH Edition 2000
3. Schweyer, "Process Engineering Economics" Academic Press, 1995

07BT61 TISSUE ENGINEERING

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Overview of Tissue Culture and Tissue Engineering
Cell isolation and selection, Maintenance of Primary and Early Passage cultures, Cell Quantitation and
Characterization, Screening for Adventitious Agents, Cell-Polymer-Bioreactor Systems, Growth Factors and Signals
for Tissue Engineering, Extracellular Matrix (ECM), Cell Adhesion and Cell Migration, Regulatory Issues and
Standardization 10 Hours

Unit II
Specific Cell Cultures
Epithelial Cell Culture (Cornea, Breast, Pancreatic Islets), Mesenchymal Cell Culture (Cardiac cells, Bone,
Endothelial cells and Blood vessels 8 Hours

Unit III
Stem Cell Culture
Pluripotent Stem Cells, Neural Stem Cells, Liver Stem Cells, Muscle Stem Cells, Mesenchymal and Hematopoietic
Stem Cells from Bone Marrow, Lymphoid Stem Cells 8 Hours

Unit IV
Cell Delivery Vehicles
Natural Polymeric vehicles (collagen, copolymers, albumin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, PHA and PHB), Sythetic
Polymers (Polyanhydrides, Polyaminoacids, Alginate Hydrogels, Polymer Scaffolds, Microencapsulation, Biomimetic
materials, Drug delivery and Gene Therapy. 12 Hours

Unit V
Tissue Engineering Applications
Bioengineering of Human Skin substitutes, Nerve Regeneration, Musculoskeletal Tissue Regeneration and Repair,
Blood Cell Substitutes, Cartilage and Bone Tissue Engineering, Cardiac Tissue Engineering, Stem Cells and Cloning
for Regeneration of Urologic Organs, Breast Reconstruction 12 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Atala A and Lanza RP (Eds). Methods of Tissue Engineering. Academic Press (Elsevier), 2002
2. Fisher JP, Mikos AG, and Bronzino JD (Eds). Tissue Engineering. CRC Press, 2007
3. Saltzman WM. Tissue Engineering: Engineering Principles for the Design of Replacement Organs and
Tissues. Oxford University Press, 2004
4. Lanza RP, Langer R, Vacanti JP. Principles of Tissue Engineering. Elsevier (Academic Press), 2007.

213
07BT62 BIOFERTILIZERS AND BIOPESTICIDES

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction to Biofertilizers
Definition, Classification of fertilizers (synthetic fertilizers & natural fertilizers), Organic Fertilizers, Bio-
fertilizers, Advantages of Biofertilisers over synthetic fertilizers, Microbial inoculants in Agriculture - contributions of
microorganisms to soil fertility; Rhizosphere concept. 8 Hours

Unit II
Biofertilizer Types
Different groups of biofertilizers - bacterial, fungal and algal biofertilizers; Phosphorus Biofertilisers - Rock
phosphate solubilisation; Phosphorus mobilization – mycorrhiza -types– endo, ectomycorrhiza and orchidaceous
mycorrhiza, Microbial solubilisation of silicates and zinc. Plant growth promoting rhizobacteria. Seaweeds, Problems
and prospects of biofertilizers. Storage Shelf life - Quality control of biofertilizers - BSI standards of biofertilizers -
Economics of biofertilizers. 10 Hours

Unit III
Commercial Production of Biofertilisers
Principles of Mass production - growth characteristics - Fermentation - Principles and techniques - inoculum
preparation. Large-scale production of bacterial biofertilizers, Azolla- Blue green algae, VAM fungi and
Ectomycorrhiza; Field performance of biofertilizers - method of application; Carrier materials - Types and quality
characteristics of an ideal carrier. preparation of inoculant packets - Shelf life - quality control of biofertilizers.
12 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Biopesticides
Biopesticides - present status and future prospects; biofungicides - commercial development of biofungicides,
microbial action for disease control, bioinsectides - neem and related natural products, commercialization of neem
products; Bt: natural and recombinant bioinsecticide products, Bt transgenic plants; Baculoviruses for insect pest
control, recombinant Baculo viruses. Mycoherbicides. 10 Hours

Unit V
Biopesticides - Registration and management protocols
Pesticide policy influences on biopesticides technologies; envoronmental and regulatory aspects: industry view and
approach; formulations of biopesticides; delivery systems and protocols for biopesticides; analysis, monitoring and
some regulatory implications; principles of dose acquisition for bioinsecticides; strategies for resistance management.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Kannaiyan S, Biotechnology of Biofertilizers, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.
2. Franklin RH and Julius JM, Biopesticides - Use and Delivery, Humana Press Inc., 1999.

References:
1. Purohit SS, Agricultural Biotechnology, Agrobios India, 2003.
2. Nutman, P.S. 1976. Symbiotic nitrogen fixation in plants, Cambridge Univ. Press, London,P.584.
3. Subba Rao, N.S. 1982 Advances in Agricultural Microbiology, Oxford and IBH, Publn.Co., New
Delhi.P.704.

07BT63 TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY, IPR AND BIOSAFETY ISSUES


Unit I 3 0 0 4
Methods in transfer of Technology
Extension teaching methods – definition – classification, purpose, planning, selection, combination and use-individual,
group and mass approaches, audio-visual aids – definition – classification – selection – merits and demerits.
Communication – meaning- definition – types – elements – ICT enabled extension. Problems in transfer of technology.
10 Hours

214
Unit II
Development Communication and Information Management
Development Communication - importance, models, theories and types - Psychological barriers - fidelity and
credibility. Feed back – nature, effect and mechanisms / Organizational Communication. Strategies for technology
transfer, trickle - down strategy, refined trickle-down strategy and popular participation strategy. Institutionalized and
classic forms of support Communication. Role of universities, Development departments and voluntary agencies in
Development Communication. Recent researches in communication. 10 Hours

Unit III
Facilitating Technology Transfer through Public-Private Partnerships
Definitions of Intellectual assets – Intellectual property – Technology transfer – Operating Assumptions – U.S.
Technology Transfer Legislation-Bayh-Dole Act, 1980-Stevenson-Wydler Act, 1980-Federal Technology Transfer Act,
1986 – National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act, 1996 – Technology Transfer Commercialization Act,
2000 10 Hours
Unit IV- Intellectual Property Rights
IPR-definition and types- IPR administration-acts and current practices in India, unique features of acts. Major areas
of concern in IPR in India-procedural aspects, working patents-plant genetic resources, importance, and its
implications-plant variety protection bill and legislations. Conservation and registration of plant genetic resources –
Indian sui generis system. 10 Hours

Unit V
Biosafety Issues
Genetically Modified Organisms(GMOs) and Living Microorganisms(LMOs)-Definition-concerns related to GMOs
and LMOs-pollen escape-creation of herbicide tolerance super weed-breakdown of resistance-Effect on non targeted
organisms-horizontal gene transfer-generation of new viruses-loss of biodiversity 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Adivi Reddy, a.2001. Extension Education, Sree Laxmi Press, Bapatla, Andhra Pradesh
2. Desmond W.Evans. 1987. "Communication at Work: An Introduction to Business Communication and
Information Technology" (second edition), Pitman Publishing, London.
3. Ramappa, T.2000. Intellectual Property rights Under WTO-Tasks before India. Wheeler Publishing, New
Delhi
4. Tzotaos, G.T.1995.GMOs: A guide to biosafety. CAB International, Wallingford, UK

References:
1. Idris K. Intellectual Property: a power tool for economic growth.2005.WIPO publication no,888.1. available
online @ www.wipo.int
2. Maredia, K.M., Erbisch, F.H. and Sampaio, M.J. (2000), "Technology transfer offices for developing
countries." Biotechnology and Development Monitor, No. 43, p. 15-18.
3. Maredia, K., Erbisch. F. and Dodds, J. (1997), "Strengthening the Technology Transfer Framework in
Developing Countries" Industry and Higher Education, June, pp. 145-149.

07BT64 PRINCIPLES OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction and Bioinstrumentation
Modern health care and its evolution. Application of Engineering in Medicine. Introduction to mortality and ethics,
moral norms, redefining health, terminally ill and euthanasia, human experimentation-definition, purpose, informed
consent, regulation of medicine, device innovation, ethical issues, safe medical devices. Electrical Potentials in the
human body. Neuromuscular system: neurons,synapses and muscles, electrical properties of nerves and muscles,
problems and diagnostics. Basic bioinstrumentation systems 10 Hours

215
Unit II
Biomaterials & Biomechanics
Materials used to mimic/replace body functions. Basic material types and possible functions, tissue response
mechanisms, invitro and invivo testing, and considerations for long term usage. Integrated design issues of
multicomponent materials design in prosthetic devices for hard and soft tissues.
Introduction to biomechanics. Response of living tissues to prolonged load application. Dynamics of muscle and
joints. Biorheology of physiological fluids. Spatial models of physiological systems. Introduction to the structures of
the musculoskeletal system. Concepts of continuum mechanics, finite deformation analysis, viscoelasticity, anisotropy
and inhomogeneity, used to describe the complex mechanical properties of biological tissues.
12 Hours
Unit III
Biophotonics
Principles of optics and lasers in biomedicine, the interaction of light with biological tissues, optical fibers, basic
circuits in fiber optic communication system, fiber optics in gastroenterology, transmission of signals, endoscope,
bronchoscope, gastro scope; optical coherence tomography. Basics of laser theory, operation principles of different
lasers. Nd-YAG and CO2 Lasers. Laser surgery: the CO2 Laser in neuro-surgery, endoscopic high power Nd-YAG
laser for control of acute gastrointestinal hemorrhage; ophthalmic uses of lasers. Lasers in dentistry. Laser Doppler
flowmetry, Optical properties of biological tissues and measurement techniques; photochemical, thermal,
photoablative interaction mechanisms and their applications in photodynamic therapy; biostimulation, coagulation,
vaporization, ablation, photodistruption, plasma formation, and shock wave generation; clinical applications of lasers,
Laser safety. 12 Hours

Unit IV
Medical Imaging
X-rays, design considerations of X-ray tubes, projections, 3D-2D, slice identification, medical image modalities-
CAT, magnetic resonance (MR) imaging, positron emission tomography (PET), single photon emission computed
tomography (SPECT), computer tomography (CT), and ultrasound-underlying physical processes, signal processimg,
basic imaging parameters- resolution, contrast, and noise Data acquisitions, sampling and quantization, and clinical
applications. 11 Hours

UnitV
Biosensors
Biological components involved in biosensors, immobilization of biological components to transdurcers; principal
performance characteristics, fabrication and biomedical applications of electrochemical, optical, piezoelectric and
termistor based biosensors. 7 Hours
Total: 50 Hours

Textbooks:
1. Joseph D. Bronzino (ed). The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, volumes I & II, CRC Press, Florida, US,
2000.
2. Enderle. J, Blanchard. S & Bronzino.J (Eds): Introduction to Biomedicaql Engineering, Academic Press,
2000.

References:
1. Bushberg. J. T, Scibert.J.A and Leidholdt. E. M (Jr), J.M.Boone: The Essential physics of medical Imaging,
Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, USA, 2002.
2. Buxton. R. B: Introduction to Functional Magnetic Resonance Imagining: Principals & Techniques,
Cambridge Univ, Press, UK, 2002.
3. Fung. Y.C : Biomechanics, Springer – Verlag, New York, 1981.

07BT65 BIOPROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction and Balance Equations

216
Material and energy balance, General form of dynamic models, dimensionless models. General form of linear systems
of equations, nonlinear function. 8 Hours
Unit II
State Space Models for Linear and Nonlinear Models
Solution of general state-space form. Solving homogeneous, linear ODEs with distinct and repeated Eigenvalues.
Solving non-homogeneous equation, equation with time varying parameters, Routh stability criterion.
10 Hours
Unit III
Transfer Function
Analysis of first order system, self regulating processes, lead-lag models, transfer function analysis of higher order
systems, pole location, Pade approximation for dead time, converting transfer function model to state space form.
10 Hours
Unit IV
Block Diagrams
System in series, pole-zero cancellation, block in parallel, Feedback system, Routh stability criterion for transfer
functions. Discrete time models and parameter estimation. Phase plane analysis, nonlinear system, Nonlinear
dynamics, cobweb diagram, bifurcation and orbit diagram, stability, cascade of period doubling. Bifurcation behavior
of single ODR system and two state systems. Lorenz equation and stability analysis. Chaos in chemical systems.
12 Hours
Unit V
Dynamic Models
Related to linear regression and generalization of linear regression technique. Stirred tank heaters: developing the
dynamic model, steady state condition. State space model. Adsorption: dynamic model, steady state analysis.
Isothermal continuous stirred tank chemical reactors, Biochemical reactors: model equations, steady-state function,
dynamic behavior, linearization, phase plane analysis, multiple steady state, bifurcation behavior.
10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
William Luyben.L: Process Modelling, simulation and Control for Chemical engineers, McGraw-Hill
publishing company, 2001

References:
1. Coughanowr and Koppel: Process system analysis and control. McGraw-Hill publishing company.2001
2. Mickley, Sherwood and REED: Applied mathematics in chemical engineering. McGraw-Hill publishing
company.1998
3. George Stephanopoulos: Chemical process control: an introduction to theory and practice, Prentice-Hall of
India Private Ltd. 2000.

07BT66 FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY

Unit-I 3 0 0 4
Food Microbiology
Food as substrate for microorganisms-Types of microorganisms in food-primary sources of microorganisms found in
food-Intrinsic and Extrinsic parameters of food affecting microbial growth-Food spoilage-principles-spoilage of
various types of foods-Food preservation-principles and methods-Fermented foods-examples-alcoholic fermentation-
Microbes as food- Food borne diseases and food poisoning- Botulism, Salmonellosis and Shigellosis-Food borne
pathogens-Food sanitation-Indicator organisms-HACCP-concept-identification of Critical Control Point
10 Hours
Unit-II
Food and Nutritional Chemistry
Carbohydrates-Structure and properties of mono, di and Polysaccharides-importance-amino acids-classification and
properties-Proteins-classification-properties and structure-Lipids-classification, properties and structure -Fatty acids-
waxes and steroids-Enzymes-definition, classification-Factors affecting enzyme action-mechanism of action-enzyme
inhibitors-Enzymes in food industry-Physicochemical changes in foods during processing, cooking- digestion in
mouth, stomach and intestine-Naturally occurring toxins in food-antivitamins- antinutritionals 10 Hours

217
Unit-III
Food Processing
Introduction-Basic principles-Nutritional importance of Carbohydrates, Proteins and Lipids- essential amino acids,
essential fatty acids-vitamins-deficiency symptoms and food sources-Cereals, millets and pulses -composition,
malting and malted beverages-Oilseeds-Composition-Baking-role of ingredients and yeast leavend products-Extrusion
products- Vegetables-Composition and fermented vegetables-Fruits-Composition and fermented products, Juice, jam,
jelly-food additives-coloring agents-flavoring agents-Milk and Milk products- composition and fermented products-
Nutritive value of processed products- Quality control-Food standards-AGMARK,FRO,BIS and PFA
10 Hours
Unit-IV
Genetic Engineering
Introduction to Genetic Engineering-Tools and Techniques-Single celled organisms-Plasmids-bacteria and phages as
vectors-Manipulative enzymes-DNA manipulation-Gene isolation-DNA libraries and construction of cDNA library-
identification of clones-DNA base expression methods-DNA sequencing and PCR-Plant genetic transformation-
methods-Agrobacterium and particle bombardment method-stability of transgenics-Application of genetic
transformation-improvement of nutritional quality, prolonging shelf life of food-improvement of color,modification of
processing properties 10 Hours

Unit-V
Economics of Food Processing and Marketing
Characteristics of farm produce and processing of agricultural commodities-Cost curves-economics of scale and break
even analysis- Inventory planning and control-Aspects of project preparation for food processing units-
technical,institutional,organizational,managerial,financial aspects-Project cycle-Investment analysis- Financial
statements-Futures market-Vertical and Horizontal integration of markets-Market structure-Sales promotion and
publicity-Market information system and market research 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Jay, J.M. 1996. Modern Food Microbiology. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi
2. Sivasankar,B. 2002. Food processing and preservation Prentice Hall of India
3. Primerose, S.R and Twyman,B. 2001. Principles of Gene Manipulation, Blackwell Science Ltd., Oxford
References:
1. Banwari,G.J.1998. Basic food Microbiology. CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi
2. Rastogi, SC.1998. Biochemistry. Tata McGraw Hill
3. Brown, T.A.2001. Gene Cloning and DNA analysis, Blackwell publications
4. Towers,J.1992. Food Theory and applications-Mc Milan Publishing Co.
5. Prasanna, C.1989. financial Management Theory and Practices- Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd., New
Delhi

07BT67 CANCER BIOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction to Cancer Biology
Cancer Epidemiology; Chemical and Radiation Carcinogenesis 10 Hours

Unit II
Molecular Aspects of Cancer
Methods of Molecular Analysis; Genomic Stability and DNA Repair; Viruses, Oncogenes and Tumor Suppressor
Genes 12 Hours

Unit III
Proliferation and Metastasis
Cell Signalling, Cell Proliferation and Cell Death; Tumor Progression and Metastasis; Angiogenesis
10 Hours

218
Unit IV
Radiotherapy and Anticancer Drugs
Molecular and Cellular Basis of Radiotherapy; Pharmacology of Antineoplastic Agents; Drug Resistance
9 Hours
Unit V
Diagnostics and Advances
Diagnostic Tests; Hormones and Cancer; The Immune System and Cancer; AIDS and Cancer 9 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Tannock, I.F., Hill, R.P., Bristow, R.G. et al. (Edition 4; 2004). The Basic Science of Oncology. McGraw-Hill
Professional.
2. Markman, M. (Edition 1; 1997). Basic Cancer Medicine. W.B. Saunders Company.

Reference:
Pecorino, L. (Edition 2; 2008). Molecular Biology of Cancer: Mechanisms, Targets, and Therapeutics. Oxford
University Press, USA.

07BT68 MOLECULAR MODELING AND DRUG DESIGN

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Introduction and Molecular Mechanics
Introduction to Molecular Modelling. Areas of application – Single molecule calculation, assemblies of molecules.
Reaction of the molecules. Drawbacks of mechanical models as compared to graphical models. Co-ordinate systems
two – matrix, potential energy surface.The molecular potential energy function. The empirical force field. Sources of
force field data. Some examples of important force fields( OPLS AMBER , salvation models- Water models (TIP3P,
TIP4P, SPC), Condensed-phase calculations (DGhydration) Poisson-Boltzmann Surface Area (PBSA)Generalized
Born Surface Area (GBSA) ) Bond stretch, bend, torsional angles, and non-bonded interactions). Conformational
analysis (Systematic methods, Random search methods, Distance geometry and Molecular Dynamics) (Newtonian
dynamics, Integration algorithm, Periodic boundary conditions and minimum image convention, Potential truncation
and shifted-force potentials, Neighbor list, Force calculations, Long range interactions, MD code for liquid Argon.)
Monte carlo simulations. 15 Hours

Unit II
QuantumMechanics
Postulates of quantum mechanics, electronic structure calculations, ab initio, semi-empirical and density functional
theory calculations, molecular size versus accuracy. Approximate molecular orbital theories, energy minimization
(First derivative techni- ques: steepest descent and conjugate gradients, Second derivative techniques: Hessian matrix
and Newton-Raphson Global optimisation (simulated annealing, Tabu search, genetic algorithms), calculation of
thermodynamic parameters. 10 Hours

Unit III
Analog Based Drug Design
Introduction to QSAR. lead module, linear and nonlinear modeled equations, biological activities, physicochemical
parameter and molecular descriptors, molecular modelling in drug discovery. 7 Hours

Unit IV
Structure Based Drug Design
3D pharmacophores ,molecular docking, De novo Ligand design, Free energies and solvation, electrostatic and non-
electrostatic contribution to free energies. Further applications on the design of new molecules 3D data base
searching and virtual screening, conformational flexibility, Sources of data, molecular similarity and similarity
searching, combinatorial libraries–generation and utility. 10 Hours

219
Unit V
Prodrug Design
Introduction, chemical bond, gastro intestinal absorption, parenteral administration, distribution, transdermal
absorption, pharmacokinetic and biopharmaceutical aspects, rationale of prodrug design and practical considerations.
8 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbooks
1. Martin, Y. C, Introduction to Quantitative Drug Design, Marcel Dekker, 1978
2. Andrew R. Leach, Molecular Modelling, Principles and Applications, 2nd Edition, Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2001.
3. Burkert. U and Allinger. N. L, Molecular Mechanics, ACS Monograph 177. Washington D.C., American Chemical
Society, 1982.

References:
1. McCammon. J. A. and Harvey. S.C. Dynamics of Proteins and Nucleic Acids, Cambridge University Press, 1987.
2. Hans Pieter. H, and Folkens. G, Molecular Modelling , VCH.
3. Claude Cohen. N. Guide book on molecular modeling in drug design Synergix drug design, Israel, 1996.

07BT69 ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY


Unit I 3 0 0 4
Cell Culture Techniques
Cell culture technology; research, clinical and pharmaceutical industrial applications; scale-up of animal cell culture,
in vitro toxicity testing and bioassays. Techniques relevant to mRNA knockdown (antisense and ribozyme
technology); biosafety of production 10 Hours

Unit II
Diagnosis of Diseases, and Stem Cell Technology
Molecular Diagnosis of infectious and inherited diseases of animals and humans; Therapeutic applications of stem cell
technology for humans and animals. Embryo derived stem cells of mice and men, ethical concerns
10 Hours
Unit III
Transgenics
Technology of transgenic animal production - safety and ethical concerns; Nuclear transfer from somatic cells;
Applications in farm animal species; Environmental and human health effects of transgenic animal production; IPR
issues related to genetically modified or cloned animals 10 Hours

Unit IV
Applications - 1
Animal and Human Genome projects; Conservation biology in wildlife and farm animals; Concept of molecular
medicine; Techniques related to animal and human reproduction, Cancer therapeutics; DNA fingerprinting and micro
satellite typing methods in parentage verification; Pharmacogenomics and applications 10 Hours

Unit V
Applications - 2
rDNA technology in medicine; Designer drugs and modern vaccine technology; Genetic vaccines, new targets and
novel drug delivery systems relating to viral, bacterial and parasitic infections; Biomarkers for diseases; Concepts in
tissue engineering 10 Hours
Total: 50 Hours
Textbook:
Davis, D. (2002), Animal Biotechnology: Science-Based Concerns. National Academy Press, 2101 Constitution
Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C.

220
References:
1. Davis, J.M. (2002), Basic Cell Culture, Practical Approach Series, Oxford University Press
2. Butterworth-Heinemann (Reprinted 1995), In Vitro Cultivation of Animal Cells, BIOTOL Series
3. Gangal, S. (2007), Principles and Practice of Animal Tissue Culture, Universities Press
4. Butterworth-Heinemann (1992), Biotechnological Innovations in Animal Productivity, BIOTOL Series
5. Freshney, R.I. (Author) and Masters, R.W. (Editor), (2000), Animal Cell Culture; A Practical Approach,
Edition 3, Oxford University Press
6. Florence Periera-Raja, (2006), Animal Biotechnology. Dominant Publishers and Distributors
7. Albert Sasson, (2006), Medical Biotechnology: Achievements, Prospects and Perceptions.United Nations
University Press
8. Jameson L.J. (2002), Principles of Molecular Medicine. John-Wiley & Sons, Inc.

07BT70 PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY

Unit I 3 0 0 4
Organization of Genetic Material
Genetic material of plant cells – nucleosome structure and its biological significance; junk and repeat sequences;
outline of transcription and translation. 9 Hours

Unit II
Chloroplast and Mitochondria
Structure, function and genetic material; rubisco synthesis and assembly, coordination, regulation and transport of
proteins. Mitochondria: Genome, cytoplasmic male sterility and import of proteins. 9 Hours

Unit III
A Biotic and Biotic Resistance and Nitrogen Fixation
Plant Diseases resistant abiotic, salt tolerance, drought tolerance, Temperature, Frost resistance. Biotic Resistance;
Insect, Pest, fungus, viral, bacterial etc., Biological nitrogen fixation nif, nod genes, biofertilizers. Plant traits improve,
agronomic traits, production traits increase iron, vitamin, mineral, delaying ripening. Antisense, ribosome technology
Nitrogenase activity, nod genes, nif genes, bacteroids. 9 Hours

Unit IV
Agro Bacterium and Viral Vectors
Pathogenesis, crown gall disease, genes involved in the pathogenesis, Ti plasmid – t-DNA, importance in genetic
engineering. Viral vectors and its benefits. Plasmid Ti and Ri plasmid, Yeast, Bactriophages (M13, yPhage), Basic
features of vectors for plant transformation: Binary and cointegrate vector. In-plata, Chloroplast, mitochondrial,
Gemini viruses, Califlower mosaic virus, Tobauo virus. 9 Hours

Unit V
Recent Advancements in Plant Bio Technology
Plant Growth Regulators and applications Culture types Suspension culture, protoplast culture, somatic hybrid, cybrid,
Somoclonal variation. Plant regeneration. Meristem culture, Anther culture, Ovary culture. Role of tissue in crop
improvement (plasticity and totipotency) Plant culture media different types of media: MS, B5 & WPM.Transgenic
plants, herbicide and pest resistant plants, molecular pharming, theraputic products.
9 Hours
Total:45 Hours
Textbooks:
1. Gamburg O.L, and Philips G.C. Plant Tissue and Organ Culture fundamental Methods, Narosa Publications.
1995.
2. Singh B.D. Text Book of Biotechnology, Kalyani Publishers. 1998
References:

221
1. Heldt H.W. Plant Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, Oxford University Press. 1997.
2. Ignacimuthu .S, Applied Plant Biotechnology, Tata McGraw-Hill. 1996.

222

Você também pode gostar